Product Detail Manual
2014-09-04
: Pdf 530325-Attachment 530325-Attachment 002346 Batch7 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 224
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
u t i l i t y SALISBURY p r o d u c t s SALISBURY SALISBURY utility products facebook.com/SalisburybyHoneywell twitter.com/Salisbury1855 101 e crossroads parkway suite a bolingbrook IL 60440 USA toll free ph. (usa) 877.406.4501 toll free fax (usa) 866.824.4922 630-343-3800 AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR salisbur ybyhoneywell.com ISO 9001:2008 Registered 2012 Salisbury by honeywell © 2011 Honeywell International Inc. All Rights Reserved. 10M Printed in USA 2011 part# FULLUTILITY v.090811 Your single source for personal electrical-safety protection Ask your local SALISBURY representative for these R IN DUST RIAL ELEC TRIC Industrial Products YOUR SING UR LE SO CE FO AL PR OTEC TION additional safety products materials from SALISBURY. RY BU LIS SA DVDs Salisbury by honeywell © 2011 Honeywell International Inc. All Rights Reserved. 10M Printed in USA 2011 part# FULLUTILITY v.090811 world-wide locations Salisbury by honeywell is everywhere. Salisbury by Honeywell has manufacturing facilities, distributors, and/or representatives located throughout the United States and the world. Safety is our priority and we understand it is your priority too. It is important to us that you are able to reach us no matter where you are. Salisbury by Honeywell is there for you when you need us most. To find your local distributor or representative, please visit our website to get up-to-date contact information. Visit www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Bolingbrook, IL Clover, SC Charleston, SC Salisbury by honeywell is available world-wide. Salisbury by Honeywell has become a world leader in the manufacture and distribution of personal electrical safety products. No matter where you are in the world, Salisbury has you covered. To find your international representative, please visit our website to get up-to-date contact information. Visit www.salisburybyhoneywell.com 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 Salisbury by honeywell Line Equipment Salisbury by Honeywell has been setting industry standards since 1855. For over 150 years, Salisbury by Honeywell has been the name an entire industry trusts to provide the finest safety products available. Salisbury by Honeywell pioneered the manufacturing of linemen’s Rubber Protective Equipment in the early 1920’s. 1855 Founded in Chicago by John B. Idson. First organization in the Mid-West serving as an independent rubber products dealer. 1871 After a complete loss in the great Chicago Fire, organization opens with a belting and hose line of products. Company becomes Salisbury & Cline. 1880 Company becomes W.H. Salisbury & Co. 1902 Established leather belt factory 1902 Linemen regularly use W.H. Salisbury & Co. garden hoses slit lengthwise and secured with electrical tape as personal protective equipment. 1904 W.H. Salisbury & Co. incorporates Back in the early 1900’s, Salisbury was approached by a local utility in the Chicago area about general safety. The question raised was how to create a safer working environment for linemen working on energized lines. Salisbury worked with the local utility by taking garden hose and cutting them lengthwise in a way that would cover the lines. These hoses were then secured by electrical tape and this led to the Salisbury patent of line hose in 1924. Over the years, line hose has evolved into the high-quality SALCOR rubber product you have come to expect. 1912 Organized electrical safety movement begins and creates Safety Departments and employs Safety Inspectors. 1915 First molded Rubber Insulating Blanket made by W.H. Salisbury & Co. 1919 A rubber mill was erected to manufacture molded and extruded rubber products. 1921 A local utility discusses lineman safety needs with W.H. Salisbury & Co. after a fatal accident occurs. 1922 Manufacturing of full utility line of products begins. 1922 W.H. Salisbury & Co. first perfects and begins to offer Rubber Insulating Line Hose. 1923 W.H. Salisbury & Co. first perfects and begins to offer Insulator Hoods. Today, Salisbury by Honeywell is the leader in Personal Electrical-Safety Protection. We know that lives depend on the quality of our products, Salisbury by Honeywell’s production facilities are all ISO 9001:2008 registered and are equipped and staffed to manufacture products which conform to the highest possible standards. This has allowed Salisbury by Honeywell to become the world-wide leader in electrical safety equipment. Salisbury by Honeywell has three plants which manufacture Personal Protective Equipment, Hot Line Equipment, and SALVAR® Polymer Insulators. Salisbury by Honeywell produces its rubber products in its own plants using four methods of rubber manufacturing: Injection Molding, Compression/ Transfer Molding, Extruding and Dipping. Salisbury by Honeywell’s dedication to quality has also been carried over to the manufacturing of Hot Line Tools and SALVAR Insulators. As a result, the name Salisbury by Honeywell on safety products is your assurance that you are using the finest equipment available for the job. 1924 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Line Hose design 1926 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Insulator Hood design 1929 Rubber mill and belt factory were expanded and an adjoining building, including warehouse and offices, was constructed. 1929 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Insulating Stool 1932 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Rubber Insulating Sleeve design 1933 Began distributing industrial rubber goods as well as continuing manufacturing. 1941 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Leather Protectors for Lineman’s’ Rubber Gloves 1943 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Coupling for Linemen’s Protective Devices 1948 Charleston, SC factory established manufacturing insulating gloves 1960 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Protective Device design 1960 Addison, IL plant opens in early 1960’s 1962 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Protective Cover design 1972 Skokie, IL plant and offices open 1980 Grounding equipment, hot sticks and insulators are added to product line in the 1980’s 1999 North Hand Protection and W.H. Salisbury & Co. hand protection merge under the Salisbury name 2001 Arc Flash Protection garments and equipment added to product line 2005 W.H. Salisbury & Co. patents Insulating Blanket design 2005 Company becomes Salisbury Electrical Safety, LLC 2006 Salisbury Electrical Safety, LLC patents Locking Clamp Assembly design 2006 Salisbury Electrical Safety, LLC patents Clamp Pin for Use by Electrician os Electrical Line workers 2007 Salisbury Electrical Safety, LLC patents Rubber Insulating Blanket & Method 2008 Salisbury Electrical Safety, LLC becomes Salisbury by Honeywell. 2009 Salisbury by Honeywell moves Chicago, IL manufacturing plant and Skokie, IL www.salisburybyhoneywell.com corporate offices to a new facility in Bolingbrook, IL Salisbury by honeywell Line Equipment Caution Salisbury by Honeywell Line Equipment should only be used by electrical workers who have been thoroughly trained in its correct and safe use. Training should be conducted in accordance with the employer’s work procedures and standards. Our Warranty Salisbury by Honeywell Line Equipment is warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship, and to meet the requirements of current ASTM standards at time of shipment. Our only obligation will be, at our option, to replace any portion proving defective or to refund the purchase price thereof. The buyer assumes all other risk, if any, such as the risk of any direct, indirect or consequential loss or damage arising out of the use of, or inability to use, these products. This wa rran ty is ex clu siv e and in l ieu of the wa rran ties of merchant ability, fitness for particular purpose and all other warranties, expressed or implied,and maynot bevaried or extended except in writing by an authorized official of Salisbur y. ASTM Specifications for Salisbury Equipment Gloves, Sleeves and Footwear ASTM D120 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Gloves ASTM D1051 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Sleeves ASTM F696 Standard Specification for Leather Protectors for Rubber Insulating Gloves and Mittens ASTM F496 Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and Sleeves ASTM F1116 Standard Test Method for Determining Dielectric Strength of Dielectric Footwear ASTM F1117 Standard Specification for Dielectric Footwear Insulating Blanket, Matting and Sheeting ASTM D 178 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Matting ASTM D1048 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Blankets ASTM F479 Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Blankets ASTM F2320 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Sheeting ASTM F1742 Standard Specification for PVC Insulating Sheeting ASTM F2676 Test Method for Determining the Protective Performance of an Arc Protective Blanket for Electric Arc Hazards Line Hose and Covers ASTM D1049 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Covers ASTM D1050 Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Line Hose ASTM F478 Standard Specification for In-Service care of Insulating Line Hose and Covers Hotstick Grounds and Bypass Jumpers ASTM F711 Standard Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Rod and Tube used in Live Line Tools ASTM F1825 Standard Specification for Clampstick Type Live Line Tools ASTM F855 Standard Specification for Temporary Protective Grounds to be used on De-energized Electric Power Lines & Equipment ASTM F2321 Standard Specification for Flexible Insulated Temporary By-Pass Jumpers ASTM F2249 Standard Specification for In-Service Test Methods for Temporary Grounding Jumper Assemblies Used on De-Energized Electric Power Lines & Equipment Plastic Equipment ASTM F712 Standard Test Methods and Specifications for Electrically Insulating Plastic Guard Equipment for Protection of Workers Inspection ASTM F1236 Guide for Visual Inspection of Electrical Protective Rubber Products 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 Applicators, SU System....A-13 ASTM Chart, labeling......... E-2 Bags Glove............................. E-11 Line Hose......................... X-3 Line & Pole Guards.........C-10 Sleeve............................ E-15 Tool................................. X-3 Bandages, Cable............... X-4 Barrier, Insulating.............C-10 Barrier, Switch...................C-9 Blankets................................. Arc Suppression............. B-12 Eyelet............................... B-3 Lo-Volt & Zip Style............. B-6 Roll Blankets..................... B-7 Slotted............................. B-4 Switchboard/URD........... B-11 w/out Eyelets.................... B-5 Boots.............................. F-3-6 Brushes, Cleaning............H-23 Buckets, Tool...................... X-3 Buttons, Blanket............................. B-9 Sleeve............................ E-15 Cable, Jumper............................ G-9 Grounding.....................H-17 Cable End Caps..............A-12 Canister, Blanket.............. B-10 Clamps, Grounding Ball & Socket System....H-14,15 “C”...............................H-5-9 Cable Penetrating...........H-16 Cutout............................H-16 Duck Bill...........................H-4 Flats, Angles & Rounds...H-12,13 Hanger Studs..................H-20 Pressure Terminal............H-11 Stringing........................H-16 Substation Buses.............H-10 Cleaners......................... E-18 Covers Bushing............................D-3 Conductor, plastic.............C-6 Conventional, pin...........A-6,7 Elbow............................C-11 Insulator....................A-10,11 Lightning Arrester...........A-12 Meter Terminal................A-14 Pole bracket...................C-11 Spade............................A-14 Stinger.............................D-5 SU System Post & Pin........ A-10,11 Cross Arm Guards, Plastic....C-7 Flexible.........................A-6,7 Cut-Out Covers.............A-6,7 Dead End Protectors Conventional....................A-6 SU System........................A-9 Elbows, Grounding . ........H-31 Ferrules, Cable................ G-9 Grounding.....................H-18 Jumper.......................... G-10 Plain..............................H-19 Footwear....................... F-3-6 Gloves High Voltage................ E-6, 7 Low Voltage...................... E-5 Selection.......................... E-5 Rubber Insulating........... E-5-7 Glove Dust...................... E-18 Glove Inflators................. E-4 Glove Liners................... E-16 Glove Protectors................... Leather, Primary........... E-8-10 Mitten............................ E-10 Work............................. E-17 Salpol............................ E-17 Grounding Cable.............................H-17 Clamps.......................H-4-20 Clusters.....................H-26-31 Pole Mounted Bars..........H-21 Sets, Jumper.....................H-3 Line Guards, Hard Cover Contents Link Guards......................C-5 Versa Guards...................C-5 Line Hose Bags................................ X-3 Conventional Style.........A-4,5 SU System, Extd Lip...........A-8 Magnetic Blanket Button... B-9 Matting, Switchboard....... B-11 Pins, Blanket Clamp........... B-8 Pole Guards.....................C-4 Pots, Compound................. X-4 Roll-ups Blanket........................... B-10 Sleeve............................ E-15 Saddle, Insulating.............. X-4 Silicone Spray ............... E-18 Sleeves, Insulating....... E-12-14 Spiking Tool.................... I-12 Straps ................................... Dead End Protector........A-6,7 Sleeve............................ E-15 Ty Straps.......................... B-9 Static Discharge Stick....... I-8 Substation Cover..........C-8,9 Tagging Device.............A-14 Tool Holders...................... I-9 Voltage Detector......... K-3-4 Harness, Sleeve............. E-15 Hook, Belt.......................... X-5 Hot Sticks Clampsticks....................... I-4 Sleeve Splice..................... I-7 Storage............................. I-9 Switch Stick.................... I-5-7 Universal Fittings......... I-10,11 Universal Switch Stick...... I-5,7 Instant Insulation...........D-6 Insulators, SALVAR® Dead End/Suspension..... J-4,5 Jumpers, Grounding.........H-3 Jumpers, Insulated Cables............................ G-9 Clamps........................ G-4-7 Connector Link................. G-7 Parking Stand.................. G-7 Stirrup Clamp.................. G-7 Sure-Lok®....................... G-4 www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Contents A. Line Hose & Covers B. Blankets C. Plastic Guards & Covers D. Outage Protection E. Gloves & Sleeves F. Dielectric Boots G. Insulated Jumpers H. Grounding Equipment I. Hot Sticks & Tools J. Insulators K. Voltage Detectors X. Accessories LINE HOSE & COVERS LINE HOSE & COVERS FAQ Q: What is SALCOR® Rubber and why does Salisbury use it to make their line hose products? A: SALCOR Rubber is a TYPE II rubber that remains flexible in cold weather and is resistant to ozone and UV rays. Salisbury’s exclusive SALCOR Rubber is the preferred material for line hose and other insulating products because it easily withstands the elements and does not lose its flexibility or insulating properties. HISTORY Leading the industry with over ninety years of Research and Development Filed: United States Patent Office, December 21, 1922 Serial No 605,340 “To all whom it may concern:Be it known that I, Moses B. Salisbury, a citizen of the United States, and a resident of Chicago, in the county of Cook and State of Illinois, have invented an Improved Protective Insulating Sleeve, of which the following is a specification. . .” This application, one of hundreds filed in the US Patent Office for Salisbury, proved to be the most effective device for protecting linemen from accidental contact with energized lines, and is still regarded as indispensable to the electrical industry today. With over ninety years of research and development on linemen’s protective equipment, Salisbury offers the most comprehensive line of protection up to 69 kV in the industry. NOTE All Salisbury Covers and Protective Equipment are designed for personal protection only. They are not to be used for mechanical protection. A-2 Insulating Line Hose and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Insulating Line Hose and Covers Line Hose Selection Chart The connector, formed at one end, receives and overlaps the end of an adjoining hose for a distance of 6.5” (165mm). Use the chart below to determine the maximum conductor diameter recommended for use with each size line hose. For ease of installation and to minimize the potential of flashover through the overlapping lips, line hose is always sized larger than the maximum conductor diameter. Salisbury Line Hose is available in four ASTM D1050 styles, as shown below: Style a Class 2 & 3 Straight Conventional Style C Class 4 Extended Lip Straight Style b Class 2 & 3 Connector End Conventional Style d Class 4 Extended Lip Connector End Line Hose Size Selector Chart I.D. of Conductors and Diameters in. (mm) Line Hose 4/0 266,800 336,400 477,000 556,500 795,000 954,000 1,351,500 in. (mm) .46 ( 12 ) .609 ( 15.5 ) .677 ( 17 ) .793 ( 20 ) .858 (22) 1.028 ( 26 ) 1.126 ( 29 ) 1.34 ( 35 ) 1 ( 25 ) 20kV Conventional 1 1/4 ( 31 ) 20kV Conventional 1 1/2 ( 38 ) 30kV Conventional 1 1/2 ( 38 ) 40kV SU System 2 ( 51 ) 30kV Conventional 2 ( 51 ) 40kV SU System 2 1/2 ( 64 ) 30kV Conventional 2 1/2 ( 64 ) 40kV SU System 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 A-3 Line Hose & Connectors Conventional System Conventional Style line Hose is available in orange Type II SALCOR®. SALCOR remains flexible even in cold weather and it is not damaged by ozone or ultraviolet rays. Each line hose has Salisbury’s RIB-GRIP Locking System. The straight or connector end style is available in three sizes: 1” and 1.25” I.D. rated at 17kV, Class 2 and 1.5” I.D. rated at 26.5kV, Class 3. OR150-3 OR125-45C Straight style SalCOR hose is also available in 2” or 2.5” I.D. rated at Class 3. Conventional line Hose Connectors are made from Type II orange SALCOR and can be used on 1”, 1.25”, or 1.5” I.D. conventional line hose. To connect 2” and 2.5” I.D. conventional line hose, use the SU System Connector. The tightest grip in the industry. The self-locking lip, Salisbury patented, prevents line hose from coming off the conductor after an installation is complete. Often, as a lineman is working on an installation and making adjustments, the angle of connection shifts, causing line hose and covers to separate. To prevent this, Salisbury developed an ingenious solution for ensuring that any two protective devices would hold together yet still be easy for a lineman to assemble and take apart. ORC125 RIb gRIP® construction takes advantage of rubber’s natural tendency to grip and tighten its grip through compression. By creating curving rib configurations slit at a specific angle, two pieces easily slip together but resist coming apart. To quickly disengage the lineman needs only to compress the rubber on either side. RIB GRIP Locking System Sectional view of typical insulator cover showing arrangement of ribs. Ribs are engineered to grip the serrations on its corresponding line hose, regardless of angle. Saw-tooth serrations on the ends of line hose are angled to make it easy to insert, but resist coming apart. A-4 A row of serrations on both sides of connector line hose grips snugly inside the large arm of insulator covers. Connector end line hose with rubber ribs that grasp tightly and hold an adjoining length of hose. Insulating Line Hose and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Line Hose & Connectors Conventional System Cat. No. ASTM Class Type SALCOR® Straight Line Hose OR100-3 2 II OR100-45 2 II OR100-6 2 II OR125-3 2 II OR125-45 2 II OR125-6 2 II OR150-3 3 II OR150-45 3 II OR150-6 3 II OR200-3 3 II OR200-45 3 II OR200-6 3 II OR250-3 3 II OR250-45 3 II OR250-6 3 II SALCOR Connector End Line Hose OR100-3C 2 II OR100-45C 2 II OR100-6C 2 II OR125-3C 2 II OR125-45C 2 II OR125-6C 2 II OR150-3C 3 II OR150-45C 3 II OR150-6C 3 II Line Hose Connectors ORC100 2 ORC125 2 ORC150 3 II II II Dimensions I.D. x Length in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1” x 3’ ( 25 x 915 ) 1” x 4.5’ ( 25 x 1372 ) 1” x 6’ ( 25 x 1820 ) 1.25” x 3’ ( 31.5 x 915 ) 1.25” x 4.5’ ( 31.5 x 1372 ) 1.25” x 6’ ( 31.5 x 1820 ) 1.5” x 3’ ( 40 x 915 ) 1.5” x 4.5’ ( 40 x 1372 ) 1.5” x 6’ ( 40 x 1820 ) 2” x 3’ ( 50 x 915 ) 2” x 4.5’ ( 50 x 1372 ) 2” x 6’ ( 50 x 1820 ) 2.5” x 3’ ( 63 x 915 ) 2.5” x 4.5’ ( 63 x 1372 ) 2.5” x 6’ ( 63 x 1820 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) 4 ( 1.8 ) 5.5 ( 2.5 ) 4 ( 1.8 ) 6 ( 2.7 ) 7.5 ( 3.4 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 9.5 ( 4.3 ) 5.5 ( 2.5 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 11 ( 5.0 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 10.5 ( 4.8 ) 14 ( 6.4 ) 1” x 3’ ( 25 x 915 ) 1” x 4.5’ ( 25 x 1372 ) 1” x 6’ ( 25 x 1820 ) 1.25” x 3’ ( 31.5 x 915 ) 1.25” x 4.5’ ( 31.5 x 1372 ) 1.25” x 6’ ( 31.5 x 1820 ) 1.5” x 3’ ( 40 x 915 ) 1.5” x 4.5’ ( 40 x 1372 ) 1.5” x 6’ ( 40 x 1820 ) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 6.5 ( 2.9 ) 4.5 ( 2.0 ) 6.5 ( 2.9 ) 9 ( 4.1 ) 6 ( 2.7 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 9 ( 4.1 ) 1” x 12” ( 25.4 x 305 ) 1.25” x 12” ( 32 x 305 ) 1.5” x 12” ( 38 x 305 ) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) All Line Hose complies with current ASTM D1050 specifications. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 A-5 Protectors & Covers Conventional System Insulator Covers, in orange, weather resistant Type II SALCOR®, are used with conventional line hose to cover pin-type insulators. All covers feature RIB-GRIP construction to lock to the underside of the insulators. The large diameter arm overlaps the small arm of the adjoining cover on double arm constructions which provides complete insulation at the joint regardless of the varying distance between pins. OKRG dead End Protectors cover 4.25” and 6” bells or polymer insulators with a skirt diameter of less than 6”. The protectors are made from orange Type II SALCOR with RIB-GRIP construction. OR101 has outer ribs that allow it to be used with 2” and 2.5” I.D. Conventional Line Hose when using the UC2 connector. The smaller OR114 may also be used to cover transformer bushings up to 4.75” in diameter. OR124 can cover polymer insulators up to 4.75” in diameter and 25” overall length including hardware. Replacement Straps are available. OJRG OFRG OR114 N36 N24 OR101 OR124 To work on live lines safely, conductors encased in a line hose should never be placed directly on a cross arm. Cross arm Covers reduce electrical stresses on line hose or jumpers. Cross Arm Covers fit standard cross arm pin spacing and each unit has interior ribs to minimize shifting on the arm. Flexible Cutout Covers can be used for overhead cutouts as well as for underground pad-mount applications. Cutout Covers comply with the current ASTM D1049 (ASTM Specifications for Rubber Insulating Covers) specifications. 145 1186 CC24 A-6 Insulating Line Hose and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Protectors & Covers Conventional System Cat. No. Class Description in (mm) Overall Dimensions in ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) f o r u s e w i t h Insulator Class Line Hose Size 55-1/2/3 1” (25.4) 55-4 1” ( 25.4 ) 55-5 1.25”, 1.5” ( 32 , 38 ) 14.5” x 5” ( 368 x 127 ) 16” x 6.5” ( 406 x 165 ) 16” x 8” ( 406 x 203 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 6 ( 2.7 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) DEAD END PROTECTORS Bell Size Line Hose Size OR101 2 2-6”( 152.4 ) 1” ( 25.4 ) 6.5” x 23” ( 165 x 584 ) 10 ( 4.6 ) OR114 OR124 4.75” x 14” ( 121 x 356 ) 4.75” x 29” ( 121 x 737 ) 4 ( 1.8 ) 7.5 ( 3.4 ) INSULATOR COVERS OFRG 2 OJRG 2 OKRG 3 f 3 3 o r u s e w i t h 1-4.25” ( 108 ) 2-4.25” ( 108 ) 1.5” ( 38 ) 15” ( 38 ) CROSS ARM COVERS Use on Cross Arms up to 145 2 4” x 4.5” ( 102 x 114 ) 14.5” x 4.63” x 4.15” ( 368 x 117 x 105 ) 1186 4 5.5” x 6” ( 140 x 152 ) 17.0” x 6.0” x 5.5” ( 432 x 152 x 140 ) CUTOUT COVERS CC24 2 24” x 15” x 3.5” ( 600 x 376 x 88 ) CC30 4 30” x 20” x 7” ( 750 x 500 x 175 ) REPLACEMENT STRAPS N24 For 114 & 124 Series N36 For 101 Series .75 x 30 ( 18 x 588 ) .75 x 36 ( 18 x 882 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) 2 oz. ( 56.7 g ) 2 oz. ( 56.7 g ) All covers comply with current ASTM D1049 specifications. Small Arm Large Arm Large Arm Put on with a firm downward pressure. Small Arm Remove by “rolling off” sideways. Attaching the hoods to opposite insulators on double arms. On double arm poles the larger extending arm of the one hood fits easily over the small arm of the hood on the opposite insulator. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 A-7 Line Hose Extended Lip SU System The Extended lip Su System is the only complete flexible cover-up available for use on voltages through 34.5kV. Extremely versatile, it may be installed by hand, wearing rubber insulating gloves, from an insulated aerial device or platform, or with hot sticks using the SU applicators. SU150-3C Manufactured from superior SALCOR® Type II elastomer, it is resistant to the effects of ozone and ultraviolet deterioration. It remains flexible even at sub-zero temperatures. Salisbury’s RIB GRIP® construction securely interlocks with its corresponding covers and connectors. Tapered lips facilitate easy starting on the conductors. The contour cut ends accommodate the skirts of pin type insulators and permit the hose to cover the line snug to a saddle or clamp. Available as Straight line Hose or with a Connector End for easier connection of line hose and covers. A lifting eye is molded on the connector end for removal with hot sticks. Line hose is also available with the #2323 Shot Gun Eye Assembly. Just add a suffix of “E” to the catalog number to order the #2323 Shot Gun Assembly installed on the hose or order the #2323 separately. Su System Connectors are made from orange SALCOR Type II. RIB-GRIP construction is used to ensure a strong lock to the straight lengths of SU System Line Hose and covers. The uC2 is used to connect Extended Lip Hose to PTHL and LRG Insulator Covers, OR134 Dead End Protectors, and 2” (51mm) and 2.5” (64mm) SU System and Conventional Line Hose. SU150-45 UC Cat. No. Dimensions -- in. ( mm ) I.D. Length Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) STRAIGHT LINE HOSE Class 4, Type II SU150-3 1.5” ( 38 ) 3’ ( 915 ) SU150-45 1.5” ( 38 ) 4.5’ ( 1372 ) SU150-6 1.5” ( 38 ) 6’ ( 1829 ) 6 ( 2.7 ) 8.5 ( 3.8 ) 12 ( 5.4 ) SU200-3 SU200-45 SU200-6 2” ( 51 ) 2” ( 51 ) 2” ( 51 ) 3’ ( 915 ) 4.5’ ( 1372 ) 6’ ( 1829 ) 6 ( 2.7 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) 14 ( 6.4 ) SU250-3 SU250-45 SU250-6 2.5” ( 63.5 ) 2.5” ( 63.5 ) 2.5” ( 63.5 ) 3’ ( 915 ) 4.5’ ( 1372 ) 6’ ( 1829 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 11 ( 5.0 ) 15 ( 6.8 ) CONNECTOR END LINE HOSE Class 4, Type II SU150-3C 1.5” ( 38 ) 3’ ( 915 ) SU150-45C 1.5” ( 38 ) 4.5’ ( 1372 ) SU150-6C 1.5” ( 38 ) 6’ ( 1829 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 9 ( 4.1 ) 12 ( 5.4 ) SU SYSTEM CONNECTORS Class 4, Type II ASTM D1049 Length x Height Use w/ Line Hose I.D. UC 10.5” x 6” ( 263 x 150 ) 1.5” ( 40 ) 2 ( .9 ) UC2 10.5” x 7.75” ( 263 x 194 ) 2”&2.5” ( 51&64 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) Add Suffix “E” to Catalog Number to order with #2323 Shot Gun Eye Assembly (see page A-13). Complies with current ASTM D1050 specifications. A-8 Insulating Line Hose and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Dead End Protectors Extended Lip SU System dead End Protectors quickly cover dead end bells or polymer insulators providing complete electrical protection for Class 3 and Class 4 applications. OR134 Easily installed and removed from an insulated platform or aerial device with rubber gloves or SU System Applicators. All styles have RIB-GRIP® construction to interlock with 1.5” (38mm) I.D. line hose. The Class 3 U106 and U110 must be used with Connector End style line hose or separate Line Hose Connectors. OR134, Class 4, accepts Straight Line Hose. The outer ribs interlock with 2” and 2.5” I.D. line hose when the UC2 SU System Connector is used. RIB-GRIP® Construction U110 Cat. No. ASTM Fits Bell Size Class / Type in. ( mm ) Dimensions in. ( mm ) I.D. body Overall Length Color Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) DEAD END PROTECTORS OR134 4 / II 3-4.25 ( 108 ) 5 ( 127 ) 37 ( 940 ) Add Suffix “E” to Catalog Number to order with #2323 Shot Gun Eye Assembly (see page A-13). U106 3 / II 2-6 ( 152 ) 7 ( 178 ) 28.5 ( 724 ) U110 3 / II 2-10 ( 254 ) 10.5 ( 267 ) 28.5 ( 724 ) Add Suffix “E” to Catalog Number to order with #2340 Shot Gun Eye Assembly (see page A-13). Orange 13 ( 6 ) Black 6 ( 2.7 ) Black 10 ( 4.5 ) All Protectors comply with current ASTM D1049 specifications. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 A-9 Insulator Covers Extended Lip SU System The uH Pin-Type Cover covers insulators up to ANSI standard C29.5 Class 5. The sides are cut to be used on small insulators without resting on the crossarm. When covering a 7” diameter insulator on a double arm construction, the ends of the cover will meet flush on 10.5” pin centers. UH The lRg Su System Pin-Type Cover fits insulators 10.5” (267mm) in diameter and is used with 2.5” (64mm) Class 4 Extended Lip SU System Line Hose. Always use clamp pins to secure the device into position. Pinning rings have been placed on the cover’s arms to prevent separation. LRG Post-Type Insulator Covers interlock with 1.5” (38mm) Class 4 Extended Lip SU System or Conventional Line Hose. The PTHS for insulators up to 12” (305mm) and the PTHl for insulators up to 16” (406mm) in height. The PTHl cover also has external ribs on the ears which secures 2.5” (64mm) I.D. line hose. Always use clamp pins to secure the device into position. The Class 4 mRg universal Cover covers pin-type insulators through 8.5” (216mm) diameter and 13.8kV post-type insulators. A trim bead permits use on both 35kV and 15kV crossarm construction. PTHS PTHL The uSC Stirrup Cover is a lightweight cover that can be installed using rubber gloves or a hot stick. The USC also feature RIB-GRIP construction and is meant to be used with Extended Lip SU Systems or Conventional Line Hose. MRG All covers are made from orange SALCOR® and feature RIB-GRIP® Construction. They can be installed with a hot stick or rubber gloves. All covers comply with ASTM D1049 specifications. Application of USC. USC A-10 Insulating Line Hose and Covers. USC (side view) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Insulator Covers Extended Lip SU System Cat. ASTM Fits Line Hose Fits Insul. For Use w/ Insul. Class Overall Dimensions-in.(mm) Weight ea. No. Class / Type in ( mm ) Max Dia in (mm) I.D. body Height lbs. ( kgs ) PIN TYPE Insulator Covers LRG 4 / II 2.5 ( 63 ) 10.5 ( 263 ) 55-6 12 ( 305 ) MRG 4 / II 1.5-2.5 ( 40-63 ) 8.5 ( 213 ) Pin Type 55-5 9 ( 221 ) Post Type 13.2kV F Neck Post Type 13.2kV C Neck Add Suffix “E” to Catalog Number to order with #2359 Shot Gun Eye Assembly (see page A-13). UH 3 / II 1.5 ( 40 ) 7 ( 175 ) POST TYPE Insulator Covers PTHL 4 / II 1.5-2.5 ( 40-63 ) 6.5 ( 163 ) PTHS 4 / II 1.5 ( 40 ) 7 ( 175 ) Stirrup Cover USC 4 / II 16 ( 400 ) 12.25 ( 306 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 55-1, 2, 3, 4, 5 7.5 ( 184 ) 12 ( 300 ) 6 ( 4.4 ) 57-2 7 ( 172 ) 57-2 7.5 ( 184 ) 16 ( 400 ) 12 ( 300 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 4 ( 1.8 ) 15.5 ( 388 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 1.5 ( 40 ) 14 ( 263 ) All Covers comply with current ASTM D1049 specifications. Pin Type Insulator Cover - LRG or MRG Line Hose is inserted in the ears of the cover. Post Type Insulator Cover PTHL 2.5” (64mm) Line Hose held in place with UC2 Connector. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 A-11 Cable End Caps & Arrester Covers Cable End Caps are applied with rubber gloves. They are used on high voltage distribution cable ends found in vaults, cubicles and substations when cable remains energized during work. Cable End Caps are made from Type II orange SALCOR®. Self-securing Cable End Caps for Underground Distribution are rated at 20kV, and have a minimum wall thickness of .25”. They keep moisture and contamination off trimmed cable ends. The selfsecuring slot keeps the cable locked safely inside the end cap. These Cable End Caps are applied with rubber gloves. Self-Securing Cable End Caps 173 178 117 lightning arrester Covers are made from Type II orange SALCOR . The slot allows the cap to fit directly over the energized lightning arrestor and the line connection. Lightning Arrester Covers can be applied with rubber gloves or a hot stick. 536A Clear Cable Covers are made from clear PVC round or oval tube. Each cover has a grip all handle attachment for installation with an insulated grip all hotstick. 636A Clear PvC Stress Cone Cover has a grip all attachment that allows this cover to be installed with an insulated grip all hotstick. The inspection window can be opened for testing with a voltage sensor. 14200034P Cat. No. ASTM Type Class 14200036P Dimensions in. ( mm ) For use w/ Cable Size I.D. x Length SELF-SECURING CABLE END CAPS 117 2 II 1.38” x 10” ( 35 x 254 ) 173 2 II 177 2 II 178 2 II LIGHTNING ARRESTER COVERS 536A 4 II 636A 4 II Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) #4/0 to 500 MCM .50 ( .23 ) .81” x 6” ( 21 x 152 ) 2.25” x 12” ( 57 x 305 ) 3.19” x 16” ( 81 x 406 ) #4 to #4/0 AWG 350 to 750 MCM 800 to 1000 MCM .25 ( .1 ) .75 ( .35 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 4.5 x 15 ( 113 x 375 ) 5.5 x 22 ( 138 x 550 ) - - 3 ( 1.4 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) These Covers comply with current ASTM D1049 specifications. Cat. No. Description CLEAR CABLE COVERS 14200032P 2” s PVC Cable Cover 14200033P 3” s PVC Cable Cover 14200034P 4” s PVC Cable Cover 14200036P 6” s PVC Cable Cover 14200011 ASTM F712 Class / Rating kV Dimensions Weight Length in. / I.D. in. / O.D. in. lbs. ( kgs ) 2 / 14.6 2 / 14.6 2 / 14.6 2 / 14.6 20 / 2 / 2.38 20 / 3 / 3.38 20 / 4 / 4.38 20 / 6 / 6.5 1.5 ( 0.68 ) 3.2 ( 1.45 ) 4.3 ( 1.95 ) 5.3 ( 2.41 ) 2 / 14.6 13 / 3 / 3.5 3 ( 1.36 ) CLEAR PVC STRESS CONE COVER 14200011 A-12 - Insulating Line Hose and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com SU System Applicators The Extended Lip SU System may be installed by using rubber gloves or hot sticks on distribution voltages up to 34.5kV. The Shot Gun Eye Assembly for the SU System equipment may be purchased separately for installation on the appropriate cover-up device. 2340 2323 Shot Gun Assembly 2359 The addition of these eye assemblies enable all SU System equipment to be easily handled with a standard shotgun stick. 2323 Shotgun Assembly allows easy installation 2323 Shotgun Assembly attaches easily to SU Systems Cat. No. Description For Use w/ Hot Stick Style Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) Shot Gun Shot Gun Shot Gun 1 ( .4 ) .5 ( .2 ) .5 ( .2 ) 2323 2340 2359 Shot Gun Eye Assembly for SU Hose / OR134 Eye Assembly for SU System D.E. Protectors Eye Assembly for SU System Insulator Covers 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 A-13 Special Equipment TH111 TD Tagging Device fits over the head of switch sticks for application. The Td Tagging device, made from molded orange SALCOR®, is used to tag opened disconnect switches. It allows “Hold” cards to be placed on the circuit and fits over the heads of 1-1/4” (32 mm) and 1-1/2” (38 mm) switch sticks. The TH111 meter Terminal Cover is used to avoid accidental contact with energized parts on 100 and 200 Amp single phase meter sockets. Made of orange SALCOR. THE SALISBURY ADVANTAGE Spade Covers are easily installed to provide temporary insulation when working in padmount transformers and other electrical apparatus. If spade covers are securely held in place, they may be left on spades or connectors indefinitely for front end protection. The larger SC5, SC6, or SC6G are also used to cover primary elbows as well as the larger and longer multiple lead primary and secondary fittings and lugs used in underground enclosures and vaults. Molded from flexible SALCOR, they have excellent aging and weathering characteristics. The opening at the top end of the slot holds the cover on to the terminal. Wide lips extending along the slot provide additional protection over the connection. A-14 Spade Cover Application SC5 ADVANTAGE SC6G Cat. No. Description / Dimensions in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) TAGGING DEVICE TD 7.25 ( 184 ) long slot: 2.13 x .63 (5 4 x 16 ) .25 ( .1 ) cup: 2.5 x 1.75 ( 64 x 44 ) METER TERMINAL COVER TH111 3 x 3.5 x 1.5 ( 76 x 89 x 38 ) 1.6oz. ( .05 ) Spade Cover - class 2, Type ii, ASTM D1049 2.75 x 4.4 x 10.75 ( 70 x 112 x 273 ), 1 (25.4) Lip Extension SC4 SC5 3 x 6 x 10 ( 76 x 152 x 254 ), 2 (51) Lip Extension SC6 3 x 6 x 10 ( 76 x 152 x 254 ), 1.25 (32) Lip Extension SC6G 3 x 6 x 10 ( 76 x 152 x 254 ), 1.25 (32) Lip Extension Insulating Line Hose and Covers. 1.4 ( .5 ) 2 ( .9 ) 1.4 ( .5 ) 1.4 ( .5 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Blankets Blankets FAQ Q: How often do I need to test blankets? A: Blankets issued for service need to be tested once a year. See ASTM D479 8.1 for testing requirements. SALISBURY EXCLUSIVE Only Salisbury formulates compounds, mixes, molds and tests blankets in our own ISO 9000:2008 registered facilities. NOTE General Care & Inspection of Salisbury Rubber Goods Type I natural (non-ozone resistant) and Type II SalCOR® synthetic rubber (resistant to ozone) both provide electrical workers with the highest level of electrical insulating protection. However, in order to maintain this level of protection and ensure long life, it is essential that rubber goods are properly cared for. Before each use, rubber goods should be visually inspected for holes, embedded wires, rips or tears, ozone cutting, UV checking and signs of chemical deterioration. For additional information, refer to ASTM F1236, standard guide for visual inspection of electrical protective rubber products. B-2 Insulating Blankets. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Insulating Blankets Eyelet Style THE SALISBURY ADVANTAGE HIgH QualITy Salisbury’s Type II SalCOR® blankets are of the highest quality available today. They will hold their color and flexibility, and will maintain physical properties and dielectric strength, required by ASTM standard, in the field longer than any other blanket on the market. OzOnE RESISTanT The Orange SALCOR is manufactured from a well researched blend of prime EPDM, which is naturally resistant to Ozone. This blend of Prime EPDM offers superb flexibility; similar to that of a Type I natural rubber blanket. This ensures the Salisbury Type II SALCOR blanket will pass the ASTM D 1048 Ozone Tests both, Method A and Method B. 400E (27 x 36) Reinforced Beaded Edge Eyelet Style Insulating blankets were designed to be easily secured in place by using blanket pins, Snap Buttons or Ty-Straps (available on page B-9) Eyelet blankets are flexible and feature a reinforced beaded edge and eyelets for added strength and tear-resistance. Our zip-On Style (zip) features one-inch wide strips of hook and pile double stitched to the blanket with nylon thread, so installation and removal is safe and fast. Cat. No. Eyelets/ ASTM Class Type Style 12 13 13-10 400E 1000E 1001E 300E 900E 901E 1500 1700 Zip-On Style 183OS 900EV 1000EV 183OS Size Color in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs) 28 28 10 6 6 6 6 6 6 28 28 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 II II II II II II I II II II II 22 x 22 ( 559 x 559 ) 22 x 22 ( 559 x 559 ) 22 x 22 ( 559 x 559 ) 27 x 36 ( 686 x 914 ) 27 x 36 ( 686 x 914 ) 27 x 36 ( 686 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) Black Orange Orange Black Orange Black Black Orange Black Black Orange 3 ( 1.4 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) 6 ( 2.3 ) 6 ( 2.3 ) 6 ( 2.3 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) Zip Zip Zip 4 4 4 II II II 18x36 ( 457x914 ) 36x36 ( 914x914 ) 27x36 ( 686x914 ) Orange Orange Orange 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 8.5 ( 3.9 ) 8.1 ( 3.7 ) All blankets comply with current ASTM D1048 specifications. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 B-3 Insulating Blankets Slotted Style Slotted Style Insulating blankets are made of Type II SALCOR® rubber and designed for increased versatility and flexibility in special cover-up situations. Use for covering ridge pins, cross arms with insulators or any place a wire, pin or projection interferes with proper placement of other cover-up devices. Three sizes are available with reinforced beaded edges and reinforced eyelets which can be secured with blanket pins, Snap Buttons or Tystraps (available on Page 9). Our 36”(914mm) slotted blanket is also available with 2” (51mm) or 4.5”(114mm) center holes and with hook and pile (Zip Style). Our 46”(1168mm) slotted blanket features extra thickness at the end of the slot for added strength. 1300 (36 x 36) 1301 (36 x 36) 1300V (36 x 36) Our zip-On Style (zip) features one-inch wide strips of hook and pile double stitched to the blanket with nylon thread, so installation and removal is safe and fast. Cat. No. 14 15 15-1 1100 1300 1301 1302 1304 Eyelets ASTM Class 28 28 28 28 28 28 2” hole 4.5” hole Zip-On Style 1300V Zip Type 2 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 II II II II II II II II 4 II Size Color in. ( mm ) 22 x 22 ( 559 x 559 ) 22 x 22 ( 559 x 559 ) 22 x 22 ( 559 x 559 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) 36x36 ( 914x914 ) Black Orange Black Black Orange Black Orange Orange Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) 2.5 ( 1.1) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) 7 ( 3.2 ) Orange 7 ( 3.2 ) All blankets comply with current ASTM D1048 specifications. B-4 Insulating Blankets. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Insulating Blankets Without Eyelets THE SALISBURY ADVANTAGE COnSISTEnCy The Salisbury blanket is manufactured from materials that are precisely measured in an automated weighing system to ensure batch-to-batch consistency. 186 (18 x 36) valuE SALCOR® blankets will last longer and provide maximum value and protection. Not all rubber blankets are manufactured equally. Ask for the best, ask for Salisbury’s rubber insulating blankets. Salisbury Insulating blankets without Eyelets are available in Class 2 and Class 4 in two types of material: Type I natural rubber, and Type II SALCOR, which is a highly flexible, corona-resistant polymer with excellent aging and weathering qualities. Salisbury insulating blankets feature a reinforced beaded edge for added strength and tear-resistance. 300 (36 x 36) Cat. No. ASTM Class Type 186 300 4 2 II I Size Color in. ( mm ) 18 x 36 ( 457 x 914 ) 36 x 36 ( 914 x 914 ) Orange Black Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 3.5 ( 7.7 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) All blankets comply with current ASTM D1048 specifications. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 B-5 Low Voltage Blankets With & without hook and pile low voltage Insulating blankets are made of Type II SALCOR® rubber. Insulating blankets are available with or without hook and pile (Zip) or Plain style, as noted in the chart below. Covering energized equipment is easier than ever using Salisbury’s Zip-On blankets. Our zip-On Style (zip) features one-inch wide strips of hook and pile double stitched to the blanket with nylon thread, so installation and removal is safe and fast. Zip-On blankets can be manufactured to fit special requirements. Contact your Salisbury representative for more information. 1212YLV 1212YLVNV 1212YLV Back Cat. Style ASTM Class Type No. 1212YLV 1212YLVNV 1236YLV 1236YLVNV 1818YLV 1818YLVNV 1836YLV 1836YLVNV 3636YLV 3636YLVNV Zip Plain Zip Plain Zip Plain Zip Plain Zip Plain 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 II II II II II II II II II II Size Color in. ( mm ) 12x12 ( 305x305 ) 12x12 ( 305x305 ) 12x36 ( 305x914 ) 12x36 ( 305x914) 18x18 ( 457x457 ) 18x18 ( 457x457 ) 18x36 ( 457x914 ) 18x36 ( 457x914 ) 36x36 ( 914x914 ) 36x36 ( 914x914 ) Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1 ( .45 ) 1 ( .45 ) 1.5 ( .48 ) 1.5 ( .48 ) 1.1 ( .48 ) 1.1 ( .48 ) 1.5 ( .68 ) 1.5 ( .68 ) 2.2 ( 1.0 ) 2.2 ( 1.0 ) All blankets comply with current ASTM D1048 specifications. B-6 Insulating Blankets. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Installing a Zip-On Blanket Roll Blankets & insulating aprons Salisbury has gone to great lengths to protect workers from low voltage electrical hazards, by now offering insulating roll blankets and insulating aprons. Salisbury’s insulating Roll blankets and Insulating aprons are made from a high strength fabric reinforced Type II rubber in unique colors making it easy to identify and highly visible in the work area. Salisbury’s insulating Type II rubber Roll Blankets and Insulating Aprons, meet ASTM F2320 standards. RLB1 RLBPVC1 Salisbury’s Roll blanket line includes a Class 1 (7,500v) Clear PvC material that permits complete visibility, yet provides the necessary insulating properties meeting ASTM F1742 standards. The Roll blankets can be easily custom-cut to fit each application at the job site. This minimizes the number of different low voltage blankets sizes and shapes that would otherwise need to be carries from job to job. Each blanket comes in a convenient 36” wide roll, 30 feet in length. Roll Blankets can be easily cut to size and fit for customized applications to each job. NEW APR00 All classes of Roll Blankets are easy to cut, and flexible to -40°F/C. Highly puncture and tear resistant, each class of blanket is also flame (self-extinguishing), oil, and ozone resistant. The Insulating apron includes two Nomex (R) webbed bib straps and two Nomex waist straps with nonmetallic buckles. All the straps are attached with reinforced stitching and Nomex thread. The insulating apron has straps that can be buckled around the back and around the neck which gives wearers a comfortable and supportive fit. The straps are adjustable so that one size will fit most wearers. The apron measures 42” from the top of the bib and has a full width of 30” to wrap around the front of most workers. Use these aprons where there is a possibility of accidental contact with energized equipment or lines. These products are not intended for purposeful contact with energized equipment. Cat. ASTM Class Type No. ROLL BLANKETS RLB00 RLB0 RLB1 RLBPVC1 RLBPVC1-48 00 0 1 1 1 INSULATING APRONS APR00 APR0 APR1 00 0 1 Size Color feet ( m ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) II II II - - 3’ x 30’ ( .9 x 9 ) 3’ x 30’ ( .9 x 9 ) 3’ x 30’ ( .9 x 9 ) 3’ x 30’ ( .9 x 9 ) 4’ x 30’ ( 1.2 x 9 ) Brown Yellow Yellow / Orange Clear Clear 20 ( 9 ) 26 ( 11.8 ) 36 ( 16.4 ) 36 ( 16.4 ) 48 ( 21.7 ) II II II One Size Fits Most One Size Fits Most One Size Fits Most Brown Yellow Yellow / Orange 1.95 ( .88 ) 2.53 ( 1.15 ) 3.5 ( 1.59 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 B-7 Blanket Accessories Clamp Pins In addition to other uses in the utility industry, blanket Clamp Pins can be effectively used to hold insulating blankets and rubber cover-up in place. Springs are used for tension while extra holes in the body of the pin are used to grip conductors and prevent line hose from sliding. THE SALISBURY ADVANTAGE Improved! The Salisbury 21 blanket pin is more functional than ever. The new 21 pin has been improved to make it the most versatile pin on the market. Although the 21 pin always opened to accommodate just about any width needed, it has now been redesigned to open to a full 5 1/2 inches. That’s the widest of any standard plastic pin in the industry. To accommodate application using a hot stick, the ends of the pin have been tapered to fit into the end of any brand clampstick. This allows the same 21 pin to be installed in line with the stick. For applications where a 90 degree angle of application and removal is necessary, the time proven HS21 pin fills the bill. Look for the new 21 pin to be supplied with your next pin order. 20 25 26 Clamp Pins help line hose from slipping YN20 ADVANTAGE 21 Blanket pins are made of fiberglass reinforced nylon or sliver-free hardwoods. Most pins have molded rubber tips to increase slip resistance. HS21 Salisbury 21 Blanket Pin B-8 Cat. No. Description Length in. ( mm ) Jaw Opening in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 20 25 26 YN20 8.5 ( 216 ) 7 ( 178 ) 10 ( 254 ) 8.5 ( 216 ) 4.75 ( 121 ) 1.6 ( 41 ) 7 ( 178 ) 4.75 ( 121 ) .33 ( .15 ) .25 ( .11 ) .5 ( .23 ) .33 ( .15 ) 9.5 ( 241 ) 9.5 ( 241 ) 5 ( 127 ) 5 ( 127 ) .37 ( .17 ) .37 ( .17 ) Wood w/ pin boots Wood w/o pin boots Wood w/ pin boots Wood w/ Sure grip HS21 Nylon w/ pin boots 21 Nylon w/ pin boots Optionally applied with Shotgun Stick Insulating Blankets. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Blanket Accessories Fasteners blanket buttons are designed to secure eyelet-style insulating blankets. The b1 button, made of yellow plastic, snaps through the eyelet with thumb pressure on the large head. The bright orange polystyrene b23 twoway buttons are inserted into the eyelets for use with a shotgun clamp stick or standardduty switch stick. magnetic blanket buttons are designed for use in eyelets of insulating blankets when covering energized portions in hard-to-cover areas like pad mounts, cubicles, switchboards and substations. Four permanent floating magnets are mounted between nickel-plated steel plates. May be applied manually, wearing rubber gloves, or with a shot-gun stick. B1 B23 MB6 Ty-Straps are 14” (356mm) and 30” (762mm) long and made of 1 1/2” (38mm) wide strips of rubber with hook and pile fasteners affixed to each end. The worker simply wraps the Ty-Strap around the positioned blanket and presses the hook and pile ends together. Contact your local Salisbury representative for custom length Ty-Straps. Cat. No. B1 B23 MB6 TY14 TY30 TY14 Description Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) Snap-Button, Orange Two-Way Button, Orange Magnetic Blanket Button Ty-Straps, 14” ( 356mm ) long Ty-Straps, 30” ( 762mm ) long 1 oz. ( .03 ) 1 oz. ( .03 ) 7 oz. ( .2 ) 2 oz. ( .06 ) 4 oz. ( .12 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 B-9 Blanket Accessories Storage ADVANTAGE blanket Canisters -molded in bright orange, hiimpact polyethylene-protect insulating blankets when not in use. A tight-fitting cap is secured to the canister with polypropylene rope. P4H THE SALISBURY ADVANTAGE Salisbury’s New P4H Blanket Canister revolutionizes the way you’ll store your blankets. The new canister has a sturdier construction than the original P4, with integrated feet to keep the canister from rolling while being transported by truck or stored at the workplace. The new ergonomic handle runs the entire length of the canister, making lifting and carrying up to four 36 x 36” blankets much easier. Slots are provided within the canister to allow it to be secured in buckets or on trucks. blanket Roll ups provide a safe and convenient means for protecting blankets from damage while in transport or storage. Ruggedly constructed of 18 oz. vinyl with side flaps to confine the blankets into position and prevent damage to the edges. Two heavy 33” web straps with buckles close the roll-up, and includes a web carrying handle. P6 P4 P2 STORAGE TIPS: When more than one blanket is stored, the most convenient method of loading is to roll and insert each blanket into the canister independently. A single blanket can then be removed without removing the others. For maximum useful life, never fold, crease or compress insulating blankets while in storage. Cat. No. Description B-10 Fits Blanket Max Size in.( mm ) Dimensions Capacity in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) P2 P3 P4 P4H P6 P3-47 Canister Canister Canister Canister Canister Canister 22 36 46 Roll-up (vinyl) 22 ( 559 ) 56 x 42 ( 1651 x 1067 ) 1-4 blankets 1.5 ( .68 ) Roll-up (vinyl) 36 ( 914 ) or 46 ( 1168 ) 67 x 55 ( 1702 x 1397 ) 1-4 blankets 2.5 ( 1.1 ) Roll-up (vinyl) 36 ( 914 ) or 46 ( 1168 ) 70 x 55 ( 1778 x 1397 ) 1-4 blankets 4 ( 1.8 ) 36 ( 914 ) 36 ( 914 ) 36 ( 914 ) 36 ( 914 ) 36 ( 914 ) 46 ( 1168 ) Insulating Blankets. 5 x 37 ( 127 x 940 ) 6 x 37 ( 152 x 940 ) 7 x 37 ( 178 x 940 ) 7 x 37 ( 178 x 940 ) 9 x 37 ( 229 x 940 ) 6 x 47 ( 152 x 1194 ) 1-2 blankets 1-3 blankets 1-4 blankets 1-4 blankets 1-6 blankets 1-2 blankets 22 2 ( .9 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 4 ( 1.8 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Switchboard Matting Switchboard matting is permanently placed in front of switchgear, motor control centers and other high voltage apparatus to provide personal protection for workers. It is also used when tending take-up and pay out reels and when adding or replacing conductors. Made from high quality Type II material, Class 2 matting is 1/4” (6.4mm) thick and is tested to 20kV, and Class 4 matting is 1/2” thick and tested to 40kV. Both Classes of matting comply with ASTM D178, Class 2 and Class 4 specifications. The corrugated surface acts as a safety tread while reducing the possibility of metal particles becoming embedded. Class 2 Switchboard matting is available in 25 yard rolls or custom cut to specified lengths, while Class 4 matting is sold in 20 yard rolls only. M24-2 Matting Cross-Section Maximum Use AC Voltage Class 2, 17,000 volts; Class 4, 36,000 volts. The R96 vinyl/roll-up carrier is recommended as a ground barrier. R96 Cat. ASTM Class Type No. SWITCHBOARD MATTING M24-2 2 M30-2 2 M36-2 2 M48-2 2 SWITCHBOARD MATTING M36-4* 4 Size in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) II II II II 1/4 x 24 ( 6 x 610 ) 1/4 x 30 ( 6 x 762 ) 1/4 x 36 ( 6 x 914 ) 1/4 x 48 ( 6 x 1219 ) 9 ( 4.1 ) 12 ( 5.4 ) 15 ( 6.8 ) 18 ( 8.2 ) II 1/2 x 36” x 60 feet long ( 12 x 914 mm x 18.3 m long ) 684 (307.8 ) All switchboard matting comply with current ASTM D178 standards *Sold in full rolls only. GROUND BARRIER R96 Carrier Vinyl Roll-Up / Ground Barrier 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 B-11 Arc Suppression Blanket Salisbury by Honeywell arc Protection blankets are now available in 4’ x 5’ and 4’ x 8’ sizes. Each size is available in 15kA or 40kA ratings. The 15kA blankets include convenient loops and the 40kA blankets include grommets to easily keep the blanket in place. These new blankets are sold individually or with a storage bag or storage bag and tie-strap kit. ARC45-15 The Arc Suppression Blanket is used as a barrier for protection from the explosive and incendiary effects of electrical arcs and flashes. These hazardous electrical discharges can be caused by faults in cables, in cable splices and joints, and at transformer terminals, or they may be generated by the operation of switch gear, circuit breakers and lightning arrestors. The blanket can be used for worker protection in underground vaults, switchyards, and other locations where electrical equipment poses a risk of exposure to explosive electrical discharges. NOTE These products do not eliminate or reduce requirements for proper PPE for arc flash protection WARNING Because of the unpredictability of electrical Arcs, the Arc Protective Blanket (APB) may not totally contain the arc and flashes, but only reduce or limit explosive and incendiary effects. Properly installed APB’s can reduce the risk of injury from the blast and heat. They do not provide any personal protection for hearing, eyes, smoke inhalation, hazardous gas inhalation, or burns. WARNING Arc Protective Blankets are not designed for electrical insulating protection. Using the Arc Protective Blanket for electrical insulating protection can result in serious injury or death. Cat. No. ARC45-40 MEETS NEW ASTM F2676 STANDARD ASTM Standard for Testing of Arc Blankets Arc protective blankets are used in many electrical applications to protect workers who are stationed near energized electrical parts. While these blankets have been used for years, there have been no testing criteria for their evaluation. A new ASTM International standard will be used to determine the effectiveness of arc protective blankets in suppressing the combined effect of an arc flash and an arc blast. The new standard, ASTM F2676, Test Method for Determining the Protective Performance of an Arc Protective Blanket for Electric Arc Hazards, was developed by Subcommittee F18.65 on Wearing Apparel, part of ASTM International Committee F18 on Electrical Protective Equipment for Workers. This new standard gives companies the ability to evaluate blankets with a repeatable standard that can be done at many test labs using an electric arc and a high speed camera. Dimensions Description in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) ARC45-15 48 x 60 ( 1219 x 1524 ) 15kA rating - navy blue 10 ( 4.5 ) ARC45-40 48 x 60 ( 1219 x 1524 ) 40kA rating -gray/khaki 10 ( 4.5 ) ARC48-15 48 x 96 ( 1219 x 2438 ) 15kA rating - navy blue 15 ( 6.8 ) ARC48-40 48 x 96 ( 1219 x 2438 ) 40kA rating -gray/khaki 15 ( 6.8 ) -Add suffix “P” to include storage bag. -Add suffix “PS” to include storage bag and tie-straps. -Add suffix “C” to include P4 canister. -Add suffix “CS” to include P4 canister and tie-straps. ARC142 1 x 42 ( 25.4 x 1067 ) Single Kevlar Strap w/ Buckle ARC142-K16 Arc48 Strap Kit With 16 Buckles 4 ( 1.8 ) ARC142-K12 Arc45 Strap Kit With 12 Buckles 3 ( 1.4 ) P4 7 x 37 ( 178 x 940 ) Canister holds 1-4 blankets w/ max. size 36” (914mm) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) B-12 Insulating Blankets. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com insulating plastic guards & Covers insulating plastic guards & Covers testing ASTM F 712-06 TABLE 3 Typical Electrodes for Testing Plastic Guard Equipment Types of Guards Energized Inner Electrode Outer Ground ElectrodeA for All Tests A Proof Test Withstand Voltage Flashover Leakage Tests Line guards and line guard connectors Round metal tube or bar. Insulator covers and deadend covers Maximum conductor, hardware and insulator assembly for which rated or similar mock-up including mandrelC of conducive material approximate. D Pole guards, ridge pin and switch blade covers E Arm guards Cutout covers Round or rectangular metal tube or fabricated madrelDC Largest cutout with bare leads covered with equal rated line hose. Or similar mock-up including mandrelC of conductive material. D Structural barrier Rectangular metal sheets approximately 3mm (0.06”) thick, having smoothly rounded edges and corners, have been found to be satisfactory for this purpose. Also satisfactory are wet felt or sponge-top electrodes. Round metal tube, fabricated mandrelC or cluster small metal tubes. D Complete electrodeB shall be spaced back from openings through which the energized electrode protrudes during the test only as necessary to avoid flashover. Therefore, the entire area of each cover shall be tested as nearly as practical. 4 x 6” flexible conductive pad placed alternately on all exterior surfaces and across conductor opening of guard and assembled guard system joints spaced back from openings through which the energized electrode protrudes during the test only as necessary to avoid flashover at outer ends. A Moistened electrodes may be secured with rubber straps or blanket pins. Pressure-sensitive tape is helpful in securing dry metal foil electrodes. Suitable materials include: metal foil or screen; tap water-moistened sponge sheeting, or blanket made of wool, or similar material including synthetics. C Thin metal sheet or screen wire secured on wood frames make suitable electrodes. Carved synthetic sponge moistened with tap water is suitable for small forms. D The dimensions of the mandrel are to approximate the maximum size of equipment to which the guard system is to be applied. E Metal canisters made for storing rubber blankets make suitable electrodes for pole guard tests. B Reprinted, with permission, from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. A copy of the complete standard may be obtained from ASTM, www.astm.org C-2 Insulating Plastic Guards and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Insulating Plastic Guards and Covers guards and Covers are intended for brush contact applications. All guards can be coupled together to cover any length required. Guards and covers are available in three different grades: Grade 1 with hot stick handles attached for application and removal and Grade 2 with eye fittings for standard shotgun sticks and Grade 3 without eye fittings. Guards are designed to nest within each other for storage. F 712 – A TABLE 1 Withstand Voltage Proof Test Class The guards and covers are made from two different orange thermoplastics: Type I is an ABS standard cold weather high impact plastic and Type III is an ABS/PVC weather resistant material that offers advantages in tensile and impact strength, hardness, UV stability, and flame resistance. Rating, kV Max Use 60 Hz Proof Test Withstand Voltage (in-service testing) 0-0A 0-Ground 2 14.6 8.4 13.0 18 1 3 26.4 15.3 24.0 34 1 4 36.6 21.1 32.0 45 1 5 48.3 27.0 42.0 60 0.5 6 72.5 41.8 64.0 91 0.25 Criteria 0-Ground kV 60 Hz Duration, min DC No flashover other than momentary as a result of too-close spacing of electrode 4.4 many opera dure the re limita beyon 4.5 of th instru safe u A ALWAYS FOLLOW YOUR COMPANY SAFETY PROCEDURES. Cover-up materials are tested at values greater than the maximum use phase to ground values. The maximum use phase to phase values relate to guarded phase to guarded phase. The units are not rated for bare phase to guarded phase potentials. ASTM F712-06 TABLE 2 Minimum Flashover TestA Rubber insulating equipment is realistically limited to Class 4 material in the design specification standards. Plastic guard equipment has been designed to go beyond these voltages and provide a satisfactory degree of worker protection. Major differences exist in use criteria between the rubber and the plastic guard equipment. Each glove, sleeve, or other article of rubber insulating equipment has a given safety factor for the phase to phase voltage on which it may be used and the class or proof voltage at which it is tested. Plastic guard equipment, however, is designed to provide a satisfactory safety factor only when used in a phase-to-ground exposure. If exposure is phase-to-phase, then a satisfactory safety factor is only provided if the exposure is covered-phase-to-covered-phase. Rating, kV Max Use 60 Hz 0-0A 0-Ground Min Flashover Voltage Test f-Ground kV 60 Hz Criteria DC 2 14.6 8.4 14.0 20 3 26.4 15.3 25.0 35 4 36.6 21.1 34.0 48 5 48.3 27.0 43.0 61 6 72.5 41.8 67.0 95 No flashover other than momentary as a result of too-close spacing of electrode A Cover-up materials are tested at values greater than the maximum use phase to ground values. The maximum use phase to phase values relate to guarded phase to guarded phase. The units are not rated for bare phase to guarded phase potentials. Reprinted, with permission, from ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. A copy of the 4. Significance and Use complete standard may be obtained from ASTM, www.astm.org 4.1 All three tests may be used for product design qualification. 4.2 This specification covers the minimum electrical, chemical, and physical properties designated by the manufacturer and the detailed procedures by which such properties are to be determined. The purchaser has the option to perform or have performed any of these tests and may reject equipment that fails to meet the standard criteria. Claims concerning failure to meet thefaxspecification are subject ph:630.343.3800 to verification by 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free (USA):866.824.4922 the manufacturer. 5. Ap 5.1 D 149 provi raised 5.2 and T ends 5.3 size a 5.4 condu trode cable 6. Sa 6.1 to ver 6.2 mens one o 6.2 produ produ 6.2 or m being 6.2 in on C-3 6.2 Air Gap® Pole Guards Pole guards are installed before setting new poles to guard against accidental line contact. They also guard against pole contacts by personnel working in insulating aerial buckets or on platforms. Pole Guards are made from orange, Type I ABS, cold weather, high impact thermoplastic. Salisbury Pole Guards feature the unique Air Gap® design. Uniformly spaced dimples minimize the amount of surface area contacting the pole. This provides added insulation to keep electrical leakage to a minimum. When two pole guards are used to cover longer lengths, the Air Gap dimples nest together “locking” the two together with ample overlap. This is an exclusive feature to Salisbury Pole guards. The Air Gap design also allows for air flow between it and the pole minimizing moisture condensation and contamination buildup. 2856 All Salisbury Pole Guards include drilled handles for easy application. Pole Guards should be used for brush contact. The opening should face away from possible line contacts, whenever possible. Pole Guards should be stored indoors to avoid prolonged exposure to UV rays and can be cleaned with a warm detergent solution. Cat. No. Length ft. ( m ) Dia. Class in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2851 2852 2853 2854 2856 1’ ( .3 ) 2’ ( .61 ) 3’ ( .92 ) 6” ( 152.4 ) 4 4’ ( 1.2 ) 6’ ( 1.8 ) 3.3 ( 1.5 ) 6.3 ( 2.9 ) 9.0 ( 4.1 ) 11.0 ( 5.0 ) 17.0 ( 7.7 ) 1385 1386 1356 1357 2496 1’ ( .3 ) 2’ ( .61 ) 3’ ( .92 ) 9” ( 228.6 ) 4 4’ ( 1.2 ) 6’ ( 1.8 ) 3.6 ( 1.6 ) 7.0 ( 3.2 ) 10.0 ( 4.5 ) 12.0 ( 5.4 ) 19.0 ( 8.6 ) 2461 2462 2464 2466 1’ (.3 ) 2’ ( .61 ) 12” ( 304.8 ) 4 4’ ( 1.2 ) 6’ ( 1.8 ) 5.0 ( 2.3 ) 8.0 ( 3.6 ) 15.0 ( 6.8 ) 22.0 ( 10.0 ) 21837 21936 4’ ( 1.2 ) 2’ ( .61 ) 12.0 ( 5.4 ) 2.8 ( 1.27 ) 9” ( 228.6 ) 7” ( 177.8 ) 4 - FR Pole Guard 4 The 21936 Pole Guard includes cut-out to allow clearance for a line post insulator base which is mounted to a utility pole. All guards are tested to ASTM F712 C-4 Insulating Plastic Guards and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Versa® and Link® Guards Versa Guards® and Link Guard® Cross Section versa guards® and link guards® make use of air as well as the dielectric strength of plastic to provide total insulating value. Both guards have a 7” diameter and a hook shaped inner lip to keep the guard in place. versa guards, with a voltage rating of 36.6 kV*, are designed so that two guards can be coupled together to cover most 13 kV single and double arm, pin and post constructions. A lighter 47” version (2389) of the standard 4.5’ Versa Guard is available in a Type III ABS/PVC weather resistant material. 1686 link guards, with a voltage rating of 72.5kV*, have inner and outer shells that run full length to include male and female couple ends. Two guards connected provide four overlapping thicknesses of plastic plus air at a joint. 2475 Tee Connectors are used on horizontal and vertical posts and suspension insulator strings when plastic line guards are used on the conductor. Made from Type I, ABS plastic with eye fittings, the connector accommodates the male end of a guard. Available in two ratings: 72.5 kV* and 48.3 kV*. Accepts 34.5 kV pin insulators along with post and insulator strings. *guarded Ø to guarded Ø . Cat. No. Description Type VERSA GUARDS®- 4.5’ ( 1.37 m ) 1686 ABS Eye I 1687 ABS 4’ Stick I 1688 ABS 6’ Stick I 2373 ABS/PVC Eye III 2377 ABS/PVC 4 ’Stick III 2378 ABS/PVC 6’ Stick III VERSA GUARDS®- 3.92’ ( 1.19 m ) 2389 ABS/PVC 4’ Stick III 2689 ABS/PVC Eye III LINK GUARDS- 4.5’ ( 1.37 m ) 1680 ABS Eye I 1681 ABS 4’ Stick I 1682 ABS 6’ Stick I 2475 ABS/PVC Eye III 2476 ABS/PVC 4’ Stick III 2477 ABS/PVC 6’ Stick III TEE CONNECTORS 2224 69 kV I 2884 46 kV I ASTM Grade Voltage Class Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs) 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 1 1 2 1 1 8.8 ( 4.0 ) 10.8 ( 4.9 ) 11.8 ( (5.4 ) 8.8 ( 4.0 ) 10.8 ( 4.9 ) 11.8 ( 5.4 ) 4 4 1 2 6.1 ( 2.8 ) 8.1 ( 3.7 ) 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 1 1 2 1 1 10.5 ( 4.8 ) 12.5 ( 5.7 ) 13.5 ( 6.1 ) 10.5 ( 4.8 ) 12.5 ( 5.7 ) 13.5 ( 6.1 6 5 2 2 7.8 ( 3.5 ) 6.0 ( 2.7 0 2884 Bags are available on page C-10. All guards are tested to ASTM F712 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 C-5 Lightweight Conductor Covers 21315 lightweight Conductor Covers are ideal to cover long spans when weight is a consideration. They can be applied when wearing rubber gloves or with a fiberglass stick. Available with an eye for application with shotgun sticks. These covers have a voltage rating of 26.4 kV*. The inside diameter is 2”. This product can connect with Salisbury 1.5” I.D. Class 3 or 4 flexible cover-up equipment. 21172 The 21826 lightweight Conductor Cover is a six (6’, 1.8m) foot, cover rated Class 4 (36.6 kV*). It is applied using rubber gloves when following appropriate company work rules. The inside diameter is 3” making it useful on a wide range of conductor sizes. 21173 The unique “connector-stop” molded into one end prevents covers from overlapping during installation. This eliminates wasted time when trucks have to be moved to reconnect sections that did not couple correctly. This cover is also compatible with Salisbury 1.5” I.D. Class 3 or 4 flexible rubber line hose. All of our lightweight covers are made from safety orange Type I high density cross link polyethylene. 21234 Adapter Eye *guarded Ø to guarded Ø . 21826 Conductor Covers connect easily with either plastic or rubber line hose Cat. No. Description ASTM Grade ft. ( m ) Voltage Class 27 kV CONDUCTOR COVERS 21172 5’ ( 1.5 ) Cover w/ Eye 3 2 21173 5’ ( 1.5 ) Cover w/o Eye 3 -- 21315 5’ ( 1.5 ) Cover w/ 4’ ( 1.2) Fiberglass Stick 3 1 21234 Adapter Eye 3 -- 35kV CONDUCTOR COVER 21826 6’ ( 1.8 ) Cover 4 -- 21826 Unique Connector Stop Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 4.0 ( 1.8 ) 3.0 ( 1.4 ) 5.0 ( 2.25 ) 1.5 ( 0.7 ) 6.5 ( 2.95 ) All guards are tested to ASTM F712 C-6 Insulating Plastic Guards and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Crossarm Guards Crossarm guards are available in two different styles: the 1370 pin type and the 1371 post type. They are used to prevent tie wires from contacting crossarms during hot line operations. Two different tie downs are provided: a neoprene and a polypropylene rope. Both are secured in the slots provided in the eye fitting. The post type model has an automatic gap closer which covers the insulator slot opening over the end of the arm. 1370 The Slide-On Crossarm guard 736PH is applied by sliding the cover on to the arm from the end using the shotgun eye until the unit locks onto the insulator pins. The cover overlaps on top and has notches to ease application and removal. Both of these guards are made from orange Type I ABS cold weather high impact plastic. These guards have a voltage rating of 36.6 kV*. *guarded Ø to guarded Ø . 1371 Cat. No. Description 1370 1371 736PH Dimensions in. ( mm ) ASTM Weight ea. Voltage Class lbs. ( kgs ) Crossarm or Pin Type Guard Crossarm or Post Type Guard 9 x 9 x 25.5 ( 229 x 229 x 648 ) Fits Crossarm:5 x 6 ( 127 x 152 ) 4 4 5.7 ( 2.6 ) 6.0 ( 2.7 ) Slide-On Crossarm Guard 7” I.D. x 36” ( 178 I.D. x 914 ) 4 4.5 ( 2 ) All guards are tested to ASTM F712 736PH 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 C-7 Substation Cover-up Bus Guards Substation Cover-up and barrier equipment is used during routine maintenance where accidental contact may occur. This barrier equipment is often used where outages are difficult to reach and the occurrence of accidental contact is high. These covers may be applied with rubber gloves or hot sticks. These covers are made from Type I orange ABS plastic. This equipment is not intended for permanent or semipermanent barrier or insulating applications. Use these covers to protect against accidental contact only. These covers are not to be left installed for extended periods of time especially when in contact with both a grounded and energized object. 1374 Bus Guard bus guards are easily interlocked with each other. To interlock units determine the length of bus to be covered. Place one unit on the bus then the other, pulling it over the first cover until the dimples interlock at the required length. This guard has a voltage rating of 36.6 kV*. bus “T” guards interlock two or three bus guards at bus tap “T” connections and 90 degree angles. To interlock units, first position the bus guard then slide the “T” guard over the top interlocking the dimples. This guard has a voltage rating of 36.6 kV*. Bus “T” Guard 1375 bus End guards cover the ends of a substation bus supported by station post insulators. The slot and insulator grip hole can be easily enlarged in the field with a sharp knife. This cover also has a guide bead for a trim fit. This guard has a voltage rating of 26.4 kV*. 9992 Eye kit is available on page C-10. *guarded Ø to guarded Ø . Bus End Guard Cat. No. Dimension Description in. ( mm ) Bus Guard 1374 5.25”x 9.5”x4.5’ ( 133 x241x1.4m ) Impact Resistant Bus “T” Guard 1375 5”x15”x25” ( 127x381 x635 ) ABS Plastic Bus End Guard 9992 8.5”x12”x24” ( 216x305x610 ) UV Resistant High Density Cross Linked Polyethylene ASTM Voltage Class Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 4 6.0 ( 2.7 ) 4 4.0 ( 1.8 ) 3 5.0 ( 2.3 ) All guards are tested to ASTM F712 All Bus Guards may be applied with rubber gloves or hot sticks. Contact your local Salisbury representative for Hot Stick purchasing or check out salisburybyhoneywell.com for more information on our line of hot stick products. Use Salisbury Insualting Rubber Blankets as additional or alternative cover-up in situations where Bus Guards may be used. C-8 Insulating Plastic Guards and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Substation Cover-up Switch Jaw Guard & Barrier Switch Jaw guards insulate the energized upper switch jaw and insulator when work is being done on the switch blade, lower insulator or other de-energized equipment ahead of the open switch. These guards easily slide over the upper insulator on open substation switches and lock over the bus. Jaw Guards are made from Type I UV resistant plastic. This guard has a voltage rating of 26.4 kV*. The 24219 Switch Jaw Cover provides an insulated barrier to the energized upper switch jaw and insulator, when work is being done on the switch blade, lower insulator, or other de-energized equipment ahead of the open switch. This guard slides easily over the upper insulator on open substation neutral disconnect cabinet switches and locks over the bus. The 24219 Cover is made from Type I cold weather high impact plastic. This guard has a voltage rating of 14.6 kV*. 2418 24455 Barrier and Switch Jaw Guard installed on a Substation Switch. T1 24219 The T1, Terminal Sleeve disconnect Switch is used on open style disconnects and made from Type II SALCOR®, EPDM rubber. Switch barriers slide between the last two skirts on the post or pin cap insulators of the substation disconnect switch. This locks the barrier in place. When switches are mounted back to back and work is needed on one, the barrier can be placed on the energized switch to form a visible, electrical and mechanical barrier. Work can then be done on the opposite switch or other de-energized equipment. This guard has a voltage rating of 36.6 kV*. 1376 *guarded Ø to guarded Ø . NOTE: If your substation needs are not fulfilled by the products on this page, please contact your local Salisbury representative for custom applications. Cat. No. Dimensions Description in. (mm) ASTM Voltage Class JAW GUARD 2418 8” D. x 18” ( 203 D. x 457 ) Use w/ switch 8”(203) Dia. 2424 8” D. x 24” ( 203 D. x 610 ) Insulated 24455 8” D. x 16” ( 203 D. x 406 ) 2413 13” D. x 24” ( 330 D. x 610 ) Use w/ switch 13”(330) Dia. Pin Cap Insulators JAW COVER & TERMINAL SLEEVE 24219 Jaw Cover T1 10” x 2” I.D. ( 254 x 51 I.D. ) Terminal Sleeve BARRIER 1376 .125”x43”x52” ( 3.2x1092x1320) Orange Type I High Impact 5” ( 127 ) slot to center ABS Plastic 3 3 2 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 4 ( 1.8 ) 5 ( 2.3 ) 2.25 ( 1.14 ) 3 7 ( 3.2 ) 2 4 ( 1.8 ) .33 ( .15 ) 4 12 ( 5.5 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 C-9 Guard and Cover Accessories bags for line guards and Pole guards come in two different sizes and can hold two nested line guards. The 1871 Pole guard bag is designed to hold two nested pole guards. 1871 All of these bags are made from soil resistant vinyl coated nylon and equipped with a drawstring and mail bag lock. 1871 Pole Guard Bag The applicator Eye Kit is used to apply a new or extra shotgun eye where needed. If a Bus or “T” guard needs to be shortened or inverted, this kit allows modifications to be made. Clear PVC pipe cement may be used to secure the eye. Directions are included. The Insulating barrier Sheet can be used to create barriers in the field. This sheet is made from Type I ABS plastic and can be worked with ordinary hand tools, saws, tin snips and drills. It can also be hot formed using a heat gun. For example, this sheet can be bent at right angles over a table top to produce flanges for joining with other parts. Pipe adhesive can be used to join to other parts. The rated puncture is 50kV. This sheet is not intended for permanent or semipermanent barrier or insulating applications. It should be used for accidental brush applications. The 2842 barrier material meets the requirements of ASTM F712, 9.1.1 Type 1 Guards. The final application and classification of the barrier/cover is the responsibility of the user. 1933 1378 2842 Cat. No. Dimensions ft. ( m ) in. ( mm ) BAGS - LINE GUARDS 1841 2 - 6’ ( 1.8 ) line guards or 2 - 9” x 6’ ( 229 x 1.8 ) Line Guards 1933 2 - 4.5’ ( 1.4 ) line guards or 2 - 9” x 4’ ( 229 x 1.22 ) Line Guards BAGS - POLE GUARDS 1871 EYE KIT 1378 BARRIER SHEET 2842 C-10 4’ (1219mm) 8’ (2439mm) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 4.5 ( 2.0 ) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 2 - 12” x 6’ ( 305 x 1.8 ) Pole Guards 5.2 ( 2.4 ) 1 eye per kit .25 ( .11 ) 4’ x 8’ x .125” ( 1.2m x 2.4m x 3.2 ) 36 ( 16.4 ) Insulating Plastic Guards and Covers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Guard and Cover Accessories The universal Hot Cover is used to provide additional cover-up and clearances. This cover is made from orange Type I polyethylene plastic. The hot stick eye allows this cover to be placed and removed with a shotgun type clamp stick or with rubber gloves. To secure in place use the elastic tie-down cord. This cover can be used on overhead or underground energized cable terminators, potheads or while inverted, on lightning arrestors. This cover has a voltage rating of 26.4 kV*. The Pole bracket and Insulator base Cover guards against accidental contact with pole, bracket and insulator base during routine maintenance. It is made from an orange UV resistant Type I polyethylene plastic. The Grade 2 hot stick eye allows this cover to be applied and removed with a hot stick or with rubber gloves. It covers metal or fiberglass brackets 8-12” long and pole mounting plates. This cover also interlocks with a pole insulator. This cover has a voltage rating of 26.4 kV*. The underground distribution Elbow Cover covers primary elbows and spade terminals during routine maintenance. It covers up to the face plate and cable connection. This cover is made from orange Type I polyethylene plastic. The hot stick eye allows this cover to be applied and removed with a hot stick. This cover self locks for a secure fit in confined areas. The bead can be trimmed in the field to meet clearance requirements. This cover has a voltage rating of 26.4 kV*. 816 Pole Bracket and Insulator Base Cover 4333 Elbow 4314 *guarded Ø to guarded Ø . Elbow Cover Application Cat. No. Description 816 4314 4333 ASTM Voltage Class Hot Cover 8” x 16” ( 203 x 406 ) Underground Distribution Elbow Cover 15” x 14.25” ( 381 x 362 ) Pole Bracket & Insulator Base Cover 20” x 25” ( 508 x 635 ) 3 3 3 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) 2.0 ( .9 ) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) All guards are tested to ASTM F712 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 C-11 outage protection outage protection FAQ Q: Why should I use outage protection? A: The cost of animal caused outages to the utilities is preventable. Animals cause power outages daily, creating time lost to utilities. Salisbury offers an easy solution to this expensive problem. Animals cannot be stopped, but these products can prevent them from causing costly outages. It’s only a matter of time before an animal caused outage happens. Salisbury’s Outage Protection Product Line includes the essential items you need to protect yourself from costly outages. All of these products are completely made from material that is resistant to the effects of UV and ozone. Designed to withstand the test of time, sun and weather, to keep you protected longer. Designed for linemen. These lightweight products are easy to use and install. NOTE Outage protection is not to be used as Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). D-2 Outage Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Silicone Bushing Covers Standard Salisbury bushing Covers and Salisbury Tri-Port® bushing Covers are made from Ozone and UV resistant silicone rubber, maximizing the outdoor durability and tracking resistance. These covers have been accepted by Rural utilities Service (RuS). - 3.87” (98.3mm) - 3.37” (85.6mm) Standard Bushing Guard 21116 - Standard Bushing Covers protect against wildlife contacts between energized equipment and ground by insulating exposed energized bushing parts. 21644 Standard and Tri-Port bushing Covers interlock with the top weathershed of the bushing and are securely fastened by inserting lock buttons (provided). The 21116TC, Standard bushing Cover, includes the 21644 Tube Closure. The 21644 Tube Closure provides an easier and quicker way to securely close the standard bushing cover. 21116 TC- Standard Port Port Port Bushing Covers can be installed without disconnecting equipment using rubber insulating gloves. Covering a small area of the lead wire, the opening can be trimmed to accommodate larger wires or 5/8” and 3/4” Salisbury Stinger Covers. Cone bushing Covers For complete 360 degree coverage, the BC512 is the right choice. Complete with upper and lower trim rings for a custom fit size and internal ribs for added air flow and water drainage. Made from Ozone and UV resistant silicone rubber, the BC512 permanently protects bushings from all sources of potential outages. Installation requires de-energizing equipment. 5” (127mm) Dia. 7” (178mm) Tri-Port Bushing Guard 21317 - Tri-Port® 1” (25.4mm) 12” (305mm) BC512 5” (127mm) Cat. No. Description Dimensions Quantity Flashover Test in. ( mm ) Voltage BUSHING COVERS 21116 Cover Only - 24 pcs. 16 kV 21116TC Cover Only w/ 21644 - 24 pcs. 16 kV 21644 Tube Closure - - - 21183 Cover Kit w/Stinger Cover* .375 x 18 ( 9.5 x 457 ) 24 pcs. n/a BC512 Cone Bushing Cover 12H x 5 W ( 305 H x 127 W ) 1 n/a TRI-PORT® BUSHING COVERS 21317 Cover Only 24 pcs. 16 kV 24140 Cover Kit w/ Stinger Cover* 3/8 x 18 ( 9.5 x 457 ) 24 pcs. n/a Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 16 ( 7.3 ) 16 ( 7.3 ) 20 ( 9 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 28 ( 12.7 ) 35 ( 16 ) * See page D-5 for more Stinger Covers 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 D-3 Complete Bushing-Stinger Cover Figure A Complete bushing-Stinger Cover This product is made from UV resistant PVC plastic to maximize the outdoor durability. The Complete Bushing/ Stinger Cover interlocks with the top weathershed of the bushing and securely fastens by inserting lock buttons (provided). The Complete Bushing/Stinger Cover can be installed without disconnecting equipment using rubber insulating gloves. This product offers an integrated stinger cover which will cover the lead wire for an easy solution. Bushing-Stinger Cover Cross-Section 26.9” (68.3cm) 40.2” (102cm) 27148 3.15” (8cm) 9.84” (24.9cm) 5.625” (14.2cm) Bushing-Stinger Cover Cross-Section Cat. No. Description complete BUSHING-stinger COVER 27148 Bushing Cover & Stinger Cover Unit D-4 Outage Protection. Dimensions Quantity in. ( cm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) see figure A 48 ( 21.9 ) 20 pcs. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Stinger Covers Stinger Covers protect against phase to phase and phase to ground wildlife contacts. These covers have been accepted by Rural utilities Service (RuS). Stinger Cover Cross-Section The stinger cover can be installed without disconnecting the lead wire from the bushing. Available in three diameters, it is easily cut in the field to the needed length. Stinger covers are track resistant and made from Ozone and UV resistant SALCOR® elastomer in a grey color. The covers are proven to provide years of reliable service either independently or when used with bushing covers. Cat. No. I.D. in. ( mm ) EPDM 38-2SC 38-50SC 38-12SC 38-18SC 38-100SC 58-12SC 58-50SC 58-100SC 34-12SC 34-25SC 3/8 ( 9.5 ) 3/8 ( 9.5 ) 3/8 ( 9.5 ) 3/8 ( 9.5 ) 3/8 ( 9.5 ) 5/8 ( 15.9 ) 5/8 ( 15.9 ) 5/8 ( 15.9 ) 3/4 ( 25.4 ) 3/4 ( 25.4 ) 38-50SC Dimensions Quantity ft. ( m ) 2 ( .61 ) 50 ( 15.3 ) 12 ( 3.7 ) 18” ( 457mm ) 100 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 3.7 ) coil 50 ( 15.3 ) coil 100 ( 30.5 ) coil 12 ( 3.7 ) coil 25 ( 7.6 ) coil 25 pcs. 1 coil 4 pcs. 50 pcs. 1 coil 4 pcs. 1 pc. 1 pc. 4 pcs. 2 pc. Flashover Test Weight Voltage kV lbs. ( kgs ) 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 14.9 14.9 9.5 ( 4.3 ) 9.5 ( 4.3 ) 9.5 ( 4.3 ) 11 ( 5 ) 16 ( 7.25 ) 22 ( 10 ) 21 ( 9.5 ) 45( 20.5 ) 22 ( 10 ) 22 ( 10 ) For sizes and lengths other than those listed above, contact your local Salisbury representative. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 D-5 Instant Insulation Instant Insulation may be installed as permanent cover to protect against outages caused by weather, trees and animals. Instant Insulation resists ozone and ultraviolet deterioration while remaining flexible even at sub-zero conditions. 1127 Instant Insulation is made of orange or grey SALCOR® elastomer. Instant Insulation is sold in three diameters, each 12 feet in length. Each include six nylon UV resistant bar-lock cable ties to secure it to the conductor. Instant Insulation can be installed using the 2494 applicator. To install, insert one end of the Instant Insulation into the applicator prongs, then roll and coil the insulation as shown. Secure the coil end with tape, cable ties, or rubber bands. To install, release the secured end and the Instant Insulation will unroll and enclose the conductor. 2494 Cat No. Dimensions Color in. mm INSTANT INSULATION 12’ / 3.6m long 1127 .75 I.D. 19 I.D. Grey 1128 .75 I.D. 19 I.D. Orange 1129 1.00 I.D. 25 I.D. Grey 1130 1.00 I.D. 25 I.D. Orange 1131 1.25 I.D. 32 I.D. Grey 1132 1.25 I.D. 32 I.D. Orange 2494 Universal Hot Stick Applicator D-6 Outage Protection. Weight ea. lbs. kgs 7 7 8 8 10 10 1 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.6 4.5 4.5 .5 www.salisburybyhoneywell.com GREENJACKET® ANIMAL CAUSED OUTAGE PROTECTION Salisbury by Honeywell is proud to offer Greenjacket® Outage Protection products and services. Here is more information about this great new service. For additional information please visit GreenjacketSalisbury.com. 1. It is the only industry comprehensive product line designed for energized installation 2. It is custom designed to precisely fit each piece of equipment – “It Fits” 3. It is offered as part of a service where site plans are made to identify what exactly is needed for coverage WHaT WE OFFER Greenjacket provides world-class patented products, tools, and processes for preventing animalcaused power outages at electrical substations. Our customized, turnkey outage protection solutions make it easy for managers to select the best option for improving power reliability. Greenjacket custom-manufactures its dielectric covers to ensure that each cover has the right fit for the electrical component being protected. We provide a product that is quick and easy to install—even in an energized environment. HOW WE dO IT 1. We evaluate schematics and/or images of existing facilities to develop a budgetary estimate for a solution. 2. On agreement, we conduct a site assessment to determine points of risk in the substation, then use 3D photogrammetry to obtain equipment dimensions off energized equipment. 3. We create a Site Protection Plan that includes a prioritized, itemized list of the protective covers required to mitigate bird- and animal-caused outages. The plan includes detailed installation instructions. 4. The product is manufactured using existing and/or custom-developed moulds, as required to protect the substation that has been evaluated. 5. Product is delivered to the customer’s site for installation. Greenjacket provides optional consulting support for both customer and contractor based installations. 6. Follow-up risk mitigation programs are available to optimize ongoing risk management. THE valuE WE dElIvER z Improved Power Reliability: by reducing the number of bird- and animal-caused contacts, the number of power interruptions is reduced. z dollar Savings: bird and animal-caused outages can result in the costly replacement of equipment, expensive overtime repair charges, and fire-drill management of work schedules. z Increased Revenues: outages can dramatically reduce billable electric services to customers or negatively impact revenues through production downtime. z Improved Community and Public Relations: outages create stress for everyone, from the customer through to power system managers and executive teams. z Reduced Penalties: wildlife protection agencies are increasing the scope and dollar amount of fines related to animal “takes”; fines currently range as high as $500,000 per incident. z Comprehensive, Turnkey Solutions: no more piecemeal coverage with ill-fitting products. Greenjacket provides a customized solution that is tailored to fit the specific components of a substation. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 5_outage2011.indd 7 D-7 9/14/11 12:38:59 PM gloves & sleeves GLOVES & SLEEVES Rubber and SALCOR® Protective Equipment Rubber insulating gloves are available in six ASTM defined voltage classes. Rubber insulating sleeves are available in Class 00 through 4. The chart below identifies the class, proof test voltage and maximum allowable exposure voltage. For an 8.5 x 11 reprint of this chart, contact your local Salisbury representative. Protective Rubber Equipment Labeling Chart for Salisbury Linemen’s Natural Rubber and SALCOR® Rubber Protective Equipment Proof Test Max. Use Rubber Class Voltage Voltage* Molded Glove Label Color AC / DC AC / DC Products Label 00 2,500 / 10,000 500 / 750 0 5,000 / 20,000 1,000 / 1,500 1 10,000 / 40,000 7,500 / 11,250 2 20,000 / 50,000 17,000 / 25,500 3 30,000 / 60,000 26,500 / 39,750 4 40,000 / 70,000 36,000 / 54,000 Rubber Dipped Sleeve Label Beige Red White Yellow Green Orange Insulating Gloves and Sleeves must have a color coded label to meet appropriate ASTM Specifications. * Max. Use Voltage when worn with leather protectors. E-2 Gloves and Sleeves. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Salisbury Linemen’s Gloves Manufactured for outstanding protection, comfort and long-life Rubber insulating gloves are among the most important articles of personal protection for electrical workers. Incorporating high dielectric and physical strength, flexibility and durability, Salisbury rubber insulating gloves have earned the reputation for superior performancemeeting and exceeding the requirements of current ASTM D120 specifications and IEC EN60903 Standards. Salisbury rubber insulating gloves are manufactured by dipping porcelain forms into a tank of liquefied rubber. The thin layer of rubber which results is allowed to dry and the process is repeated until the required thickness is reached. Depending on the voltage class of the glove, this dipping-drying-dipping cycle may need to be repeated over 30 times. After the desired thickness is achieved, the gloves are allowed to dry. Once dry, they are cut to length, the reinforcing bead is rolled, and the ASTM label and manufacturing information is applied along with any additional permanent marking that may be requested. The gloves are cured in an autoclave under steam pressure and heat. After curing, the gloves are visually inspected. Gloves with visual imperfections are rejected. The gloves are then given a halogenation treatment (chlorination) to increase the comfort and wearability. The gloves are electrically tested following ASTM D120/IEC 903 specifications. Following the electrical test, the gloves are given a final visual inspection. The gloves are then ready to be boxed and shipped. Are you not sure what gloves you need? Salisbury has made it easy with the Salisbury Glove ConfiguratorTM Glove Configurator Visit www.salisburybyhoneywell.com to use Salisbury’s exclusive Glove Configurator™. This interactive web tool allows you to easily determine which Salisbury gloves you need to meet your requirements. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-3 Making a Proper Inspection OSHA 1910.137 states “Insulating equipment shall be inspected before each day’s use and immediately following any incident that can reasonably be suspected of having caused damage. Insulating gloves shall be given an air test, along with the inspection.” Salisbury’s New g100 (Patent Pending), with g100a adapter for Class 00 and 0 and smaller size gloves, and the g99, without additional adapter, are the perfect answer for inflating your gloves for inspection. G99 The g99 is a simple, easy to use, portable glove inflator. The G99 provides a quality means of inspecting gloves in the field. The glove is secured to the inflator using a nylon strap and fastened with a hook and pile closure. Inflation is accomplished by pumping the bellows of the inflator against any surface. nOTE: gloves should be expanded no more than 1.5 times their normal size for Type I, and 1.25 times normal for Type II SalCOR. SALISBURY ADVANTAGE The g100 is also a simple and easy to use, portable glove inflator. The G100 operates exactly like the G99, but includes an additional g100a adapter to also inspect Class 00 and 0 and smaller gloves. To use the adapter, the glove is secured to the G100A adapter using a nylon strap with a hook and pile closure. The adapter, with glove attached, is then placed on top of the inflator to be inflated for inspection. INF Series Glove Inflators & Sleeve Expanders Proper safety requires frequent inspection of gloves and sleeves. These glove inflators and sleeve expanders provide an efficient way to conduct complete and thorough visual inspections before and after use in the field. Easy to install. Simple to operate. Accommodates all sleeve and glove sizes. Minimum floor space. Compressed air source required. G100 G100A Cat. No. Description G99 Glove Inflator Kit G99B Replacement Bag G99S Replacement Strap G99V Replacement Check Valve G100 Glove Inflator Kit w/ Adapter G100A Lo-Volt Glove Adapter INF-1 Standard Bench Model Inflator with Hand Pump INF-2 Standard Bench Model Inflator with AIr-Line Connection INF-3 Standard Floor Model INF-4 Bench Model Air-Bag Inflator for High Voltage Gloves INF-5 Bench Model Air-Bag Inflator for High and Low Voltage Gloves INF-6 Standard Sleeve Expander INF-7 Replacement Glove Inflator Boots for Air Bag Glove Inflators INF-8 Replacement Bladders for Sleeve Expander (with closed ends) - Set of three INF-9 Single Replacement Bladders for Sleeve Expander (with closed ends) - Outside Bladder only INF-10 Hand Held Glove Inflator E-4 Gloves and Sleeves. G100 with inflated lo-volt glove ready for inspection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com INF-1 INF-6 Salisbury Linemen’s Gloves Low Voltage - ASTM Class 00, 0 Selecting the right size, length and style Salisbury linemen’s gloves are available in a full range of sizes, from 7 through 12, including half sizes on 8, 9, and 10. Proper fit is important. To determine glove size, measure the circumference around the palm. Allow for additional room if fabric glove liners are to be worn, especially with thermal liners. Measure the circumference around the palm. SALISBURY ADVANTAGE Type I and Type II gloves are extremely flexible to make working with small parts easy. The gloves meet or exceed ASTM D120 and IEC EN60903 Standards. E011Y Gloves being manufactured. Class 00 and 0 gloves are available in 11 and 14 inch lengths. Class 00 Electrical Insulating Rubber gloves are made from red or black Type I natural rubber, blue Type II SALCOR®, or in contrasting blue/orange Type II SALCOR. The contrast between the outer orange color against the inner blue color makes inspecting for cuts and tears easier when the glove is inflated or stretched. Class 0 Electrical Insulating Rubber gloves are available in red, black, yellow, and contrasting black/ yellow colors in Type I Natural Rubber. The contrast between the outer yellow color against the inner black color makes inspecting for cuts and tears easier when the glove is inflated or stretched. These gloves are also available in blue or contrasting blue/orange colors Type II SALCOR rubber. E0011BL/9 Cat. No. Breakdown for Class 00 Gloves Class Length Color Size E 00 11 R, B, BL, or BLO 7, 8, 8H 9, 9H E 00 14 R, B, BL, or BLO 10, 10H R=red B=black Type I Natural Rubber 11, 12 BL=blue BLO=blue in, orange out :Type II SALCOR Example: E0011BL/8 NOTE: Size 11H no longer available. E0014BLO/9 Cat. No. Breakdown for Class 0 Gloves Class Length Color Size E 0 11 Y, B, R, BL, BLO, or BY 7, 8, 8H 9,9H E 0 14 Y, B, R, BL, BLO, or BY 10, 10H R=red B=black Y=yellow:Type I Natural Rubber 11, 12 BY=black in, yellow out:Type I Natural Rubber BL=blue BLO=blue in, orange out :Type II SALCOR Example: E014R/9 NOTE: Size 11H no longer available. E011Y/10 E011R/9 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-5 Salisbury Linemen’s Gloves High Voltage - ASTM Class 1, 2, 3, 4 Class 1 through 4 gloves are available in the industry standard color black, or in contrasting two-color combinations. The contrast between the thin outer color against the inner color makes inspecting for cuts and tears easier when the glove is inflated or stretched. Straight Cuff E316YB/10 Class 1 through 4 gloves are available in 14, 16 and 18 inch lengths. A straight cuff is standard on 14” (356 mm), 16” (406 mm) & 18” (457 mm) gloves. The straight cuff is the default style. Contour Cuff E218CYB/10 A contour cuff is angled to prevent bunching or binding at the elbow when the arm is bent. Available on all 18” (457mm) gloves only. The bell cuff accommodates heavier winter clothing and allows for greater air flow in warmer weather. These are available for Class 1 through 4 gloves. Bell cuff gloves are not available in sizes 7, 8 or 8H. Bell Cuff E214BCRB/10 Cat. No. Breakdown for Class 1,2,3,4 Gloves Class Glove Length in. Cuff Style Color Size E 1 14, 16 or 18 BC***, C B, YB or RB 7, 8, 8H E 2 14, 16 or 18 BC***, C B, YB or RB 9,9H E 3* 14, 16 or 18 BC***, C B, YB or RB 10, 10H E 4** 14, 16 or 18 BC***, C B, YB or RB 11, 12 BC***=bell cuff C=contour cuff (Contour cuff available for 18” only.) *available in sizes 8 through 12 including half sizes only **available in sizes 9 through 12 including half sizes only ***bell cuff gloves available in sizes 9 through 12 including half sizes B=black YB=Y inside, B out RB=R inside, B out:Type I Natural Rubber Example: E116BCYB/10 NOTE: Size 11H no longer available. E-6 Gloves and Sleeves. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Salisbury Linemen’s Mittens High Voltage - ASTM Class 1, 2, 3, 4 Salisbury lineman’s mittens are made from the same durable, lightweight rubber as the five finger gloves yet keep the user warmer during harsh temperatures. The three finger mitten allows for precise hand movement as well. Class 1 through 4 mittens are available in the industry standard black or in contrasting two-color combinations. The contrast between the thin outer color against the inner color makes inspecting for cuts and tears easier when the glove is inflated or stretched. Class 1 through Class 2 mittens are available in 14, 16 and 18 inch lengths. Class 3 through Class 4 mittens are available in 16 and 18 inch lengths. A bell cuff design is standard on all mittens. BC=Bell Cuff. Mittens are available in sizes 9, through 11 full sizes only. EM216BCRB/10 Cat. No. Breakdown for Class 1,2,3,4 Gloves Class in. Glove Length Cuff Style Color Size EM 1 14, 16 or 18 BC B, YB or RB 9 EM 2 14, 16 or 18 BC B, YB or RB 10 EM 3 16 or 18 BC B, YB or RB 11 EM 4 16 or 18 BC B, YB or RB Bell Cuff colors B=black YB=Yellow inside, Black out RB=Red inside, Black out 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-7 Leather Protectors leather Protector gloves should always be worn over Rubber Insulating Gloves to provide the needed mechanical protection against cuts, abrasions and punctures. All Salisbury protectors are steamed pressed on curved hand forms to insure proper fit over Rubber Gloves. Manufactured from top grade leather, all are sewn with heavy duty nylon thread in the “gunn cut” inseam construction pattern. Each protector for Class 1-4 gloves are equipped with a nonmetallic buckle on the pull strap and an extra wide leather reinforcement over the thumb seam. Protectors for Class 00 and 0 gloves are available with nonmetallic buckle and pull strap or elastic wrist. all Salisbury leather Protectors meet aSTm F696 standards. CLEARANCE TABLE FOR LEATHER PROTECTORS PER ASTM F496 - Table 4 It is the responsibility of the purchaser to specify the overall length of the protector gloves. The Clearance Table shows the minimum distance which shall be allowed between the protector glove cuff and the bead of the rubber glove per ASTM F496 Specifications. Glove Class 00, 0 1 2 3 4 WaRnIng: do not use leather protectors alone for protection against electric shock. Serious injury or death will result. always use a properly rated insulating glove for the voltage being worked. 2” from cuff E-8 The minimum distance from the leather protector cuff to the bead of the rubber glove for this Class 2 glove is 2 inches. Gloves and Sleeves. Adapted, with permission, from F496-08 Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and Sleeves, copyright ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. A copy of the complete standard may be obtained from ASTM, www.astm.org. Minimum Distance from Protector and Rubber Glove Proper care of leather protectors is essential to user safety. Inspect the leather protectors when inspecting rubber gloves. Metal particles, imbedded wire, abrasive materials or any substance that could physically damage the rubber gloves must be removed from the protector before use. M in. Distance Between Protectors and Rubber Gloves in. mm 1/2 13 1 25 2 51 3 76 4 102 Glove Class Leather Protector Cuff --------- Cuff Line -------- 00, 0 1 2 3 4 1/2 1 2 3 4 1/2” from cuff 1” from cuff 2” from cuff 3” from cuff 4” from cuff www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Premium Leather Protectors SALISBURY ADVANTAGE 156 Premium Series Salisbury’s SALCOR® cuff provides maximum protection. These protectors are made from specially tanned Grade A Red Boulevard buffed leather and an orange colored SALCOR “Super Cuff” in the 4” (102 mm) and 6” (152 mm) cuff lengths. The “Super Cuff” has better characteristics than leather or vinyl cuffs; it does not absorb water, has greater track resistance, and creepage. Cat. No. Cuff Length OAL Length Weight ea. in. ( mm ) in. ( mm ) lbs. ( kgs ) 156-4 4 ( 102 ) Straight Cuff 12 ( 305 ) 1 ( .5 ) 156-6 6 ( 152 ) Straight Cuff 14 ( 356 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) Available in dual sizes: 8/8.5, 9/9.5, 10/10.5, 11/11.5, 12 156-4 156-6 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-9 Leather Protectors IlP Series Manufactured from top grain cowhide, or goatskin, these protectors provide excellent protection for rubber insulating gloves at a very economical price. Cowhide cuffs are tough leather on palm side and orange vinyl on the back, while the goatskin cuffs are green leather on palm side and orange vinyl on back. Full complement of styles from low-volt through 16” contour cuff. Comes in size 7, dual sizes 8/8.5 through 11/11.5 and size 12. IlPm Series mitten Protector Manufactured from top grain cowhide, these protectors offer excellent comfort and protection. The ILPM Series mitten protectors feature adjustable straps with non-metallic buckles and are stitched with polyester thread for strong seams. Cuffs are tough leather on palm side and orange vinyl on the back of the hand. Comes in sizes 9, 10 and 11. ILPG10 ILPG10A lP Series Manufactured from top grain cowhide or goatskin, these protectors offer excellent comfort and protection. The LP Series protectors feature adjustable straps with non-metallic buckles and are stitched with polyester thread for strong seams. Cuffs are tough leather on palm side and orange vinyl on the back of the hand. Comes in sizes 7 to 12, including half sizes 8 1/2 to 11 1/2. Cat. No. OAL Length Weight ea. in. ( mm ) lbs. ( kgs ) ILP SERIES - COWHIDE ILP3S* 12 ( 305 ) 1 ( .5 ) ILP4S* 13 ( 330 ) 1 ( .5 ) ILP5S* 14 ( 356 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) 15 ( 381 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) ILP6S* / ** ILP7C* / ** 16 ( 406 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) ILP10* 10 ( 254 ) .7 ( .32 ) ILP10A* w/ pull strap 10 ( 254 ) .7 ( .32 ) *To specify goatskin, use ILPG. Goatskin not available in size 7. Available in dual sizes: 7, 8/8.5, 9/9.5, 10/10.5, 11/11.5, 12 ** Not available in size 7. ILPM SERIES - COWHIDE ILPM3S 12 ( 305 ) 1 ( .5 ) ILPM4S 13 ( 330 ) 1 ( .5 ) ILPM5S 14 ( 356 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) Available in sizes: 9, 10, 11 LP SERIES LP3S 12 ( 305 ) 1 ( .5 ) LP4S 13 ( 330 ) 1 ( .5 ) LP5S 14 ( 356 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) LP6S 15 ( 381 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) LP7C 16 ( 406 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) LP10 10 ( 254 ) .7 ( .32 ) LP10A w/ pull strap 10 ( 254 ) .7 ( .32 ) To specify goatskin, use LPG. Available in single sizes: 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12 E-10 Gloves and Sleeves. ILPM5S ILP7C LPG3S LPG5S LP7C www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Glove Storage & Gloves Kits Proper storage extends the service life of linemen’s gloves and sleeves. Folds and creases strain rubber and cause it to crack from ozone prematurely. By storing rubber gloves in the right size bag, and never forcing more than one pair into each bag, equipment will lie flat and last longer. Salisbury bags are constructed of heavy duty canvas duck and are double stitched and riveted at stress points for extra durability. Canvas bags feature a D ring for hanging in trucks or on work belts. Bags feature tapered gussets with wide opening tops for easy insertion. t o glove and Protector Combo bags contain two layered pockets in one bag. Now, both a pair of gloves and protectors can be properly stored in one convenient bag. Never worry about having to bring more than one bag from job site job site. GB116 Cat. No. For Glove length in. ( mm ) GB116GC Dimensions inches ( mm ) 26 oz. CANVAS GLOVE BAGS GB112 11 ( 280 ) 9” x 14” ( 229 x 356 ) GB114 14 ( 356 ) 9” x 16” ( 229 x 406 ) GB116 16 ( 406 ) 9” x 18” ( 229 x 457 ) GB118 18 ( 457 ) 9” x 20” ( 229 x 508 ) 26 oz. CANVAS GLOVE BAGS w/ goggle case GB114GC 14 ( 356 ) 9” x 16” ( 229 x 406 ) GB116GC 16 ( 406 ) 9” x 18” ( 229 x 457 ) GB118GC 18 ( 457 ) 9” x 20” ( 229 x 508 ) 14.75 oz. CANVAS GLOVE & PROTECTOR BAGS GPB112 12 ( 305 ) 9” x 14” ( 229 x 356 ) GPB114 14 ( 356 ) 9” x 16” ( 229 x 406 ) GPB116 16 ( 406 ) 9” x 18” ( 229 x 457 ) GPB118 18 ( 457 ) 9” x 20” ( 229 x 508 ) GLOVE & PROTECTOR COMBO BAGS 2C16 14 ( 356 ) 16 ( 406 ) 9” x 18” ( 229 x 457 ) 2C18 18 ( 457 ) 9” x 20” ( 229 x 508 ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1 ( .5 ) 1 ( .5 ) 1.2 ( .6 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 1 ( .5 ) 1.2 ( .6 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 1 ( .5 ) 1 ( .5 ) 1.2 ( .6 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 1.2 ( .6 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) SALISBURY ADVANTAGE glove Kits Salisbury’s insulating rubber gloves are necessary for every electrical worker’s complete safety. And to insure your safety, Salisbury’s leather protectors provide needed protection from cuts, abrasions, and punctures. To keep these safety items in top condition, proper storage is very important. GK011BL/9 Product Numbering Chart for Glove Kits Class Length Color (inches) Size of Gloves (choose one below) GK 00 11 or 14 GK 0 11 or 14 GK 2 14, 16, or 18 Example: GK011BL/9 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 B, R, BL R, BL, B, Y B, RB by Honeywell Note: If you require test date stamping, please specify when ordering. Type I Natural Rubber available in: R=Red, Y=Yellow, B=Black, RB=Red in, Black out Type II SALCOR® Rubber available in: BL=Blue 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-11 Linemen’s Sleeves Rubber Insulating Sleeves extend coverage of the arm from the cuff of rubber insulating gloves to the shoulder- fully protecting these areas from accidental contact with energized conductors and equipment. Salisbury sleeves feature a reinforcing fold at the cuff. This fold is preferred over a rolled bead because it adds less bulk to the cuff and fits into the glove easier without pushing. Two different processes are used to manufacture insulating sleeves; dipping and molding. Both meet the current requirements of ASTM D1051 and offer the same high level of quality and protection. Sizing Sleeves should be selected to fit the arm comfortably, covering from the top of the shoulder to inside the top of the glove. Regular size sleeves are the shortest and have the smallest arm and wrist openings. To minimize the possibility of the sleeves pushing gloves off the hand, size the sleeve to the shortest length possible while maintaining complete coverage to the shoulder. Sizing Linemen’s Sleeves STRAIGHT ARM SLEEVE- Figure 1 A B C in. ( mm ) in. ( mm ) in. ( mm ) D in. ( mm ) Small 24.25 ( 616 ) 15.13 ( 384 ) 12.5 ( 317 ) 5.75 ( 146 ) 26.25 ( 667 ) 15.5 ( 394 ) 11.25 ( 286 ) 5.5 ( 140 ) 28.5 ( 724 ) 17 ( 432 ) 12.87 ( 327 ) 6.87 ( 175 ) 30 ( 762 ) 19 ( 483 ) 13.25 ( 337 ) 6.87 ( 175 ) EXTRA CURVED ARM SLEEVE- Figure 2 A B C in. ( mm ) in. ( mm ) in. ( mm ) D in. ( mm ) Regular Large Extra Large Figure 1 Small 24.25 ( 616 ) 15.13 ( 384 ) 12.5 ( 317 ) 5.75 ( 146 ) 26.5 ( 673 ) 15.5 ( 394 ) 12.25 ( 311 ) 5.25 ( 140 ) 27.75 ( 705 ) 16 ( 406 ) 12.87 ( 327 ) 6.87 ( 175 ) 29.5 ( 749 ) 17.5 ( 445 ) 12.87 ( 327 ) 7 ( 178 ) Regular Large Extra Large E-12 Gloves and Sleeves. Figure 2 www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Linemen’s Sleeves Dipped SALISBURY ADVANTAGE dipped sleeves are manufactured in the same way as Salisbury rubber insulating gloves. Porcelain forms are dipped into liquefied rubber, dried, trimmed, marked and cured. Every sleeve receives the same quality inspections and electrical testing before shipping. Dipped sleeves are available in the same colors as dipped gloves, including two color combinations. Extra-Curved Arm D2LYR-EC Salisbury is the only manufacturer that offers two popular styles of dipped lineman’s sleeves: straight and extracurved. Both styles are available in every color or color combination, size, and voltage class. Most importantly, all are made to the same rigid levels of quality demanded by Salisbury. Straight Arm D2RYB-ST Only Salisbury offers both dipped and molded sleeves. Cat. No. Breakdown for Dipped Type I Sleeves Voltage Class Size Color D0 S, R, L or XL Y=yellow D1 S, R, L or XL B=black D2 S, R, L or XL YB=Y inside, B out D3 S, R, L or XL RB=R inside, B out D4 S, R, L or XL YR=Y inside, R out S=small, R=regular, L=large XL=extra large Example: D2LYB-ST Add suffix “-ST” to order straight cuff or “-EC” to order extra-curved cuff 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-13 Linemen’s Sleeves Molded molded sleeves are manufactured by either injection or compression molding methods. The advantage these methods offer is the ability to produce sleeves of Type I or SALCOR® Type II synthetic rubber. SALCOR sleeves provide the same high quality and electrical protection as natural rubber, with the added benefit of being resistant to ozone and ultraviolet radiation. Type I sleeves are available in black, yellow or maroon. Type II SALCOR sleeves are black or orange. Molded sleeves are available in curved arm style only. Black Type I 2RB Yellow Type I 3LY Cat. No. Breakdown for Molded Type I Sleeves Voltage Class Size 1 R or L 2 R, L or XL 3 R or L 4 R or L R=regular L=large XL=extra large Example: 2LB Color Y B, Y, M Y, M M B=black Y=yellow M=maroon Orange Type II 2ROS Cat. No. Breakdown for Molded Type II Sleeves Voltage Class Size 1 R or L 2 R, L or XL R=regular L=large XL=extra large Example: 2LOS E-14 Color BS or OS BS or OS BS=black SALCOR OS=orange SALCOR Gloves and Sleeves. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Sleeve Storage & Accessories Proper storage extends the service life of linemen’s sleeves. Folds and creases strain rubber and cause it to crack from ozone prematurely. By storing rubber sleeves in the right size bag, and never forcing more than one pair into each bag, equipment will lie flat and extend the life of the product. D Ring on back Salisbury bags are constructed of heavy duty canvas duck and are double stitched and riveted at stress points for extra durability. Canvas bags feature a D ring for hanging in trucks or on work belts. Bags feature tapered gussets with wide opening tops for easy insertion. SALISBURY ADVANTAGE The T32 bag contains a crush resistant lining to create a more protective environment for your sleeves. Sleeve buttons, straps, and harnesses are required to wear rubber insulating sleeves properly. Four buttons are required per pair of sleeves. Two straps are required per pair of sleeves. One harness is required per pair of sleeves. T32 T31 Cat. No. For Sleeve length in. ( mm ) Dimensions inches ( mm ) CANVAS SLEEVE BAG - T31 T32 - 30” x 9.5” ( 762 x 241mm) 1.5 ( . 7 ) 30” x 13” ( 762 x 330 mm) 3 ( 1.4 ) BUTTONS B2 B22 One Piece Sleeve Button .2 ( .01 ) 4 Screw Type Buttons .8 ( .04 ) - - B22 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) STRAPS S1 15”(381mm) Strap w/ 4 B2 Buttons .1 ( .005 ) HARNESS H1 Harness w/ 4 B2 Buttons Two-piece sleeve button 4 required per pair of sleeves B2 One piece sleeve button 4 required per pair of sleeves S1 1 ( .45 ) H1 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-15 Salisbury Linemen’s Glove Liners liner gloves enhance the comfort of wearing Rubber Insulating Gloves in every season. Liners provide warmth in the cold season and absorb perspiration in the warm months. Many styles and fabrics are available with either an open or knit wrist. The knit wrist style grips the wrist rather than allowing the cuff to roll down and bunch at the palm. All Liner Gloves are for year round use with Rubber Insulating Gloves and Mittens. All liners are made from stretch fabric that can fit any hand size. L10J L10JK The l Series has a tough outer cotton fabric while the inner lining is soft and comfortable. The lmKC Series is light, airy and allows ease of movement. The lmKW Series is made from a wool blend fabric that moves easily yet gives a substantial layer of lining. L12J L12MKC The 89 Series is Salisbury’s classic summer and winter glove liner. Liners absorb perspiration from hands. The summer liner is white in color and 100% cotton. The winter blend is a rust color and 100% acrylic. L10MKW E-16 89/1402 Cat. No. Description Wrist Style Length in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) L10JK Jersey Style, Light Weight, Seams Out L10J Jersey Style, Light Weight, Seams Out L12J Jersey Style, Light Weight, Seams Out L10MKC Machine Knit, 100% Cotton L12MKC Machine Knit, 100% Cotton L10MKW Machine Knit, Wool Blend L12MKW Machine Knit, Wool Blend 89/1402 White Machine Knit, 100% Cotton 89/4702 Rust Machine Knit, 100% Acrylic One size fits all. Knit Open Open Knit Knit Knit Knit Knit Knit 10 ( 254 ) 10 ( 254 ) 12 ( 305 ) 10 ( 254 ) 12 ( 305 ) 10 ( 254 ) 12 ( 305 ) 10 ( 254 ) 10 ( 254 ) .14 (.06) .12 (.06) .14 (.07) .12 (.05) .12 (.05) .14 (.06) .14 (.07) .12 (.06) .12 (.06) Gloves and Sleeves. 89/4702 www.salisburybyhoneywell.com SALPOL & Work Gloves Salisbury’s SalPOl gloves protect hands during cold weather jobs. The black split cowhide leather has a 3M Thinsulate* lining to keep hands warm. For extra warmth a long knit wrist is sewn into the safety cuff to keep out snow and ice. The glove also has a full leather index finger, knuckle strap, leather fingertips, and pull patch. *Thinsulate is a registered Trademark of the 3M Company. drivers Work gloves set the standard for quality at an affordable price. Combining comfort, durability and economy, Salisbury leather Drivers Work Gloves meet the tough challenges of today’s demanding workplace. Available in lined or unlined styles. The bindings are color coded to indicate size: red-small, green-medium, brown-large, purple-extra large. SP-L linemen Work gloves are designed specifically for use by linemen and offers many of the quality features found in our leather protectors. Made from high quality grain cowhide or goatskin, this glove is soft and flexible, while still being highly abrasion and cut resistant for long wear. SALPOL GLOVES Cat. No. Description SALPOL GLOVES SP-S Small Size Polar Glove SP-L Large Size Polar Glove Length in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) n / a n / a .5 ( .23 ) .5 ( .23 ) I95/217/WHS LW2SPE DRIVERS & LINEMEN WORK GLOVES Cat. No. Description I95/217/WHS* Unlined I95/317/WHS* Lined *Add “-S” for small, “-M” for medium, “-L” for large, “-XL” for extra-large. LW2SPE** LWG2SPE** Cowhide leather, natural pigskin cuff Goatskin leather, natural pigskin cuff **Add “-M” for medium, “-L” for large, “-XL” for extra-large. Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) .3 ( .14 ) .3 ( .14 ) .4 ( .18 ) .4 ( .18 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 E-17 Cleaners, Sunscreen and Supplies 1461 1460 10-4 1451 Rub-OuT® is a non-petroleum-based hand cleaner for workers who wear rubber gloves and sleeves. Dissolves and removes grease, oil, ink, tar, pipe dope, creosote, paint and more without harming natural rubber or SALCOR® rubber. Cleans with or without water. Contains natural skin conditioners and leaves a fresh citrus scent. Salisbury’s Rub-OuT® Towelettes are premoistened heavy duty hand cleaner towels that work fast to loosen, dissolve, and absorb dirt and grease, and will not harm rubber gloves! Our powerful yet safe cleaning agents work together with an absorbent, nonscratching abrasive cleaning towel. The citrus-based formula easily removes soil from your hands and leaves them cleaned and conditioned anywhere you’re working. And after cleaning your hands there is enough absorbency to clean your tools and other surfaces with the same towel. These shop size (10.5” x 12.25”) durable towels quickly remove tough-to-clean substances including lubricants, tar, oils, wax, caulk and much more. TEn-FOuR® glOvE duST is a cooling, frictionless powder that absorbs moisture and perspiration when wearing rubber gloves. Provides extra comfort while preventing gloves from getting sticky. The 5-oz. bottle easily fits in a pocket or glove bag. The 4-quart bulk package is used in test labs as a dusting powder when cleaning and testing. SuPER SalCO® Cleaner is a concentrated detergent with a special grease release formula that removes oils, grease and dirt from natural rubber and SALCOR rubber equipment. Suitable for washing linemen’s rubber gloves, sleeves and other specialty equipment, by hand or in commercial washing machines. Also works well on fiberglass and other materials. Just dilute with water, apply with a rag or sponge and rinse thoroughly. E-18 Gloves and Sleeves. S99 S5 SS30 Cat. No. Description Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) RUB-OUT® HAND CLEANER 1451 16 oz. ( .45kg ) can, 12/pack 16 ( 7.3 ) 1452 4.5 lbs. ( 2kgs ) cans, 6/pack 28 ( 12.7 ) 1453 Dispenser for 4.5lb. ( 2kg ) can 1 ( .5 ) RUB-OUT® TOWELETTES 1460 Bucket of 60, 6 buckets / Case 14 ( 6.4 ) 1461 Single Packets, 100 Singles / Case 3 ( 1.4 ) TEN-FOUR® GLOVE DUST 10-4 12 @ 5 oz. ( 170g ) squeeze bottles 5.5( 2.2 ) 10-4-4QT 4 quarts ( 3.8 ltrs. ) bulk, single 8 ( 3.6 ) SUPER SALCO® DETERGENT S4 1 gal ( 3.8 ltr. ) jugs, 4 pack 54( 24.5 ) S5 5 gal ( 19 ltr. ) drum 49 ( 22.3 ) S55 55 gal ( 208 ltr. ) drum 540 ( 245 ) SALCON® SILICONE SPRAY S99 Aerosol can 16 oz. ( .454 ) SUNSCREEN 30 SS30 100 towelettes 6 ( 2.72 ) SalCOn® Silicone Spray is specially formulated to reduce friction on SALCOR or natural rubber products. Reduces surface creepage on rubber gloves and sleeves. Forms an oxygen barrier which helps reduce corona cutting and weather checking on rubber equipment. May also be used to spray spark plugs and battery terminals in damp weather to assist in starting. SunSCREEn 30 is a non-oily sunscreen that does the job for at least four hours. Safe for leather and rubber gloves, leaves no residue-no slippery hands. Large convenient towelettes. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com protective footwear protective footwear FAQ Q: What is the difference between the yellow/black Salisbury ASTM F2413-05 EH Footwear and the red/black ASTM Dielectric Footwear? A: The yellow/black Salisbury ASTM F2413-05 EH Footwear are manufactured per the requirements of ASTM F2413-05 EH. Which means the outsole of these overshoes and boots have been lot tested to 20,000 volts to the electrical hazard requirements of ASTM F2413-05. Salisbury’s red/black ASTM dielectric footwear conforms with ASTM F1117 and are all 100% tested to the electrical hazard requirements of ASTM F1116 at 20,000 volts. Q: What are the benefits of ASTM Dielectric Footwear? A: ASTM Dielectric Footwear protects ground workers from step and touch potential in the whole work zone, not just one confined work area, like a grounding mat. ASTM Dielectric Footwear can help reduce the amount of electrical workers in a work area since they are not confined. ASTM Dielectric Footwear allows personnel to safely mount and dismount equipment in the work zone. ASTM Dielectric Footwear allows personnel to safely retrieve material from truck bins. F-2 Protective Footwear. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com ASTM Dielectric Footwear Deep Heel Overshoes - 100% Tested to 20kV 51508 aSTm dielectric Footwear provides extra safety when climbing ladders and poles where the deep heel cavity can lock onto the rungs. These boots and overshoes are 100% waterproof and made from premium grade ozone resistant rubber. The construction is hand-layered in full-cut patterns to fit over work boots. The fabric lining makes them easy to get on and off. The sole has a durable construction with a non-skid bar tread outsole. 51509 all of Salisbury’s aSTm dielectric Footwear conforms with aSTm F1117 and all are 100% tEstEd to the electrical hazard requirements of aSTm F1116 at 20,000 volts. ASTM Dielectric Footwear comes in four styles all with pole-climbing reinforcement patch. The Overshoe is available without buckles or with two buckles. The Overboot with adjustable side strap features a 14” height or a 17” height. The attached buckle and hardware is nonmetallic. nEW Improved Overshoes-Salisbury now offers improved 51511 non-buckle overshoe and 51512 2buckle overshoe. The improved overshoes include a bob sole with aggressive tread for better traction. The deep heel and improved arch are specially designed for climbing ladders comfortably. The wider opening allows for easier on/off. 21405 21406 51512 51511 Cat. No. Description 21405 21406 51508 51509 17”, 1 Buckle Overboot 14” 1 Buckle Overboot Non-Buckle Overshoe 2 Buckle Overshoe Sizes in. ( mm ) Weight pr. lbs. ( kgs ) Whole Sizes 7 - 16 Whole Sizes 7 - 17 Whole Sizes 7 - 17 Whole Sizes 7 - 17 5.8 ( 2.6 ) 5.0 ( 2.3 ) 3.3 ( 1.5 ) 4.4 ( 2 ) BOB SOLE 51511 Bob Sole - Non-Buckle Overshoe Whole Sizes 7 - 16 3.3 ( 1.5 ) 51512 Bob Sole - 2 Buckle Overshoe Whole Sizes 7 - 16 4.4 ( 2 ) NOTE: When ordering, add size as suffix to part number. Be sure to add a space between the part number and size. Example: 51511 7 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 F-3 ASTM F2413-05 EH Footwear Deep Heel Overshoes, Outsole Tested to 20kV aSTm F2413-05 EH deep Heel Overshoes provide extra safety when climbing ladders and poles where the deep heel cavity can lock onto the rungs. These boots and overshoes are made from an ozone resistant yellow rubber that’s 100% waterproof. The construction is hand-layered in full-cut patterns to fit over work boots. The fabric lining makes them easy get on and off. The sole is an anti-skid bar tread. The outsole of these overshoes and boots have been lot tested to 20,000 volts to the electrical hazard requirements of aSTm F2413-05. 51581 51530 ASTM F2413-05 EH Deep Heel Overshoes come in three styles all with pole-climbing reinforcement patch. The Storm Rubber Overshoe is available without buckles or with two buckles. The Full-Cut Overshoe with adjustable side strap features a 17” height. Anti-Skid Bar Tread 21402 Cat. No. Sizes Description Weight pr. in. ( mm ) lbs. ( kgs ) 21402 Whole Sizes 7-17 17” ( 432 ) Overshoe 5.8 ( 2.6 ) 51530 Whole Sizes 6-17 2-Buckle 4.4 ( 2 ) 51581 Whole & Half Sizes 7-12, Whole Sizes 6, 13-17 Storm Rubber 3.3 ( 1.5 ) NOTE: When ordering, add size as suffix to part number. Be sure to add a space between the part number and size. Example: 51511 7 F-4 Protective Footwear. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com ASTM F2413-05 EH Footwear Overshoes, Outsole Tested to 20kV aSTm F2413-05 EH Overshoes are made from an ozone resistant yellow rubber. The construction is hand-layered in full-cut patterns to easily fit over work boots. These overshoes are 100% waterproof. The lining is fabric so they easily slip on and off. The sole is an anti-skid bar tread. The outsole of these overshoes and boots have been lot tested to 20,000 volts to the electrical hazard requirements of aSTm F2413-05. 51824 ASTM F2413-05 EH Overshoes are available in two styles: a Storm Rubber Overshoe and an 11” 4-Buckle Arctic both with a pole-climbing reinforcement patch. 31924 Anti-Skid Bar Tread Cat. No. Sizes 31924 51824 Whole Sizes 6-17 Whole & Half Sizes 7-12 Whole Sizes 13-16 Description in. ( mm ) 11” ( 279 ) 4-Buckle Arctic Storm Rubber Weight pr. lbs. ( kgs ) 4.6 ( 2.1 ) 3.25 ( 1.5 ) NOTE: When ordering, add size as suffix to part number. Be sure to add a space between the part number and size. Example: 51511 7 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 F-5 ASTM F2413-05 EH Footwear Overshoes, Outsole Tested to 14kV aSTm F2413-05 EH Overshoes are made from yellow ozone resistant rubber that’s 100% waterproof. The construction is hand-layered in full-cut patterns to easily slip over work shoes. The lining is fabric so they easily slip on and off. The outsole of these overshoes and boots have been lot tested to 14,000 volts to the electrical hazard requirements of aSTm F2413-05. 51510 Diamond V-grip Outsole ASTM F2413-05 EH Overshoes come in two styles. The deep Heel lineman’s Storm Rubber has a diamond V-grip outsole and poleclimbing reinforcement patch. The 11” 4-buckle has an anti-skid bar tread sole and heel. Anti-Skid Bar Tread 31910 Cat. No. Sizes Description in. ( mm ) Weight pr. lbs. ( kgs ) 31910 Whole Sizes 7-17 11” ( 279 ) 4-Buckle 3.8 ( 1.7 ) 51510 Whole & Half Sizes 6-12, Deep Heel Storm Rubber 3.1 ( 1.4 ) Whole Sizes 13-17 NOTE: When ordering, add size as suffix to part number. Be sure to add a space between the part number and size. Example: 51511 7 F-6 Protective Footwear. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com insulated jumpers insulated jumpers FAQ Q: What are the benefits of the Sure-lok® Jumper clamp? A: The Salisbury Sure-lok Jumper clamp is an improvement over other jumper clamps available. The Sure-lok features a ratchet-type locking mechanism (patent pending), which guarantees the clamp not to loosen once it is installed on a line. G-2 Loose Jumper clamps not only jeopardize your safety but can also cause fires and power outages. Even when torqued using wrenches or pliers, traditional clamps will eventually loosen from line vibrations and thermal cycling. This clamp tightens with a ratchet action using one hand, with no extra tools for a secure, positive connection. It can’t come loose until you want it to. Pull and turn the locking knob and it loosens like any traditional clamp. Insulated Jumpers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Insulated Jumpers SALISBURY ADVANTAGE Insulated bypass jumper sets consist of three basic components: one pair of clamps, one pair of ferrules, and a length of insulated cable. Many of the most popular jumper sets are listed on the following pages associated with each of the different types of jumper clamps. When a custom jumper is required, follow this procedure to ensure that a complete and functional jumper is specified. If you need assembled jumper sets, quickly, please contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. Let Salisbury professionally assemble your sets for you. All Salisbury Insulating Jumpers meet ASTM F2321 standards. Insulated Jumper Checklist 1. Clamp 3. Cable 2. Ferrules 1. Specify the style of insulated clamps. All of the clamps are hand installed wearing rubber insulating gloves, accept either shrouded or unshrouded ferrules, and accept insulated cable up to 4/0, 35kV. Insulated jumper clamps are sold in pairs. 2. Specify the size and length of insulated cable. Salisbury offers 15kV cable from #2 to 4/0. 25 and 35 kV cable are both available in sizes 1/0 and 2/0. Be sure to specify the length of the cable chosen. 3. Specify the size and style of ferrules required. The size of the ferrule will be determined by the size of the cable. Specify the appropriate ferrule catalog number for either shrouded or unshrouded ferrules. Both types are sold in pairs. 4. Specify if the jumpers are to be factory assembled. A complete jumper set with crimped ferrules and installed jumper clamps will be supplied. Salisbury has state of the art computer controlled crimping available. 5. Specify if there are any special requirements. This could include heat shrink tubing, special assembly instructions, markings, packaging etc. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 G-3 Locking Insulated Jumper Clamps The Salisbury Sure-lok® Jumper Clamp The Salisbury Sure-lok® Jumper clamp is a revolutionary improvement over any other jumper clamp in the world. Featuring a ratchet type locking mechanism (patent pending), this is the only clamp available guaranteed not to loosen once installed on a line. Loose Jumper clamps not only jeopardize your safety but can also cause fires and power outages. Even when torqued using wrenches or pliers, traditional clamps will eventually loosen from line vibrations and thermal cycling. This clamp tightens with a ratchet action using one hand, with no extra tools for a secure, positive connection. It can’t come loose until you want it to. Pull and turn the locking knob and it loosens like any traditional clamp. 2261 SALCOR® Sure-lok® Available in our exclusive SALCOR® material and the industry’s most durable single piece clear plastic jumper clamps. Custom built assemblies are available. Contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 1786 G-4 Max Amps Rating Continuous OAL Length in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) SALCOR® Main Line Range 2261 2271 477 MCM (.9”-.162”) 954 MCM (1.25”-.162”) 400 400 36 kV Ø-Ø 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 21 kV Ø-GRD 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 10 ( 4.5 ) Clear Plastic Cat. No. 1786 2116 477 MCM (.9”-.162”) 954 MCM (1.25”-.162”) 400 400 36 kV Ø-Ø 21 kV Ø-GRD 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 10 ( 4.5 ) Insulated Jumpers. 11 ( 5 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com SALCOR® Insulated Jumper Clamps SalCOR® Jumper Clamps are available in two main line sizes with a maximum use voltage of 35kV. The SalCOR Jumper Clamp not only provides a superior grip, but also resists ozone cutting and tracking. Being molded of rubber, these handles are inherently impact resistant and extremely durable. The body and jaw are made from a copper base alloy. The lower ring contact is made of self lubricating bronze. Assemble jumpers with insulated jumper cable and 5/8”- 11 NC threaded ferrules. Assembled kits are sold with a 10 ft. ( 3m ) cable and unshrouded ferrules. 2260 Custom built assemblies are available. Contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. Cat. No. 2260 2270 Main Line Range 2270 Max Amps Rating Continuous 477 MCM (.9”-.162”) 954 MCM (1.25”-.162”) 400 400 OAL Length in. ( mm ) 36 kV Ø-Ø 21 kV Ø-GRD 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 11.5 ( 292 mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 10 ( 4.5 ) 11 ( 5 ) 2260 Clamp Jumper Cable Size Cat. No. 2264 #2-15 kV 2265 1/0-15 kV 2266 2/0-15 kV 2270 Clamp Assembled 10 ft. / 3m Jumper Sets ( Unshrouded Ferrules) 2274 2275 2276 #2-15 kV 1/0-15 kV 2/0-15 kV Cable Cat. No. 2754 2755 2756 Ferrule Cat. No. 2022 2023 2024 Max Amps Continuous 200 250 300 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 10.9 ( 4.9 ) 13.5 ( 6.1 ) 14.8 ( 6.8 ) 2754 2755 2756 2022 2023 2024 200 250 300 11.9 ( 5.4 ) 14.6 ( 6.8 ) 15.9 ( 7.2 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 G-5 Clear Plastic & FRP Insulated Jumper Clamps Salisbury’s superior stress cracking resistant Clear Jumper Clamps are available in two main line sizes with a maximum use voltage of 35kV. Assemble these clamps with insulated jumper cable and 5/8” - 11 NC threaded ferrules. Clear Plastic Jumper Clamps are compact, lightweight, and virtually unbreakable. The transparency allows easy inspection of the ferrule and cable inside of the handle. The body and jaw are made from a copper base alloy. The lower floating ring contact is bronze. These handles should be cleaned only with a mild detergent to maintain the transparency of the handle. Assembled kits are sold with a 10 ft. (3m) cable and unshrouded ferrules. Clear Jumper with Cable FRP Jumper Clamps are designed for maximum loads, voltages, and cables. During a temperature rise test at 25% overload, these clamps heated 35% less than 4/0 cu. cable. Blunted points on the handle provide optimum grip, resist impact, and will not soften with overloads. The body and jaw are made from a copper based alloy. The lower jaw is made of self lubricating bronze. The assembled jumpers are sold with a 10ft. (3m) or 12 ft. (3.7m) cable and unshrouded ferrules. 2115 1785 Custom built assemblies are available. Contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. Cat. No. Main Line Range Max Amps Rating Continuous 1610 954 MCM (1.25”-.162”) 400 1785 2115 477 MCM (.9”-.162”) 954 MCM (1.25”-.162”) OAL Length in. ( mm ) 36 kV Ø-Ø 21 kV Ø-GRD 400 400 36 kV Ø-Ø 21 kV Ø-GRD Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 11 ( 279 ) 14 ( 6.4 ) 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 11.5 ( 292 mm ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) Assembled 10 ft. / 3m Jumper Sets ( Unshrouded Ferrules) 2115 Clamp 1785 Clamp Jumper Cable Size Cat. No. Cable Cat. No. Ferrule Cat. No. Max Amps Continuous Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2067 2178 #2-15 kV 2/0-15 kV 2754 2756 2022 2024 200 300 9.9 ( 4.5 ) 13.9 ( 6.3 ) 2074R1 2164 2174R1 #2-15 kV 2/0-15 kV 1/0-15 kV 2754 2756 2755 2022 2024 2023 200 300 250 10.9 ( 4.9 ) 14.8 ( 6.8 ) 16.8 ( 7.6 ) Assembled Jumper Sets ( Unshrouded Ferrules) 1610 Clamp Jumper Cable Length Cable Size Cat. No. G-6 2772 2773 2450 2066 20876 10’ 10’ 10’ 12’ 12’ 2/0-15kV 4/0-15kV 1/0-15kV 1/0-35kV 2/0-35kV Cable Cat. No. Ferrule Cat. No. Max Amps Continuous Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2756 2757 2755 2059 4370 2024 2025 2023 2023 2024 300 400 250 250 300 5.8 ( 2.9 ) 20.3 ( 9.2 ) 15 ( 6.8 ) 20.3 ( 9.2 ) 21.5 ( 9.8 ) Insulated Jumpers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com 1610 Insulated Jumper Clamps Accessories Stirrup Clamps are used to convert a hand installed jumper into a stick installed jumper. The stirrup is designed to accept all conventional jumper heads. The Hot Jumper Parking Stand safely holds either hand or stick installed hot bypass jumpers. This insulated tool removes the risk of accidental contact with the uninstalled end of an energized jumper. Installs by hand using rubber insulating gloves or with a standard shotgun stick. The fiberglass jumper hanger bar will accommodate standard size mechanical jumper heads. 21132RG The Connector link connects two insulated jumpers to create a longer jumper length. After the two clamps are connected to the link, the assembly can be wrapped with a small rubber insulating blanket. 4245 Parking Stand Installation with Shotgun Stick 2750 Cat. No. 2750 21132RG 4245 Main Line Description Range -- 1033 MCM ASCR to #6 Sol. 1.25”-.16” ( 32-4.1mm ) 954 MCM ACSR to #6 Sol. 1.14”- .16” ( 29- 4.1 mm ) Max. Amps Weight ea. Continuous lbs. ( kgs ) Connector Link Hot Jumper Stirrup Clamp 400 400 .3 ( .1 ) 3.0 ( 1.4 ) Parking Stand for Hot Jumpers n/a 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 G-7 Stick Installed Flexible Jumpers Stick Installed Flexible Jumpers can be manufactured for hot stick operations using Salisbury heavy-duty eye clamps. Clamps are rated for continuous current and fit all standard shotgun type hot sticks. For ease of application, a Hanger Stud is recommended. Shrouded ferrules are not recommended for use with eye type clamps. Custom built assemblies are available. Contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 2300 Cat. No. Main Line Range Max Amps Continuous 2300 250 1431 ACSR 2308 200 2317 to #6 Sol. 250 2318 1.5”- .16” 300 2#1895 Alum “C” Clamp 1#1928A Hanger Stud 1#2027 Alum Ferrule 10’ #2755 1/0 15kV Cable 2#1895 Alum “C” Clamp 1#1928A Hanger Stud 1#2026 Alum Ferrule 12’ #2754 #2 15kV Cable 2#2195 Alum “C” Clamp 1#1928A Hanger Stud 1#2027 Alum Ferrule 12’ #2059 1/0 35kV Cable 2#2318 Alum “C” Clamp 1#1928A Hanger Stud 1#2620 Alum Ferrule 12’ #2756 2/0 15kV Cable 2559 1033 ASCR 250 to #6 Sol. 1.25”- .16” 2877 795 ASCR 250 9976 to #8 Sol. 250 9977 1.12”- .12” 250 G-8 Components Rating 15 kV Ø-Ø Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 16 ( 7.3 ) 15 kV Ø-Ø 10.8 ( 4.9 ) 35 kV Ø-Ø 16 ( 7.3 ) 15 kV Ø-Ø 15.6 ( 7.1 ) 2#1853 Alum Duckbill Clamp 1#1858A Hanger Stud 15 kV Ø-Ø 1#2027 Alum Ferrule 10’ #2755 1/0 15kV Cable 16 ( 7.3 ) 2#2532 Alum “C” Clamp 1#2537A Hanger Stud 15 kV Ø-Ø 11 ( 5.0 ) 1#2027 Alum Ferrule 10’ #2755 1/0 15kV Cable 2#9985 Brnz “C” Clamp 1#9983A Hanger Stud 15 kV Ø-Ø 12 ( 5.4 ) 1#2023 Cu Ferrule 10’ #2755 1/0 15kV Cable 2#2937 Brnz “C” Clamp 1#9983A Hanger Stud 35 kV Ø-Ø 12.5 ( 5.6 ) 1#2023 Cu Ferrule 10’ #2059 1/0 35kV Cable Insulated Jumpers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Flexible Insulated Jumper Cables Flexible Insulated Jumper Cables are lightweight and resistant to oil, heat, moisture, ozone and abrasion. The cable is embossed every three feet with conductor size and kV rating. All jumper cables use fine stranded conductor and a new EPR low temperature Unipass orange CV cured jacket. The fine stranded copper conductor is alloy coated and assembled in a unidirectional rope lay for extra flexibility. The conductor has a semiconducting shield surrounding it to relieve voltage stress and improve dielectric strength and service life. Cable meets requirements of ASTM F2321. 15kV 4/0 2/0 25kV 1/0 #2 1/0 Cat. No. 2754 Size & Str. kV Rating Nominal Str. Dia. AWG Ø to Ø Ø to Grd in. ( mm ) #2-259W 15 10 .320 ( 8.1 ) 2755 2756 2757 21300 21060 2059 4370 1/0-413W 2/0-427W 4/0-437W 1/0-413W 2/0-427W 1/0-413W 2/0-427W 15 15 15 25 25 35 35 10 10 10 15 15 20 20 .403 ( 10.2 ) .456 ( 11.5 ) .592 ( 15.0 ) .403 ( 10.2 ) .456 ( 11.5 ) .403 ( 10.2 ) .48 ( 12.1 ) 35kV 2/0 O.A. Dia. in. ( mm ) .75 ( 19 ) .83 ( 21 ) .90 ( 23 ) 1.01 ( 25.6 ) 1.06 ( 27 ) 1.10 ( 28 ) 1.22 ( 31 ) 1.31 ( 33.1 ) 1/0 2/0 Max Amps Weight per 1000 ft. Continuous lbs. kgs 200 440 199 250 300 400 250 300 250 300 600 710 1050 650 750 950 1060 272 322 476 295 341 431 482 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 G-9 Ferrules Shrouded / Unshrouded Ferrules are manufactured in two different styles: unshrouded and shrouded. Shrouded ferrules are compressed on both the conductor and the insulating jacket of the high voltage EPR cable to reduce bending stress. Shrouded ferrules are designed to be used on glove-installed high voltage jumpers. Unshrouded ferrules are crimped to the conductor strands only and can be used on either stick- or glove-installed jumpers. Ferrules are manufactured of 99.5% pure copper with industry standard 5/8”-11 NC threads. Ferrules are topped with a brass hex jam nut and toothed stainless steel lockwasher. shrouded unshrouded Cat. No. Cable Size Pair SHROUDED 2012 #2-15 kV ERP 2013 1/0-15 kV ERP 2014 2/0-15 kV ERP 2015 4/0-15 kV ERP 21353 21354 21356 1/0-25 kV 2/0-25 kV 2/0-35 kV Strand Die Codes T&B Jacket Die Codes T&B 66 66 66 66 106 106 106 106 - - - - 1.2 ( .5 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 0.9 ( .4 ) 66 66 66 112 112 125 - - - 1.1( .5 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) Strand Die Codes - - - - U243 U243 U245 U247 0.5 ( .2 ) 0.4 ( .2 ) 0.4 ( .2 ) 0.6 ( .3 ) UNSHROUDED - Tin Plated 2022 #2 50 2023 1/0 50 2024 2/0 60 2025 4/0 66 Burndy Weight ea. Die Number lbs. ( kgs ) Add suffix “A” to the catalog number when requesting a custom insulated jumper set. G-10 Insulated Jumpers. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE GROUNDING EQUIPMENT TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE GROUNDING EQUIPMENT note: When ordeing assemblies of grounding products, please make sure all items included in the assembly are only from the product line found within this section. Including items from other grounding equipment sections of this book will add additional shipping time. Grounding Configurator™ The Grounding Configurator™ makes ordering grounding equipment simple and easy. This interactive web tool allows you to easily build the proper temporary grounding equipment for your specific needs. The step by step process takes out the guess work, and makes it easy to change components until the most appropriate ground set is developed. Just go to our web site and give it a try. You will be prompted from start to finish. All you need to know is the maximum fault current, its duration and the size of cable required on the fault, and the configurator will do the rest. No more second guessing quantities or parts to be sure that you have put together a ground set that will function just as you expect. When you finish, enter your personal information and the configurator will instantly provide you with the bill of materials including part numbers. All that’s left to do is to place the order! Salisbury’s Grounding Configurator™ 48-Hour Shipping Need grounding equipment fast? Salisbury’s 48-Hour Shipping Grounding Configurator™ works just as great as our standards Grounding Configurator, but it includes only our quick-ship items. Get the grounding equipment you need as fast as you need it. H-2 Visit salisburybyhoneywell.com to use the exclusive Grounding ConfiguratorTM and 48-Hour Grounding ConfiguratorTM. Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Temporary Protective Grounding Equipment How to specify temporary protective grounding assemblies. A grounding assembly in its basic form consists of two clamps, one pair of ferrules and a length of cable. The clamps can be identical to each other or quite different depending on each grounding application. Because of this, ground clamps are sold individually, not in pairs. Salisbury offers a wide variety of clamps including C-clamps, flat jaw clamps, socket clamps, duckbill clamps and specialty clamps for unique situations. Clamps are offered in either bronze or aluminum alloys and are manufactured to meet the current specifications of ASTM F 855. To attach a clamp to the grounding cable requires the use of a ferrule. Ferrules are compressed on the strands of the cable to provide a low resistance permanent connection. The size of the ferrule is determined by the size of the cable. Ferrules are available in aluminum or plated copper. Plated copper ferrules can be used with either aluminum or bronze clamps. Two ferrules are required for each assembly therefore they are sold in pairs. Ferrules are manufactured to the specifications of ASTM F 855. The final component that makes up a ground set is the grounding cable itself. The size of the cable is dependent on the short circuit current capacity of the system being grounded. Once this is determined, only the length of the cable and the color of the jacket need to be specified to complete the assembly. Ground Set Checklist 1. Flat Jaw Clamp 3. Ferrules 2. Cable 3. Ferrules 1.“C” Clamp 1. Specify the clamps. Two are required for a complete assembly. The maximum amperage of the clamp is designated by the ASTM grade of each clamp. Be sure that the clamp will meet or exceed the maximum amperage rating of the ground cable that it will be used with. 2. Specify the cable. Once the short circuit capacity of the system has been determined, choose the appropriate size cable. Specify the cable length, and the color of the jacket desired. 3. Specify the ferrules. One pair of ferrules is required per assembly. The size of the ferrule must match the size of the cable that it will be used with. Specify whether copper or aluminum, and threaded or plain. 4. Specify the options. List any optional equipment that is desired. This can include hanger studs, contact studs, heat shrink tubing, markings, clear strain relief, etc. Options also include a ground set label. These optional labels include the date of manufacture and are available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-3 Duck Bill Grounding Clamps .96”, 1.1”, and 1.65” sizes 21030 1793 A L U M I N U M B R O N Z E Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description 1853 ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range 21754 Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 556 KCM Smooth Jaw Bronze Duck BIll --Gravity Actuated - “V” Thread 1793 Eye w/ strain relief sleeve 556 MCM ACSR 21080 Eye 4 / A to #6 350 RMS Amps w/o strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw 60 Hz 1797* Mounted .96” - .16” w/ strain relief sleeve 24mm - 4mm Dia. 2093 Hanger Stud only 1.1” Smooth Jaw Aluminum Duck BIll --Spring Loaded - “V” Thread 21030 Eye w/ strain relief sleeve 795 KCM ACSR 21059 Eye 5 / A to #6 400 RMS Amps w/o strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw 60 Hz 21081* Mounted 1.1” - .16” w/ strain relief sleeve 28mm - 4mm Dia. 21754 Hanger Stud only 1855 - Stick Mounted Duck Bill Clamp 1.3 ( .6 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 4.3 ( 2 ) .4 ( .1 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 1.0 ( .5 ) 4.3 ( 2 ) .3 ( .1 ) 1.66” SERRATED JAW ALUMINUM DUCK BILL --Spring Loaded - “V” Thread 2553 Eye 5 / B 1590 MCM ACSR 400 RMS Amps 1.4 ( .6 ) w/o strain relief sleeve to #6 1855* Mounted Serrated Jaw 60 Hz 4.7 ( 2.1 ) w/ strain relief sleeve 1.65” - .16” 42mm - 4mm Dia. 21754 Hanger Stud only .3 ( .1 ) 1.66” SERRATED JAW ALUMINUM DUCK BILL - Acme thread 1853 Eye 1590 MCM ACSR 1.5 ( .7 ) w/ strain relief sleeve 5 / B to #6 400 RMS Amps Serrated Jaw 1.65” - .16” 60 Hz 42mm - 4mm Dia. *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted H-4 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com “C” Type Grounding Clamps .83” and 1.12” Sizes 2537 4200 E Z N O R B 4388 2531 Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description A L U M I N U M 4260 ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 477 MCM BRONZE “C” CLAMP w/ Curved Lower Jaw - “V” Thread 4200 Eye w/ strain relief sleeve 5 / A 477 MCM 18 x 1 ACSR 21067 Eye Smooth Jaw to w/o strain relief sleeve #8 400 RMS Amps 4260 Eye 60 Hz w/ strain relief sleeve 5 / B .83” - .12” 21068 Eye Serrated Jaw 21mm - 3mm Dia. w/o strain relief sleeve 2093 Hanger Stud only 1” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP - Acme thread 2531 Eye w/ strain relief sleeve 5 / A 795 MCM 26 x 7 ACSR 2532 Eye Smooth Upper to w/o strain relief sleeve Jaw w/ #8 2533* Mounted Flat Lower Jaw 400 RMS w/ strain relief sleeve 60 Hz 4388 Eye 5 / B 1.12” - .12” w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Upper 29mm - 3mm Dia. 4389 Eye Jaw w/ w/o strain relief sleeve Curved Lower Jaw 2537 Hanger Stud only 1.1 ( .5 ) 1.0 ( .4 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 1.0 ( .4 ) .4 ( .2 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 4.2 ( 19 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) .2 ( .1 ) *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-5 “C” Type Grounding Clamps 1.12” Sizes 9985 2537 ALUMINUM BRONZE B R O N Z E Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description 4187 ASTM Grade / Class 9993 Main Line Range 4242 Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 1” Bronze “C” Clamp - Acme thread 9985 Eye w/ strain relief sleeve 795 MCM 26 x 7 ACSR 2937 Eye 5 / A to w/o strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw #8 400 RMS Amps 4280* Mounted 60 Hz w/ strain relief sleeve 1.12” - .12” 4187 Eye 5 / B 29mm - 3mm Dia. w/ strain relief sleeve Serrated Jaw 2537 Hanger Stud only GRADE 5 “T” / EYE “C” CLAMP - Acme Thread 4242 “T” w/ strain sleeve & “T” 795 MCM eye screw 26” x 7”ACSR 5 / A to #6 400 RMS Amps 9993 “T” w/ strain Smooth Jaw 60 Hz sleeve & “T” 1.12” - .16” eye screw 29mm - 4mm Dia. 1.9 ( .9 ) 1.8 ( .8 ) 4.9 ( 2.2 ) 1.9 ( .9 ) .4 ( .2 ) 1.9 ( .9 ) 1.6 ( .7 ) *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted H-6 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com “C” Type Grounding Clamps 1.26” and 1.5” Sizes 4255 24410 9983 21099 Cat. No. Eye & Clamp ASTM Grade / Main Line Continuous Weight ea. Description Class Range Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 1.25” BRONZE “C” CLAMP - Acme Thread 9984 Eye 5 / A 2.2 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw 1897 Eye w/ 2.1 ( .9 ) w/o strain relief sleeve Flat Lower Jaw 1035.5 KCM ACSR 4255 Eye 5 / A to #6 2.2 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw 400 RMS Amps 21069 Eye w/ 60Hz 2.1 ( .9 ) w/o strain relief sleeve Curved Lower Jaw 1.26 “ - .16” 4279 Eye 5 / B 32mm - 4mm Dia. 2.2 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve Serrated Jaw 21070 Eye w/ 2.1 ( .9 ) w/o strain relief sleeve Flat Lower Jaw 9983 Hanger Stud only .4 ( .2 ) 1.25” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP - Acme Thread 24410 Eye 5 / A w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw w/ Flat Lower Jaw 1035.5 KCM ACSR to #6 400 RMS Amps 1.26 “ - .16” 60Hz 32mm - 4mm Dia. 2.2 ( 1.0 ) 1.5” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP, w/ flat lower jaw - Acme Thread 1895 Eye w/ strain relief sleeve 2195 Eye 1431 KCM ACSR w/o strain relief sleeve 5 / B to #6 400 RMS Amps 1896* Mounted Serrated Jaw 1.5” - .16” 60 Hz w/ strain relief sleeve to #6 21099 “T” 38mm - 4mm Dia. w/ strain relief sleeve 1928 Hanger Stud only 1.7 ( .8 ) 1.5 ( .7 ) 4.8 ( 2.1 ) 1.7 ( .8 ) .2 ( .1 ) A L U M I N U M B R O N Z E 1895 *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-7 “C” Type Grounding Clamps 2” Sizes 20882 21074 20882 Now Grade 5H! Now Grade 5H! 1928 U A L Now Grade 5H! M I N Now Grade 5H! U M Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description H-8 ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 2 “ ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP w/ Curved Lower Jaw - Acme Thread 21074 Eye 5H / A 2.1 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw 3000 KCM ACSR 21075 Eye 5 / A 400 RMS Amps 2 ( .9 ) w/o strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw to #6 20882 Eye 5H / B 60 Hz 2.1 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve Serrated Jaw 21077 Eye 5 / B 2”-.16” 2 ( .9 ) w/o strain relief sleeve Serrated Jaw 51mm - 4 mm 1928 Hanger Stud only .2 ( .1 ) Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com “C” Type Grounding Clamps 2.4” Size 4295 Now Grade 5H! U BRONZE A L U M I N 1924 - Stick Mounted “C” Type Clamp M 1923 4377 1921 Now Grade 5H! Cat. No. Eye & Clamp ASTM Grade / Main Line Continuous Weight ea. Description Class Range Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 2.4 “ ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP w/ Flat Lower Jaw - Acme Thread 1923 Eye 2.1 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve 4377 Eye strain relief 2.1 ( 1.0 ) sleeve & oval eye 5/A 4240 Eye Smooth Jaw 2.0” I.P.S. 2.0 ( 1.0 ) w/o strain relief sleeve to #6 1924* Mounted 5.1 ( 2.3 ) w/ strain relief sleeve 400 RMS Amps 1921 Eye 60 Hz 2.2 ( 1.0 ) w/ strain relief sleeve 2.4” - .16” 4390 Eye strain relief 5/B 61mm - 4mm Dia. 2.2 ( 1.0 ) sleeve & oval eye Serrated Jaw 1922* Mounted 5.2 ( 2.3 ) w/ strain relief sleeve 1928 Hanger Stud only 2.4” BRONZE “C” CLAMP w/ flat lower jaw - Acme Thread 4295 Eye 2.0 “ I.P.S. to #6 w/ strain relief sleeve 5H / A 400 RMS Amps 4311 Eye Smooth Jaw 2.4” - .16” 60 Hz w/o strain relief sleeve 61mm - 4 mm Dia. 4.1 ( 1.8 ) 4.0 ( 1.7 ) *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-9 Pressure Terminal Clamps These Duckbill and “C” Clamps feature pressure terminations for use with plain ferrules. Made of high strength aluminum, with bronze eye-screws, these Grade 5 clamps are designed for smooth operation and long service life. Duckbill clamps for all grounding applications from .16 to 1.1” diameter. “C” clamps for all grounding applications from .06 to 1.26” diameter. Flat Jaw Grounding Clamps are now available with pressure terminals for use with plain cable ferrules. These clamps are made of a high strength aluminum, and a bronze eye screw or “T” handle for durability and smooth operation. Also featured is a hardened aluminum alloy serrated insert. This insert is designed to grip tightly to flat surfaces and cut through surface contamination and oxidation for low resistance contact. The pressure termination is designed on an angle keeping the cable out of the way during installation. The cable termination is angled to minimize interface with the “T” handle or eye when installing or removing the clamp. 24404 24466 24405 24406 24407 - Stick Mounted Duck Bill Clamp Salisbury’s 24438 Plain Ferrule 4-way Connector is available on page H-25. A L U M I N U M Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description H-10 ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Current Rating 1.1” Smooth Jaw Aluminum --Spring Loaded - “V” Thread 24404 Duckbill 795 KCM ACSR Eye w/o strain relief sleeve 5 / A to #6 400 RMS Amps Smooth Jaw 1.1” - .16” 60 Hz 28mm - 4mm Dia. 1.25” Smooth Jaw Aluminum --Spring Loaded - Acme Thread 24466 “C” Type 1035.5 KCM ACSR Eye w/o strain relief sleeve 5 / B to #6 400 RMS Amps Serrated 1.26” - .06” 60 Hz 32mm - 1.5mm Dia. 24407 Stick mounted duckbill clamp 21754 Hanger Stud only 2” Smooth Jaw Aluminum --Spring Loaded - Acme Thread 21942 “C” Type 1035.5 KCM ACSR Eye w/o strain relief sleeve 5 / B to #6 400 RMS Amps Serrated 1.26” - .06” 60 Hz 32mm - 1.5mm Dia. ALUMINUM FLAT JAW Grounding Clamp - Acme Thread 24405 “T” screw 1.5” - .06” no strain relief sleeve 5 / B Flat or Square 400 RMS Amps 24406 Eye screw Serrated Jaw 1.26” - .06” 60Hz no strain relief sleeve 32 - 1.5 mm Dia. Grounding Equipment. Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1.5 ( .68 ) 2.2 ( 1.0 ) 4.5 ( 2.05 ) .3 ( .1 ) 2.2 ( 1.0 ) 2.1 ( .9 ) 2.0 ( .9 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Clamps for Substation Buses 4282 2991 21953 Now Grade 5H! Now Grade 5H! 21985 4341 U M I N 21953 Now Grade 5H! U M Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description A L 2991 Now Grade 5H! ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 3.5” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP for Substation Buses - Acme Thread 4282 Eye 5 /A w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw 3” - 1.5” I.P.S. 4283* Mounted w/ 3.5” - 1.75” w/ strain relief sleeve Flat Lower Jaw 89mm - 44mm Dia. 400 RMS Amps 21953 Eye 5H /A w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw w/ Flat Lower 60 Hz 4341 Eye, strain relief w/ 5 /A sleeve & long eye screw Smooth Jaw w/ 3” I.P.S. to #6 (Main line range 3.5”-.16”(89-4mm) Flat Lower Jaw 3.5” - .16” + 21985 Eye, strain relief 6 / B 89mm - 4 mm Dia. 450 RMS Amps sleeve & long eye screw Serrated Jaw 60 Hz w/ Flat Lower Jaw 2.8 ( 1.3 ) 5.8 ( 2.5 ) 2.9 ( 1.4 ) 3.0 ( 1.5 ) 6.62” ADJUSTABLE ALUMINUM “ C “ CLAMP for Round, Square, Rectangle or “H” Section Substation Buses - Acme Thread 2991 Eye 5H / A 6.9 ( 3.1 ) w/ strain relief sleeve Smooth Jaw w/ Flat Lower 2993**Eye 5 / A 7.0 ( 3.2 ) w/ welded single contact stud Smooth Jaw 6.12” I.P.S. 400 RMS Amps 9967**Eye w/ 6.62” - .4” 60 Hz 7.3 ( 3.3 ) w/ welded double contact stud Flat Lower Jaw 168mm - 10mm Dia. 4378 Eye, strain relief 6.9 ( 3.1 ) sleeve & oval eye *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted **No Ferrule Connection + Accepts 3/4 - 10 ferrule threads 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-11 Grounding Clamps For Flats, Angles & Rounds Flat Jaw Grounding Clamps are available with either a large “T” handle or with an eye for clampstick application. The handles and eyes are designed so that the cable will not interfere with the torquing of the clamp. The set screw that secures the clamp to a flat surface is located on the movable jaw on all designs. When tightened, the set screw forces the fixed jaw of the clamp firmly against the flat ensuring a consistent low resistance current path directly through the body of the clamp to the cable connection. With other designs having a set screw on the fixed jaw, current is required to flow through mechanical connections between the movable jaw, the eye screw, and the body of the clamp before passing to the cable connection. A L U M I N U M B R O N Z E Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description 1815 1814 4345 ASTM Grade / Class 24442 4369 Main Line Range 24441 Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) GRADE 3 BRONZE FLAT JAW Grounding Clamps - “V” Thread 1814 “T” w/ strain 1.5” - .06” sleeve & “T” screw 3 / B Flat or Square 300 RMS Amps 1815 Eye w/ strain Serrated Jaw 1.26” - .06” 60Hz sleeve & eye screw 32mm - 1.5 mm Dia. GRADE 5 ALUMINUM FLAT JAW Grounding Clamp - Acme Thread 4345 “T” w/ strain sleeve & “T” screw 24442 “T” w/ strain 1.5” - .06” sleeve & “T” screw 5 / B Flat or Square 400 RMS Amps 4369 Eye w/ strain sleeve & eye screw Serrated Jaw 1.26” - .06” 60Hz 24441 Eye w/ strain 32mm - 1.5 mm Dia. sleeve & eye screw 1.7 ( .8 ) 1.6 ( .7 ) 2.1 ( .9 ) 2.1 ( .9 ) 2.0 ( .9 ) 2.0 ( .9 ) *Mounted: 1.25” dia x 6’ Fiberglass Hot Stick permanently mounted H-12 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com HEAVY DUTY DUAL-PURPOSE CLAMPS The Heavy Duty Bronze “C” Type Flat Jaw Clamp with antiblow off keeper is made to fit structural angles, flats, and copper or copperweld stranded grounding assemblies. To install, first use an abrasive cloth or wire brush to clean the surface to be clamped. Then, wipe the surface clean, position the clamp, finger tighten and set the screws. Use a wrench to secure and tighten. A 2667 clamp with contact stud offers greater versatility. Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description 2567 Now Grade 5H! ASTM Grade / Class 2567 Now Grade 5H! 2667 Main Line Range Continuous Current Rating Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2567 w/ Strain Relief Sleeve 5H / B 5/8”-11NC Connection Serrated Jaw Angles & Flats: 5/8-11UNC 2.5”-4” WX Max. Cable ( 64-101 x 3-19mm ) Size 4/0 Type V Rounds: Compression Ferrules .25”-.75” ( 6-19mm ) Dia. 4 ( 1.8 ) 2577 Angles & Flats: 2.5”-4” WX ( 64-101x3-19mm ) 4 ( 1.8 ) w/ Strain Relief Sleeve 6 / B 3/4”-10NC Connection Serrated Jaw 2667 2567 Clamp 5 / B w/ Contact Stud Serrated Jaw 3/4-10UNC Max. Cable Size 250 MCM Rounds: Type V .25”-.75” Compression Ferrules ( 6-19mm ) Dia. Angles & Flats: 5/8-11UNC 2.5”-4” WX Max. Cable ( 64-101 x 3-19mm ) Size 4/0 Type V Rounds: Compression Ferrules .25”-.75” ( 6-19mm ) Dia. 5 ( 2.3 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-13 Specialty Clamps Cutout Clamps are applied with a clampstick into the bottom hinge contact of a cutout. This clamp can be used as part of a ground assembly or by using a contact stud using a standard grounding assembly with “C” clamps from the stud to ground. Lightweight, heavy duty Stringing Ground installs anywhere along the length of conductor to provide a continuous grounding bond, even if the conductor is slack. Constructed of high-strength aluminum alloy with large diameter sheaves and bronze bushing bearings. Side opening for quick, easy installation. Adjustable compression spring assures proper contact for different sizes of conductor and for easy passage of splices. In tests, this clamp withstood a 25kA, 28 cycle short circuit. The three options for a ground tap connection are: termination for ground cables, contact/hanger stud and connector for ground wire. 4310 4373 Cutout Clamp with Contact Stud 2155 A L U M I N U M B R O N Z E Cutout Clamp Jumper Assembly H-14 Cat. No. & Description ASTM Grade / Main Line Continuous Class Range Current Rating BRONZE CUTOUT CLAMPS - “V” Thread 4310 Eye 5/8 - 11 UNC w/ ferrule connection Max. Cable Size: 470 4373 Eye 400 RMS Amps w/ contact stud Grade 5 Type VI 4379 Contact stud only Threaded Stud 60 Hz Compression Ferrule STRINGING GROUND 2155 Stringing ground Alloy Rollers 1033.5 KCM ACSR- Smooth Contacts to #2 Sol 300 RMS Amps 5 / A 1.26”-.25” 32mm - 6mm Dia 60 HZ Splice: 1.5” ( 38mm ) Dia Grounding Equipment. Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs) 2.1 ( 1.1 ) 3.3 ( 1.5 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) 5.3 ( 2.4 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Ball & Socket System Socket Clamp & Ball Stud “C” Clamp The Ball and Socket Grounding System allows for variable angle accessibility. This system is compact and lightweight. There are fixed grounding points on the socket clamp. The 21190 Socket Clamp, made from bronze alloy, has a socket size of 1 inch (25.4mm) and a threaded bore boss of 5/8”-11 UNC. The socket clamp has an integral cable support with strain relief sleeve. The Ball Stud “C” Clamp is an universal clamp that can be used in substations and on overhead lines. This universal clamp can be used as a socket clamp on a 1 inch (25.4mm) Ball Stud and as a 1 ½ inch (38mm) C-Clamp on overhead lines. The eye screw is not extended beyond the body of the clamp, minimizing possible thread damage during handling. Double lead V-thread allows for faster installation, minimizing worker fatigue. External and internal ball studs assembly can be used as a current carrying contact stud. See page J-3 for ball socket studs and accessories available for both Ball & Socket clamps and Ball Stud “C” Clamps. Cat. No. Description 21190 21277 22675 22704 NEW 21190 22675 Specifications for Ball Stud “C” Clamp • Aluminum clamp body • Double lead V-thread eye screw is bronze alloy • ASTM Type 1, Class A, Grade 5 rating • Fault current ratings: • 43,000 Amps – 15 cycles • 30,000 Amps – 30 cycles • Ferrule attachment:5/8” x 11 UNC for Grade 5 rating • Grounding cable: #2 min size to 4/0 max size ASTM Grade Continuous Current Rating w/ Strain 5 400 Amps Relief Sleeve w/o Strain 5 400 Amps Relief Sleeve 1” Ball Stud C-Clamp 5 400 Amps w/ strain relief 1” Ball Stud C-Clamp 5 400 Amps w/o strain relief Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs) 1.2 ( .54 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 2.7 ( x ) 2.6 ( x ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-15 Grounding Cables Grounding Cables are made with extra flexible strand of soft drawn #30 AWG (.01”) copper and are available in three different jackets. The yellow thermoplastic elastomer jacketed cable is the standard for grounding service. It provides a combination of economy, flexibility, and durability. The service temperature ranges from 200º to -50ºF per ASTM F 855, Type I requirements. The black thermoplastic elastomer jacketed cable has a smaller diameter and thinner jacket material giving it better flexibility than the yellow cable. The service temperature ranges from 200º to -50ºF per ASTM F 855, Type I requirements. The PVC transparent flexible thermoplastic jacketed cable allows easy inspection for strand breakage. The flexibility decreases with low temperatures. The service temperature ranges from 140º to -40ºF per ASTM F 855, Type III requirements. CLEAR SILICONE PVC C L E A R BLACK YELLOW The silicone transparent flexible thermoplastic jacketed cable allows easy inspection for strand breakage. The service temperature ranges from 302º to -40ºF per ASTM F 855, Type I requirements. H-16 Cat No. Size Strand Dia. Jacket in. ( mm ) in. ( mm ) Short Circuit Withstand Continuous Wt. / 1000 ft. AMPS, RMS, 60Hz Current lbs. ( kgs ) 15 Cycles 30 Cycles AMPS, RMS, 60Hz 2136 2137 2138 2139 #2-665W .35 ( 8.9 ) .5 ( 12.7 ) 1/0-1064W .45 ( 11.4 ) .62 ( 15.7 ) 2/0-1330W .49 ( 12.4 ) .65 ( 16.5 ) 4/0-2109W .62 ( 1.7 ) .83 ( 21.1 ) 14500 21000 27000 43000 10000 15000 20000 30000 200 250 300 400 282 ( 127 ) 488 ( 221 ) 537 ( 243 ) 836 ( 379 ) 2636 2637 2638 2649 2639 #2-665W .35 ( 8.9 ) .47 ( 12 ) 1/0-1064W .45 ( 11.4 ) .58 ( 14.7 ) 2/0-1330W .49 ( 12.4 ) .63 ( 16 ) 3/0-1672W .55 ( 14 ) .72 ( 18.3 ) 4/0-2109W .62 ( 1.7 ) .78 ( 19.8 ) 14500 21000 27000 36000 43000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 200 250 300 350 400 263 ( 119 ) 404 ( 183 ) 497 ( 225 ) 680 ( 308 ) 770 ( 349 ) 2128 2129 2133 2288 #2-665W .35 ( 8.9 ) .53 ( 13.5 ) 1/0-1064W .45 ( 11.4 ) .64 ( 16.3 ) 2/0-1330W .49 ( 12.4 ) .7 ( 17.8 ) 4/0-2109W .62 ( 1.7 ) .84 ( 21.3 ) 14500 21000 27000 43000 10000 15000 20000 30000 200 250 300 400 289 ( 131 ) 520 ( 235 ) 546 ( 247 ) 841 ( 381 ) 21930 2/0-1330W .49 ( 12.4 ) .62 ( 15.7 ) 21931 4/0-2109W .62 ( 1.7 ) .78 ( 19.8 ) 27000 43000 20000 30000 300 400 487 ( 221 ) 579 ( 263 ) Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Threaded Grounding Ferrules Salisbury compression Threaded Grounding Ferrules provide low resistant connection to cable strands with a threaded stud that securely screws into a clamp. Nut and lock washers increase contact pressure and secure the assembly. Tin plated copper ferrules can be used on either bronze or aluminum body clamps. All Salisbury threaded grounding ferrules are unshrouded and manufactured with a 5/8-11 UNC threaded stud and meets the requirements of ASTM F855. C O P P E R A L U M I N U M Cat. No. Pair ASTM Size Grade Installing Die Codes Burndy T&B Die Numbers Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 2026 2027 1 2 #2 1/0 50 50 - - .2 ( .1 ) .2 ( .1 ) 2620 3 2/0 60 - .3 ( .1 ) 2640 5 4/0 71 - .3 ( .1 ) 2022 2023 2024 1 2 3 #2 1/0 2/0 50 50 60 U243 U243 U245 .5 ( .2 ) .4 ( .2 ) .4 ( .2 ) 4277 2025 4 5 3/0 4/0 66 66 U247 .6 ( .3 ) .6 ( .3 ) Add suffix “A” to the catalog number when requesting a custom insulated grounding set. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-17 Plain Shrouded & Unshrouded Ferrules Plain Ferrules are designed for use with all grounding clamps that feature pressure terminal including the 1” duckbill and 1.5” flat jaw clamp. Copper Ferrules are available in two different styles: unshrouded and shrouded. Shrouded ferrules are compressed on both the conductor and the jacket of the cable to reduce bending stress. Unshrouded ferrules are crimped on the conductor strands only. These ferrules are manufactured of tin plated, 99.5% pure copper. plain shrouded Aluminum Ferrules are available in two different styles: unshrouded and shrouded. Shrouded ferrules are compressed on both the conductor and the jacket of the cable to reduce bending stress. Unshrouded ferrules are crimped on the conductor strands only. plain unshrouded SHROUDED 24424 24425 24426 24427 UNSHROUDED 24420 24421 24422 24423 Strand Die Codes Jacket Die Codes T&B T&B 71 71 76 106 Burndy Die Number Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) - - - - 0.3 ( .14 ) 0.35 ( .16 ) 0.4 ( .18 ) 0.45 ( .20 ) #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 50 50 60 66 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 50 50 60 66 SHROUDED 24434 24436 24437 #2 2/0 4/0 50 60 71 71 76 106 - - - 0.1 ( .045 ) 0.15 ( .07 ) 0.15 ( .07 ) UNSHROUDED 24430 24431 24432 24433 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 50 50 60 71 - - - - - - - - 0.12 ( .54 ) 0.12 ( .54 ) 0.16 ( .073 ) 0.16 ( .073 ) - - U243 - U245 - U247 0.3 ( .14 ) 0.3 ( .14 ) 0.35 ( .16 ) 0.35 ( .16 ) A L U M I N U M C O P P E R Cat. No. Cable Size Pair Add suffix “A” to the catalog number when requesting a custom insulated grounding set. H-18 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Accessories Strain Relief Sleeves reinforce cables at the termination points when used with the cable support system. This decreases strand damage to cables from age or mishandling which reduces current carrying capacity and service life. SALCOR® Strain Relief Sleeves accept all grounding cables #2 through 4/0. Sleeve assembly consists of two parts: the inner sleeve which is discarded if the cable diameter exceeds .72” and tapered outer sleeve, 6.5” long, which can be cut to match the diameters. Clear strain relief sleeves and heat shrink are available to fit ground clamps. 2633 2983 20886 0786 1788 Cat. No. Description CABLE STRAIN RELIEF SLEEVES 0786 Tapered Outer SALCOR Sleeve Only 1758 Inner SALCOR Sleeve Only 1788 Complete SALCOR Strain Relief Assembly 2633 Clear Sleeve for 4/0 Grounding Cable 2983 Clear Sleeve for #2 to 2/0 Grounding Cable 20886 Clear Heat Shrink, 5”( 127mm ) for All Grounding Cables 1758 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) .1 ( .04 ) .1 ( .04 ) .1 ( .04 ) .1 ( .04 ) .1 ( .04 ) .1 ( .04 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-19 Single Grounding Assemblies Single Grounding Assemblies & Sets Salisbury offers a variety of single grounding assemblies. These single ground assemblies offer versatility to the user when performing temporary grounding. For ordering convenience, completed Single Grounding Assemblies are listed which cover many standard application needs. Modification to these sets to meet specific needs can be made. Contact your local Salisbury representative for assistance or visit www.whsalisbury. com/configurator/ to use our helpful online grounding configurator. 24309 Typical Ground Cluster Set Cat. No. Description SINGLE GROUNDING ASSEMBLIES 24309 2 ea. #1895 Serrated Aluminum “C” Clamp 1.5” 1 pr. #2024 Ferrules 6 ft. #2138 2/0 Cu. Cable yellow ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 3 5.9 ( 2.7 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. H-20 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Single Grounding Assemblies Single Grounding Assemblies & Sets Cat. No. Description SINGLE GROUNDING ASSEMBLIES 2299 2 ea. #1895 Serrated Aluminum “C” Clamp 1.5” 1 ea. #1928 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2027 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 2319 2 ea. #1923 Smooth Aluminum “C” Clamp 2.4” 1 ea. #1928 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2620 Ferrules 10 ft. #2138 2/0 Cu. Cable 2320 1 ea. #1923 Smooth Aluminum “C” Clamp 2321 2329 2556 2558 2876 9975 9982 1 ea. #4345 Aluminum Flat Jaw “T” Handle Clamp 1 pr. #2620 Ferrules, 15 ft. #2138 2/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #1793 Bronze Duck Bill 556 KCM 1 ea. #2093 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2023 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #1921 Serrated Aluminum “C” Clamp 2.4” 1 ea. #1928 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2620 Ferrules 10 ft. #2138 2/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #1852 Smooth Aluminum Duck Bill Clamp 1.66” 1 ea. #1858 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2027 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #1853 Serrated Aluminum Duck Bill Clamp 1.25” 1 ea. #1858 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2027 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #2531 Smooth Aluminum “C” Clamp 1.0” 1 ea. #2537 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2027 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #9985 Smooth Bronze “C” Clamp 1.0” 1 ea. #9983 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2023 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 2 ea. #9984 Smooth Bronze “C” Clamp 1.25” 1 ea. #9983 Hanger Stud, 1 pr. #2023 Ferrules 6 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 2 5.9 ( 2.7 ) 3 8.7 ( 3.9 ) 3 7.4 ( 3.4 ) 2 5.4 ( 2.5 ) 3 9 ( 4.1 ) 2 5.2 ( 2.4 ) 2 5.5 ( 2.5 ) 2 4.9 ( 2.2 ) 2 6.9 ( 3.1 ) 2 8.3 ( 3.7 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-21 Grounding Sets Single Point Distribution Grounding Set This Single Point Distribution Grounding Set creates an equal potential zone on the working structure. This is accomplished by bonding all conductors and the structure to a ground source using individual assemblies as shown in the adjacent drawing. Going from either the ground rod or the system ground to the pole mounted contact bar under the worker’s feet, to the assemblies bonding the conductors creates an equal potential zone. Cat. No. Description 4246 Complete Distribution Grounding Set 10 ea. #2531 Smooth Aluminum “C” Clamps 795 KCM 1 ea. #9998 Aluminum Pole Mount Contact Bar 5 pr. #2026 Ferrules 3 ea. #2537 Hanger studs 60 ft. #2636 # Cu. Cable 1 ea. #2103 Screw Ground Rod w/ Connector 4246 ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 1 45.5 ( 20.6 ) Additional Single Point Sets are available. Contact your local Salisbury representative. Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. H-22 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets 3 Wire Universal Grounding Clusters & Sets Grounding Clusters are used to make it easy for a single line worker to apply multiple grounding assemblies on a three phase system. All clusters have an option of a ground lead by using the extra connection point on each cluster. Three wire clusters are recommended for three phase Delta systems. Complete grounding cluster assemblies are available from the factory. Specify cable size and length required and assembly will be made to your specifications. 2534 2547 1957 1790 2685 Cat. No. Description 1790 1957 2534 2547 2685 4248 ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) Cluster w/ 3 #1793 Smooth Jaw 556 KCM Bronze Duck Bill Clamps Cluster w/ 3 #1895 Serrated Jaw 1.5” Aluminum “C” Clamps Cluster w/ 3 #2531 Smooth Jaw 1” Aluminum “C” Clamps Cluster w/ 3 #1853 Serrated Jaw 1.66” Aluminum Duck Bill Clamps Assembled Ground Cluster Set 1 ea. #2516 Serrated Aluminum “C” Clamp 1.25” Cluster 74 ft. #2637 1/0 Cu. Cable 3 pr. #2027 Ferrules, 1 ea. #2103 Screw Ground Rod 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag Assembled Ground Cluster Set 1 ea. #1790 Smooth Bronze Duck Bill Cluster 76 ft. #2636 #2 Cu. Cable 3 pr. #2022 Ferrules, 1 ea. #2103 Screw Ground Rod 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag 4 6 ( 2.7 ) 5 6.4 ( 2.9 ) 5 4.9 ( 2.2 ) 5 5.4 ( 2.5 ) 2 54.2 ( 24.6 ) 1 54.2 ( 24.6 ) Clusters are also available with Mounted Clamps, consult the factory for more information. Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-23 Grounding Sets 4 Wire Universal Grounding Clusters & Sets Grounding Clusters are used to make it easy to apply multiple grounding assemblies easy for a single line worker. All clusters have an option of a ground lead by using the extra connection point on each cluster. Four wire clusters are recommended for three phase Wye systems. Complete grounding cluster assemblies are available from the factory. Specify cable size and length required and assembly will be made to your specifications. 1794 2536 2192 4247 Assembled Ground Set optional Cat. No. Description 1794 2192 2536 2604 2682 4247 ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) Cluster w/ 6 #1793 Smooth Jaw 556 KCM Bronze Duck Bill Clamps Cluster w/ 6 #1895 Serrated Jaw 1.5” Aluminum “C” Clamps Cluster w/ 6 #2531 Smooth Jaw 1” Aluminum “C” Clamps Cluster w/ 6 #1853 Serrated Jaw 1.66” Aluminum Duck Bill Clamps Assembled Ground Cluster 1 ea. #1794 Smooth Bronze Duck Bill Cluster 18 ft. #2636 #2 Cu. Cable 3 pr. #2022 Ferrules 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag Assembled Ground Cluster 1 ea. #2536 Smooth Aluminum “C” Cluster 18 ft. #2637 1/0 Cu. Cable 3 pr. #2027 Ferrules 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag 4 9 ( 4.1 ) 5 11.8 ( 5.4 ) 5 8.8 ( 4 ) 5 6.2 ( 2.8 ) 1 14.5 ( 6.6 ) 2 18 ( 8.2 ) Clusters are also available with Mounted Clamps, consult the factory for more information. Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. H-24 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets 4 Way Connector 8’ cable The 2680 4-way connector ground set provides an excellent system for the grounding of a 3 phase system. 4-way connectors are used to create a common connection between the conductor leads and the ground lead of a ground set. 10’ cable 10’ cable 6’ cable 2680 21702 2374 24438 2680 Cat. No. Description ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 2680 Four Way Connector Ground Set - Grade 2 21 kA 15 cycles 1 #2374 Four Way Connector w/ Sleeves 4 #1895 1.5” Serrated Jaw Clamps w/ Sleeves 1 #2427 Double Hanger Stud, 1 #2402 Contact Stud 34 ft. #2137 1/0 Cu. Cable 4 pr. #2027 Ferrules 2374 21702 24438 Threaded Ferrule Four Way Connector 5 Threaded Ferrule Four Way Connector 1 ¾ long x 2 ¼ dia. 5 Plain Ferrule Four Way Connector 5 2 28 ( 12.7 ) 1.8 ( .8 ) .5 ( .23 ) 2 ( .9 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-25 Grounding Sets For Special Applications Listed are some typical complete personal protection ground sets for common line construction. These sets, although practical for many applications, are shown as a guide to help determine individual system needs and for ease of ordering. Variations of these sets may be requested to meet specific situations or user preferences. Your local Salisbury representative can answer any questions you have on personal protection grounding needs and applications. Cat. No. Description COMPLETE 3 PHASE DELTA 2684 2 ea. #20880 Contact Bar 7 ea. #1895 Serrated Aluminum “C” Clamp 1.5” 84 ft. #2637 1/0 Cu. Black Cable, 4 pr. #2027 Ferrules 2 ea. #1928 Hanger Studs, 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag 1 ea. #2103 Screw Ground Rod 4249 2 ea. #20880 Contact Bar 2684 ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 2 63.5 ( 28.8 ) 2 63.5 ( 28.8 ) 2 34 ( 15.4 ) 7 ea. #2531 Smooth Aluminum “C” Clamp 795 KCM 86 ft. #2637 1/0 Cu. Cable, 4 pr. #2027 Ferrules 2 ea. #2537 Hanger Studs, 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag 1 ea. #2103 Screw Ground Rod COMPLETE 4 WIRE WYE 4276 1 ea. #20880A Contact Bar 7 ea. #2531 Smooth Aluminum “C” Clamp 795 KCM 32 ft. #2637 1/0 Cu. Cable, 4 pr. #2027 Ferrules 3 ea. #2537 Hanger Studs, 1 ea. #2654 Storage Bag Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. H-26 Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets Dead Front Grounding Jumpers & Elbows Dead Front Ground Sets are supplied with an insulated grounding elbow, yellow jacketed copper grounding cable, and a 1815 bronze flat jaw ground clamp for the ground connection. Grounding Elbows are equipped with arc quenching tips as provided on standard load break elbows. Both 15kV and 25kV elbows are available with connectors for 1/0 or 2/0 cable. Assembled sets for 15kV and 25kV are available for single phase or three phase grounding requirements. The fault duty rating for 200 amp grounding elbows is 10kA for 10 cycles per IEEE 386. Standard three phase sets have a 4 ft. tail connecting to a 2374 four wire connector with 2 ft. leads for the elbows. Sets can be factory assembled to customer specifications. 22630 Elbow 2962 Cat. No. Description INSULATED GROUNDING ELBOWS 2910 15kV Elbow w/ 1/0 Cable Connector 2912 15kV Elbow w/ 2/0 Cable Connector 2935 25kV Elbow w/ 1/0 Cable Connector 2936 25kV Elbow w/ 2/0 Cable Connector ASSEMBLED GROUNDING SETS 2961 15kV Single Phase, 6 ft. 1/0 Cable w/ Bag 2962 15kV Single Phase, 6 ft. 1/0 Cable w/o Bag 2963 15kV Three Phase, 1/0 Cable w/ Bag 22630 15kV Three Phase, 1/0 Cable w/o Bag 2971 25kV Single Phase, 6 ft. 1/0 Cable w/ Bag 22631 25kV Single Phase, 6 ft. 1/0 Cable w/o Bag 2973 25kV Three Phase, 1/0 Cable w/ Bag 22632 25kV Three Phase, 1/0 Cable w/o Bag Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1.7 ( .7 ) 1.7 ( .7 ) 2 ( .9 ) 2 ( .9 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) 8 ( 3.6 ) 22 ( 10 ) 20 ( 9 ) 13 ( 5.9 ) 11 ( 5 ) 24 ( 10.9 ) 22 ( 10 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 H-27 ASTM Tables F 855 –Grounding 09 ASTM F855-09 Table 1 - Protective Clamp Ratings TABLE 1 Protective Ground Cable, Ferrule, Clamp and Assembly Ratings for Symmetrical Current Grounding Clamp Torque Strength, min YieldB Grade Short Circuit PropertiesA Ultimate Rating Capacity F 855 – 09 kA Ultimate TABLE 1 Protective Grounding Clamp Torque lbf·in. n·m lbf·in. n·m Strength, min 1 2 Grade 3 4 5 6 7 280 YieldB 32 280 32 280 32 330 37 330 37 lbf·in. n·m 330 37 330 330 Ultimate37 330 37 330 37 400 45 400 45 lbf·in. n·m 400 45 37 400 45 CD Continuous Current RMS, 60 Hz Rating, A Ground Cable, Ferrule, Clamp and Assembly Ratings for Symmetrical Current RMS, 60 30 15 30 cycles Hz Maximum 60 15 cyclesA cycles Copper Cable Short Circuit Properties Copper Test cycles cycles (500 (250 Size (500 Cable Size (1 s) (250 ms) ms) ms) ms) CD Withstand Rating, Symmetrical kA RMS, 60 Hz Ultimate Rating Capacity , Symmetrical 13 9kA 2/0 21 14 60 Hz 4/0 RMS, Withstand Rating, Symmetrical 10 kA #2 15 RMS, 601/0 Hz 14 21 27 3415 43 cycles 54 20 2/0 30 25cycles 3/0 30 (500 39 (250 ms) ms) 74 54 , Symmetrical 4/0 Copper Cable 250 kcmilSize or 2 2/0 350 kcmil or #2 2 4/0 18 29 37 47 15 cycles 59 70(250 26 33 30 42cycles 49 (500 18 4/0 23 60 250 kcmil Maximum 29 250 kcmil Copper Test cycles 35 350 kcmil 48 69 550 Cable Size (1 s) ms) ms) 98 Continuous 200 Current 250 Rating, A 300 RMS, 60 350 Hz 400 450 550 kcmil 1 280 32 330 37 14 10 18 13 9 2/0 200 2 280 32 330 37 21 15 1/0 29 21 14 4/0 250 A Withstand and ultimate short circuit properties are based on performance with surges not exceeding 20 % asymmetry factor (see 9.1 and 12.3.4.2). 3 280 32 330 37 27 20 2/0 37 26 18 4/0 300 B Yield shall mean no permanent deformation such that the clamp cannot be reused throughout its entire range of application. 4 330 37 400 45 34 25 3/0 47 33 23 250 kcmil 350 C Ultimate rating represents a symmetrical current which the assembly or individual components shall carry for the specified time. 5 330 37 400 45 43 30 4/0 59 42 29 250 kcmil 400 D Ultimate values are based upon application of Onderdonk’s equation to 98 % of nominal circular mil area allowed by Specifications B 172 and B 173. 6 330 37 400 45 54 39 250 kcmil or 70 49 35 350 kcmil 450 2 2/0 7 with permission, 330 37 400F 855-09 45Standard 74 54 350 kcmil 98 48 Electric550 kcmil 550 TABLE 2 Ultimate Assembly Rating for or High X/R Ratio Reprinted, from ASTM Specification for Temporary Protective Grounds to Be Applications Used69 on De-energized Power Lines and Equipment 2 4/0 Table 1, copyright ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, WestHigh Conshohocken, PA Test 19428. A copy of the complete standard may be obtained from ASTM, www.astm.org Asymmetrical Requirements A Withstand and ultimate short circuit properties are based on performance with surges not exceeding 20 % asymmetry factor (see 9.1 and 12.3.4.2). X/R = 30 Yield shall mean no permanent deformation such thatRating the clamp cannot be reused throughout its entire rangeLast of application. Cycle 1st Cycle Current Peak C Current Peak time. Test Duration (cycles) Grade rating represents Size Ratedthe Current Ultimate a symmetrical current which assembly or individual components shall carry for the specified (kA) D (kA) F855-09 Table 2 - equation Grounding Cable Ferrule and(kA) Assembly Ratings Ultimate values areASTM based upon application of Onderdonk’s to 98 % of nominal X 2.69 circular mil area allowed by Specifications B 172 and B 173. B TABLE 2 Ultimate Assembly Rating for High X/R Ratio Applications 1H 2H 3H 4H Grade 5H 6H 7H No. 2 1/0 2/0 3/0 Size 4/0 250 MCM 350 MCM 15 41 High Asymmetrical Test Requirements 25 65 31 84 X/R = 30 Rating 39 105 Current Peak 1st Cycle Rated Current 47 126(kA) (kA) 55 148 X 2.69 68 183 23 37 46 Last Cycle 58 Current Peak 70 82 (kA) 101 15 15 15 15 Test 15Duration (cycles) 15 15 NOTE 1—The above current values are based on electromechanical test values. 1H No. 2 15 41 23 15 NOTE 2—Assemblies that have been subjected to these shall not be re-used. 2H 1/0 25 65 37 15 3—For use with currents exceeding 20 % asymmetry factor. NOTE 3H 2/0 31 84 46 15 4—See X4.7.2 for additional information. NOTE 4H 3/0 39 105 58 15 5—Alternate testing circuits are available for laboratories that cannot achieve the above requirements. See Appendix X4 for details. NOTE 5H 4/0 47 126 70 15 6H 7H 250 MCM 350 MCM 2.2 ANSI Standard: 4 55 68 148 183 82 101 15 15 IEEE 386 Standard for Separable Insulated Connector Sys- Testvalues Procedure foronAC High-Voltage test values. tems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600V NC OTE37.09 1—The Standard above current are based electromechanical Breakersthat Rated a Symmetrical Basisshall not be re-used.IEEE 1048 Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines 2—Assemblies haveon been subjected to these NOTECircuit 5 ICEA/NEMA OTE 3—For use withStandard: currents exceeding 20 % asymmetry factor. N2.3 IEEE 1246 Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding SysOTE 4—See X4.7.2 for additional NICEA S-19-81/NEMA WC 3-80information. (R 1986) Rubber Insulated tems Used in Substations OTE 5—Alternate testing circuits are available for laboratories that cannot achieve the above requirements. See Appendix X4 for details. N Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy 3. Terminology Reprinted, from6 ASTM F 855-09 Standard Specification for Temporary Protective Grounds to Be Used on De-energized Electric Power Lines and Equipment Table 2, 2.4 with IECpermission, Standard: 4 2.2 ASTM ANSI Standard: IEEE 386 Standard for Insulated Connector Sys3.1of Definitions of Terms Specific to from This Standard: copyright International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. A copy the complete standard may beSeparable obtained ASTM, www.astm.org IEC 61230 Ed. 2, 2008, Portable Equipment for Earthing or C 37.09 Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage EarthingStandard and Short-Circuiting Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Basis 7 2.5 IEEE Standard: 2.3 ICEA/NEMA Standard: 5 ICEA S-19-81/NEMA WC 3-80 (R 1986) Rubber Insulated 4 Wire and forNational the Transmission Distribution Available fromCable American Standards Institute,and 11 West 42nd St., 13th of Floor,Electrical New York, NY 10036. Energy 5 Available from Insulated Cable Engineers Assoc., P.O. Box P, South Yarmouth, 2.402664. IEC Standard: 6 MA 6 Available International Commission for (IEC), 3 rue de or IEC 61230fromEd. 2, 2008,Electrotechnical Portable Equipment Earthing Varembé, Case postale 131, CH-1211, Geneva 20, Switzerland, http://www.iec.ch. Earthing and Short-Circuiting 7 Available from Institute of7Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE), Grounding Equipment. H-28 445 2.5Hoes IEEE Standard: Ln., P.O. Box 1331, Piscataway, NJ 08854-1331, http://www.ieee.org. for Power Distribution Systems Above 600V 3.1.1 tems continuous current rating—designated RMS current IEEE 1048 Guide for Protective Grounding of Power which can be carried continuously under specified conditions. Lines 3.1.2 protective ground temporary Grounding electrical SysIEEE 1246 Guide forassembly—a Temporary Protective connection of potential energization and the temsbetween Used ina source Substations earth, rated for the maximum anticipated fault current or continuous induced current, or both. 3. Terminology 3.1.2.1 Discussion—Throughout this specification, kc of Terms Specific to This Standard: mil =3.1 1000Definitions circular mils. 3.1.1 continuous currentequipment—devices rating—designated installed RMS current 3.1.3 protective grounding which can be carried continuously under specified www.salisburybyhoneywell.com temporarily on de-energized electric power circuits forconditions. the 3.1.2 protective ground assembly—a temporary electrical Safety Line TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE GROUNDING EQUIPMENT Safety line TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE GROUNDING EQUIPMENT note: note: When ordeing assemblies of grounding products, please offers makesolutions sure all Salisbury by Honeywell’s Safety Line grounding equipment items in theThis assembly are only from the product line found within for allincluded applications. line of temporaty protective grounding equipment this section. Including items from other grounding equipment sections of offers a wide variety of products to meet many individual needs. These this book will add additional shipping time. products are available in complete assemblies or individual components. PLEASE NOTE: When ordeing assemblies of grounding products, please make sure all items included in the assembly are only from the product line found within this section. Including items from other grounding equipment sections of this book will add additional shipping time. Grounding Configurator™ The Grounding Configurator™ makes ordering grounding equipment simple and easy. This interactive web tool allows you to easily build the proper temporary grounding equipment for your specific needs. The step-by-step process takes out the guess work, and makes it easy to change components until the most appropriate ground set is developed. Just go to our web site and give it a try. You will be prompted from start to finish. All you need to know is the maximum fault current, its duration and the size of cable required on the fault, and the configurator will do the rest. No more second guessing quantities or parts to be sure that you have put together a ground set that will function just as you expect. When you finish, enter your personal information and the configurator will instantly provide you with the bill of materials including part numbers. All that’s left to do is to place the order! I-2 Visit salisburybyhoneywell.com to use the exclusive Grounding ConfiguratorTM. Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com safety line Temporary Protective Grounding Equipment How to specify temporary protective grounding assemblies. A grounding assembly in its basic form consists of two clamps, one pair of ferrules and a length of cable. The clamps can be identical to each other or quite different depending on each grounding application. Because of this, ground clamps are sold individually, not in pairs. Salisbury offers a wide variety of clamps including C-clamps, flat jaw clamps, socket clamps, duck bill clamps and specialty clamps for unique situations. Clamps are offered in either bronze or aluminum alloys and are manufactured to meet the current specifications of ASTM F 855. To attach a clamp to the grounding cable requires the use of a ferrule. Ferrules are compressed on the strands of the cable to provide a low resistance permanent connection. The size of the ferrule is determined by the size of the cable. Ferrules are available in aluminum, copper and tin plated copper, shrouded and non-shrouded. Plated copper ferrules can be used with either aluminum or bronze clamps. Two ferrules are required for each assembly therefore they are sold in pairs. Ferrules are manufactured to the specifications of ASTM F 855. The final component that makes up a ground set is the grounding cable itself. The size of the cable is dependent on the short circuit current capacity of the system being grounded. Once this is determined, only the length of the cable and the color of the jacket need to be specified to complete the assembly. Ground Set Checklist 1. Flat Jaw Clamp 3. Ferrules 3. Ferrules 2. Cable 1.“C” Clamp 1. Specify the clamps. Two are required for a complete assembly. The maximum amperage of the clamp is designated by the ASTM grade of each clamp. Be sure that the clamp will meet or exceed the maximum amperage rating of the ground cable that it will be used with. 2. Specify the cable. Once the short circuit capacity of the system has been determined, choose the appropriate size cable. Specify the cable length, and the color of the jacket desired. 3. Specify the ferrules. One pair of ferrules is required per assembly. The size of the ferrule must match the size of the cable that it will be used with. Make sure to specify whether the ferrule should be copper or aluminum and threaded or plain. 4. Specify the options. List any optional equipment that is desired. This can include hanger studs, contact studs, heat shrink tubing, markings, clear strain relief, etc. Options also include a ground set label. These optional labels include the date of manufacture and are available upon request when ordering. Additional Screw Options Available Where Designated Bayonet Ferrule B E EB PG Bayonet Stainless Steel Bronze Posigrip Eye Eye QC RT T TB Quick Change Removable T-Handle Stainless Steel T-Handle Bronze T-Handle Installs/removes ground heads equipped with bayonet studs. 98B Quick Change 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-3 Duck Bill Grounding Clamps 1.13”, and 1.63” sizes 768E 767E Strain Relief System Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Open Duck Bill Clamp: Includes springs that keep jaw open for easy application. Continuous Current Rating Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) A L U M I N U M Cat. No. 767PSE 1.13” Smooth Jaw Aluminum Duck BIll CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 767E Eye, Stainless Steel 3/A 795 KCM ACSR to #6 300 RMS Amps 768E Eye, Stainless Steel Smooth Jaw .19” - 1.13” 60Hz Open Clamp 4.8mm - 28.7mm 1.63” Smooth Jaw Aluminum DUCK BILL CLAMPS - Threaded 767PSE Eye, Stainless Steel 3 / A 300 RMS Amps w/ AL Parking Stand Smooth Jaw 60Hz 760006E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A 954 KCM ACSR 760SR6E Eye, Stainless Steel to #6 400 RMS Amps w/ strain relief system Smooth Jaw 760SR6PSE Eye, Stainless Steel .19” - 1.63” 60Hz w/ AL parking stand & w/ strain relief system 7600S6E Eye, Stainless Steel 760SRS6E Eye, Stainless Steel w/ strain relief system 1.4 ( 0.63 ) 1.4 ( 0.63 ) 1.6 ( 0.73 ) 3.0 ( 1.36 ) 2.2 ( 1.00 ) 1.6 ( 0.73 ) 4.8mm - 41mm 5/B Serrated 1.63” Smooth Jaw Aluminum DUCK BILL CLAMPS - Pin - w/o strain relief system 761E Eye, Stainless Steel 3 / A 954 KCM ACSR to #6 300 RMS Amps w/ AL Parking Stand Smooth .19” - 1.63” 4.8mm - 41mm 60Hz 3.0 ( 1.36 ) 2.2 ( 1.00 ) 1.4 ( 0.63 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. I-4 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com 760SRS6E “C” Type Grounding Clamps .75” Sizes 7640001EB B R O N Z E A L U M I N U M Cat. No. 7640CMS1E Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 0.75” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7640001E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A 2 q KCM ACSR 7640001EB Eye, Bronze Smooth Jaw to #6 400 RMS Amps 76400S1E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B .19” - .75” 60Hz 76400S1EB Eye, Bronze Serrated Jaw 4.8mm - 19mm 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 0.75” BRONZE “C” CLAMP - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7640CM1E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A Smooth Jaw 2 q KCM ACSR to #6 400 RMS Amps 7640CMS1E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B Smooth Jaw .19” - .75” 4.8mm - 19mm 60Hz 3.0 ( 1.40 ) 3.0 ( 1.40 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-5 “C” Type Grounding Clamps 1.25” and 1.5” Sizes 760CM1E 760001E Strain Relief System BRONZE A L U M I N U M Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 1.25” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 760001E Eye, Stainless Steel 760001EB Eye, Bronze 760001RT Removable T Stainless Steel 5 / A 900 KCM ACSR 760001T T-Handle Smooth Jaw to #6 Stainless Steel 400 RMS Amps 760001PSE Eye, Stainless Steel .19” - 1.25” 60Hz w/ Parking Stand 4.8mm - 31.8mm 760001CS Eye, Stainless Steel w/ steel parking stand 7600S1PSE Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B w/ Parking Stand Serrated Jaw 7600S1EB Eye, Bronze 1.5” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMPS - Threaded 760SR1EB Eye, Bronze 1035.5 KCM ACSR w/ strain relief system 5 / A to #6 400 RMS Amps 760SRS1E Eye, Stainless Steel Smooth Jaw .19” - 1.5” 60Hz w/ strain relief system 4.8mm - 38mm 1.25” BRONZE “C” CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 760CM1E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A Smooth Jaw 900 KCM ACSR to #6 400 RMS Amps 760MS1E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B Serrated Jaw .19” - 1.25” 4.8-31.8mm 60Hz 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.3 ( 0.59 ) 1.3 ( 0.59 ) 1.3 ( 0.59 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.6 ( 0.75 ) 5.0 ( 2.27 ) 3.3 ( 1.50 ) 3.3 ( 1.50 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. I-6 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com “C” Type Grounding Clamps 2.13” - 2.5” Size 7660001E 7660001PG Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 2.13” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7660001E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A 3000 KCM ACSR Smooth Jaw to #6 400 RMS Amps 76600S1E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B 0.25” - 2.13” 60Hz 76600S1PG Posigrip, Stainless Steel Serrated Jaw 6.4mm - 54mm 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 2.0 ( 0.91 ) A L U M I N U M Cat. No. 7512B 2.5” ALUMINUM “C” CLAMP - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7512B 7512Q 7512E Bayonet, 2.0” I.P.S. Stainless Steel 5 / A to #6 400 RMS Amps Quick Change, Smooth Jaw 60Hz Stainless Steel 0.5” - 2.5” Eye, Stainless Steel 12.7mm - 63.5mm 4.0 ( 1.82 ) 4.0 ( 1.82 ) 4.0 ( 1.82 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-7 Bus Bar and Bus Bar Alligator Clamps 7575FTE 7541T 7542B Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 0.5” BRONZE BUS BAR ALLIGATOR CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7575FE Eye, Stainless Steel 7575FEST Eye-T, Stainless Steel 7575FGA Grip-All, Stainless Steel 2 / A 0.234” - 0.5” 250 RMS Amps 7575FPSE Eye, Stainless Steel Smooth Jaw 6mm - 12.7mm 60 Hz w/ Parking Stand 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 0.5” BRONZE BUS BAR ALLIGATOR CLAMPS with TEETH - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7575FTE Eye, Stainless Steel 2 / B 250 RMS Amps 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 7575FTGA Grip-All, Stainless Steel Serrated Jaw 0.234”-0.5” 6-12.7mm 60 Hz 2.0 ( 0.91 ) B R O N Z E Cat. No. Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. Cat. No. A L U M I N U M Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 4.4” ALUMINUM BUS BAR CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7541E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B 0.31” - 4.25” 400 RMS Amps 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 7541T T-Handle, Stainless Steel Serrated Jaw 7.9mm - 112mm 60Hz 2.0 ( 0.91 ) 4.4” ALUMINUM BUS BAR CLAMPS - Pin - w/o strain relief system 7542B Bayonet, Stainless Steel 5/B 0.31” - 4.25” 400 RMS Amps 2.0 ( 0.91 ) Serrated Jaw 7.9mm - 112mm 60Hz Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. I-8 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Large Substation Bus Clamps 73065E R101DE 7310E Cat. No. A L U M I N U M Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 4.5” ALUMINUM SUBSTATION BUS CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7311E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A 0.5” - 4.5” 400 RMS Amps 4.0 ( 1.82 ) Smooth Jaw 12.7mm - 114mm 60Hz 6” ALUMINUM SUBSTATION BUS CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system R101DE Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B 1 q I.P.S. 400 RMS Amps 4.0 ( 1.82 ) Serrated Jaw 0.5” - 6” 60Hz 12.7mm - 152mm 7” ALUMINUM SUBSTATION BUS CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 73065E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B 0.4” - 7” 400 RMS Amps 6.7 ( 3.00 ) Smooth Jaw 10.2mm - 178mm 60Hz 4.5” ALUMINUM SUBSTATION BUS CLAMPS - Pin - w/o strain relief system 7310E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / A Smooth Jaw 1/2” I.P.S. 400 RMS Amps 4.0 ( 1.82 ) 0.5”-4.5” 12.7-114mm 60Hz Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-9 Grounding Clamps for Flats & Angles 760CM3E 73025T Cat. No. Continuous Current Rating Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1.4” ALUMINUM FLAT FACE CLAMPS - Pin - w/o strain relief system 760002E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B 400 RMS Amps 760002EB Eye, Bronze Serrated Jaw 0.19” - 1.4” 60Hz 760002T T-Handle, Stainless Steel 4.8mm - 35.6mm 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 1.0 ( 0.45 ) ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range 1.5 ( 0.68 ) 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 4.5 ( 2.0 ) BRONZE 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 1.4” BRONZE FLAT FACE CLAMPS - Threaded 760CMSR3E Eye, Stainless Steel 5/B 0.19” - 1.4” w/ strain relief system Serrated Jaw 4.8mm - 35.6mm ALUMINUM 1.4” ALUMINUM FLAT FACE CLAMPS - Threaded 760SR3E Eye, Stainless Steel 5/B 0.19” - 1.4” w/ strain relief system Serrated Jaw 4.8mm - 35.6mm 1.5” ALUMINUM FLAT FACE CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 760003B Bayonet, Stainless Steel 5 / B 400 RMS Amps 760003E Eye, Stainless Steel Serrated Jaw 0.19” - 1.5” 60Hz 760003EB Eye, Stainless Steel 4.8mm - 38mm BRONZE A L U M I N U M Eye & Clamp Description 1.5” BRONZE FLAT FACE CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 760CM3T T-Handle, Stainless Steel 5 / B 0.19” - 1.5” 400 RMS Amps Serrated Jaw 4.8mm - 38mm 60Hz 1.2 ( 0.54 ) 1.2 ( 0.54 ) 1.2 ( 0.54 ) 3.2 ( 1.40 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. I-10 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Clamps for Flats & Angles 7304DE 7315PG 7316E Cat. No. ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) N 2.5” ALUMINUM ALL ANGLE CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7315E Eye, Stainless Steel 5 / B 2” I.P.S. to #4 400 RMS Amps 7315B Bayonet, Stainless Steel Serrated Jaw 0.25” - 2.5” 60Hz 7315PG Posigrip, Bronze 6.4mm - 57mm 2.5” ALUMINUM TOWER ANGLE CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system I U M Eye & Clamp Description 4” ALUMINUM TOWER ANGLE CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief system 73025T T-Handle, Stainless Steel 5 / A Smooth Jaw 0.3” - 1.6” 8-41mm 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 2.5 ( 1.14 ) T-Handle, Stainless Steel 5 / A Smooth Jaw 0.25” - 0.94” 6-24mm 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 3.3 ( 1.50 ) 4” ALUMINUM TOWER ANGLE CLAMPS - Pin + Threaded - w/o strain relief system 7314T T-Handle, Stainless Steel 5/A 7320SB Bayonet, Stainless Steel Smooth Jaw 0.25” - 0.94” 6-24mm 0.4” - 2.5” 10-64mm 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 3.3 ( 1.50 ) 5.0 ( 2.27 ) U M 7304T 4.3 ( 2.00 ) 4.3 ( 2.00 ) 4.3 ( 2.00 ) 4” ALUMINUM TOWER ANGLE CLAMP - Pin - with Spike Point, No Ground Lead A L 7320PGA Grip-All, Stainless Steel 5 / A Smooth Jaw 0.25” - 0.94” 6-24mm 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 3.3 ( 1.50 ) 4” AL. TOWER ANGLE CLAMPS with Copper Parking Stand - Rated for 49kA for 15 cycles w/ X/R=25 7316E Eye, Stainless Steel Exceeds Grade 5 Smooth Jaw - Inside Angle Clamp 4” max. 7304DE Eye, Stainless Steel Exceeds Grade 5 Smooth Jaw - Outside Angle Clamp 4” max. Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-11 Cutout Clamps Cutout Clamps are applied with a clampstick into the bottom hinge contact of a cutout. This clamp can be used as part of a ground assembly or by using a contact stud using a standard grounding assembly with “C” clamps from the stud to ground. 7640002PSE BRONZE A L U M I N U M Cat. No. Eye & Clamp Description ASTM Grade / Class Main Line Range Continuous Weight ea. Current Rating lbs. ( kgs ) 1.63” ALUMINUM CUTOUT CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief sleeve 7640002E Eye, Stainless Steel 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 7640002EB Eye, Bronze 1.0 ( 0.45 ) 7640002PSE Eye, Stainless Steel 3 / A 0.188” - 1.63” 300 RMS Amps 1.2 ( 0.5 ) w/ Al. Dbl. Parking Stand Smooth Jaw 60Hz 7640002PSEB Eye, Bronze 1.2 ( 0.5 ) w/ Al. Dbl. Parking Stand 1.63” BRONZE CUTOUT CLAMPS - Threaded - w/o strain relief sleeve 7640CM2T T-Handle, Stainless Steel 3 / A Smooth Jaw 0.188” - 1.63” 300 RMS Amps 60Hz 2.0 ( 0.91 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. I-12 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Running Rail Clamps The Running Power Rail Ground Set is made up of 7561A power rail clamp and 7560 running rail clamp connected with three feet (91.4 cm) of 4/0 PVC-jacketed copper cable. Set includes one 10024BC, 1” x 24” (2.5 x 61 cm) fiberglass handle with bayonet to operate the power rail clamp. 7561A 7560 7561 78000 Cat. No. 5.75” ALUMINUM RUNNING RAIL CLAMP - Pin 7560 Toggle Handle, Stainless Steel 5 / B Smooth Jaw 4” ALUMINUM POWER RAIL CLAMP - Pin U M I U ASTM Grade / Class N M Eye & Clamp Description Main Line Range Continuous Current Rating Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 5” - 5.75” 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 5.0 ( 2.27 ) 7561A Bayonet, SS 5 / B Smooth Jaw 0” - 4” 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 7.0 ( 3.17 ) 4” ALUMINUM POWER RAIL CLAMP - Threaded 7561B Bayonet, SS 5 / B Smooth Jaw 0” - 4” 400 RMS Amps 60Hz 7.0 ( 3.17 ) Traveling Ground 7561 Running Power Rail Ground Set Grade 5 15 ( 6.80 ) A L 1.63” ALUMINUM TRAVELING GROUND CLAMPS - Pin/Threaded 78000 Eye, Stainless Steel 3 / A Smooth Jaw 0.125” - 1.63” 300 RMS Amps 60Hz 10 ( 4.54 ) w/ Contact Stud Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-13 Ball & Socket System Socket Clamp The Ball and Socket Grounding System has a lightweight compact design and allows for variable angle accessibility. These clamps are made from bronze alloy and have a socket size of 1” (25.4mm) with a threaded bore boss of 5/8”-11 UNC. There are fixed grounding points on the socket clamp. 7542CM1EB 7542CM1PG See page J-3 for ball socket studs and accessories available. 7542CM1B 7542CM1T Cat. No. Description 7542CM1B Smooth Jaw, Threaded w/ Bayonet, SS 7542CM1E Smooth Jaw, Threaded w/ Eye, SS 7542CM1PG Smooth Jaw, Threaded w/ Posigrip, BR 7542CM1T Smooth Jaw, Threaded w/ T-Handle, SS 7542CM2E Smooth Jaw, Pin w/ Eye, SS ASTM Grade 5 Continuous Current Rating 400 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs) 1.5 ( .68 ) 5 400 1.5 ( .68 ) 5 400 1.5 ( .68 ) 5 400 1.5 ( .68 ) 5 400 1.9 ( .86 ) Additional screw options available. See page 3 or contact your local Salisbury Representative for more information. I-14 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Cables for safety line sets Grounding Cables are made with extra flexible strand of soft drawn #30 AWG (.01”) copper and are available in three different jackets. The transparent flexible thermoplastic (PVC) jacketed cable allows easy inspection for strand breakage. The flexibility decreases with low temperatures. The service temperature ranges from 140º to -40ºF per ASTM F 855, Type III requirements. The yellow thermoplastic elastomer jacketed cable is the standard for grounding service. It provides a combination of economy, flexibility, and durability. The service temperature ranges from 200º to -50ºF per ASTM F 855, Type I requirements. Cat. No. Conductor Size Conductor Typ. O.D. CLEAR PVC 73310XF 7336XF 7340XF 7341XF 7342XF #10 #6 #2 1/0 2/0 .11” .21” .33” .45” .47” 7343XF 4/0 YELLOW 7340XFY 7341XFY 7342XFY 7343XFY BLACK The black thermoplastic elastomer jacketed cable has a smaller diameter and thinner jacket material giving it better flexibility than the yellow cable. The service temperature ranges from 200º to -50ºF per ASTM F 855, Type I requirements. 7340XFB 7341XFB 7342XFB 7333XFB 7343XFB Jacket Typ. O.D. ASTM F855 Grade Fault Duty 15 Cycles Wt. / ft. lbs. ( kgs ) .25” .37” .50” .64” .66” n/a n/a 1 2 3 n/a 3.5 14.0 21.0 27.0 0.06 0.13 0.29 0.52 0.54 .63” .84” 5 43.0 0.84 ( 1.25 ) #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 .33” .45” .47” .63” .50” .64” .66” .84” 1 2 3 5 14.0 21.0 27.0 43.0 0.29 0.52 0.54 0.84 ( 0.43 ) ( 0.77 ) ( 0.80 ) ( 1.25 ) #2 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 .33” .45” .47” .55” .62” .50” .64” .66” .72” .78” 1 2 3 4 5 14.0 21.0 27.0 36.0 43.0 0.29 0.52 0.54 0.68 0.77 ( 0.43 ) ( 0.77 ) ( 0.80 ) ( 0.30 ) ( 0.35 ) ( 0.09 ) ( 0.19 ) ( 0.43 ) ( 0.77 ) ( 0.80 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-15 Threaded & Pin Ferrules for safety line sets For Threaded Ferrules (Terminals) the recommended torque applied during installation of jam nut for threaded ferrules is 20 ft.-lb. These threaded ferrules include one brass jam nut and one lock washer. For Pin Terminals the recommended torque applied during installation of pin ferrule eye bolts is 28 ft.-lb. 9813023 7600011CT41T 7600011CT42 C O P P E R Cat. No. SHROUDED 760001CT40* 7600011CT41* 7600011ct42* 76CT43* 760001PT40* 7600011PT41* 7600011Pt42* 76PT43* UNSHROUDED 98132022* 98132023* 98132024* 98132025* 98132022P* 98132023P* 98132024P* 98132025P* Conductor Style Size Stud Size Body Die Codes 9813023P 7600011PT42 Shroud Die Length Codes Stripped inches #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Pin Pin Pin Pin 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 U27RT T&B 66 T&B 66 T&B 66 U27RT T&B 66 T&B 66 T&B 66 U27ART B75-AH B75-AH B75-AH U27ART B75-AH B75-AH B75-AH 1-5/8 1-15/16 2 2 1-5/8 1-15/16 2 2 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Pin Pin Pin Pin 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 U243 U243 T&B 60 T&B 62 U243 U243 T&B 60 T&B 62 - - - - - - - - 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 A L U M I N U M Add suffix “T” to the catalog number when requesting tin-plated copper. I-16 SHROUDED 760001AT40* 7600011AT41* 7600011At42* 76AT43* 760001PA40* 7600011PA41* 7600011PA42* 76PA43* UNSHROUDED 98132A22* 98132A23* 98132A24* 98132A25* 98132A22P* 98132A23P* 98132A24P* 98132A25P* #2 Threaded 5/8-11 U27RT U27ART 1-5/8 1/0 2/0 4/0 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 Threaded Threaded Threaded Pin Pin Pin Pin 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 T&B 66 T&B 66 T&B 66 U27RT T&B 66 T&B 66 T&B 66 B75-AH B75-AH B75-AH U27ART B75-AH B75-AH B75-AH 1-15/16 2 2 1-5/8 1-15/16 2 2 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 #2 1/0 2/0 4/0 Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Pin Pin Pin Pin 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 11/16 11/16 11/16 11/16 U243 U243 T&B 60 T&B 62 U243 U243 T&B 60 T&B 62 - - - - - - - - 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets Single Point Distribution Grounding Set Sets for Grounded “Y” Systems provide all the equipment required to safely ground a variety of structures on a grounded “Y” distribution systems. Factory assembled kits are for conductors ranging from #6 to 1-1/2” (3.8 cm) diameter, with serrated jaw “C” clamps with threaded terminals. All clamps are supplied with eye screws for installation with clampstick (not included). Other lengths and configurations are available. Standard Equipotential Grounding Sets provide all the equipment required to safely ground a variety of structures on delta distribution systems. Factory assembled kits are for conductors ranging from #6 to 1-1/2” (3.8 cm) diameter, with smooth or serrated jaw clamps with threaded terminals. All clamps are supplied with eye screws for installation with gripall clampsticks (not included). Other lengths and configurations are available. Cat. No. Cable Fault Duty Size 15 Cycles GROUNDED “Y” SYSTEMS 763S011 2/0 27 kA 763S45 4/0 43kA Complete Grounded “Y” Set Includes 3 - 6’ (1.83 m) Line Jumpers 1 - 12’ (3.66 m) Line to Ground Jumper 1 - 60’ (18.3 m) Ground Lead 1 - Pole Band 1 - Pole Band Extension 1 - Flat Face Clamp (760003E) 1 - Protective Bag EQUIPOTENTIAL DELTA 7600011 2/0 27 kA 760045 4/0 43 kA Complete Delta Set Includes 2 - 6’ (1.83 m) Line Jumpers 1 - 12’ (3.66 m) Line to Ground Jumper 1 - 60’ (18.3 m) Ground Lead 1 - Pole Band 1 - Pole Band Extension 1 - Flat Face Clamp (760003E) 1 - Protective Bag ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 3 5 69 ( 31.3 ) 110 ( 49.9 ) 3 5 62 ( 28.1 ) 100 ( 45.4 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-17 Grounding Sets Ball Socket 4-way connecter Sets Ball Socket 4-Way Connecter Sets are designed for variable angle accessibility, three-phase grounding. It is supplied with three-foot leads and six feet of cable from a common connection to ground. Upper heads are ball socket clamps (7542CM1E). Lower ground head is standard “C” type ground head (760001E) with a range of #6 to 1-1/4” (32 mm). Ball studs needed but not included. Cat. No. Cable Size Fault Duty 15 Cycles 75420010236 75420011036 75420012036 #2 1/0 2/0 14.5 kA 21 kA 27 kA ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 1 2 3 9 ( 4.08 ) 12 ( 5.44 ) 14 ( 6.35 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. I-18 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets Quick Grip Ground Clamps & grounding sets Quick Grip Clamps are specifically designed and ideally suited for temporary grounding where spacing and orientation of components limit the use of traditional ground clamps. The Quick Grip Ground Clamp is available with a Grip-All eye or a Bayonet fitting for installation with a live line tool. VG01GA VG01 • Available in both the traditional style (VG0l) and a hot stick operated version (VG01GA and VG01B). • Available in a single lead ground jumper or grounding set with 1, 3 or 4 leads for grounding of single or three-phase secondary terminals. • Fitted with a copper overlay, riveted to the stationary jaw, connected to a grounding jumper with one hole NEMA connector to assure a low resistance connection. • The grounding set connection is made using standard copper compression connectors and all connections are covered with a heat-shrink tube to reduce fatigue at stress points. • The locking jaw pliers are equally suited for flat or rounded terminals. Optional flat jaw available. VG11034 Cat. No. Standard Cat. No. Description Flat Jaw Cable Length ft. ( m ) QUICK GRIP GROUND CLAMPS & GROUNDING SETS, Clamp Opening: Min. 0.125” - Max. 1.5” VG01 VGF01 Locking Pliers, Cu Overlay N/A VG01B VGF01B Locking Pliers, Cu Overlay. Bayonet N/A VG01GA VGF01GA Locking Pliers, Cu Overlay. Grip-All N/A VG01013 VGF01013 Single Lead, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01 3 ( 0.914 ) VG01033 VGF01033 Grounding Set, 3 Leads, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01 9 ( 2.743 ) VG01034 VGF01034 Grounding Set, 4 Leads, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01 12 ( 3.657 ) VG11013 VGF11013 Single Lead, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01GA 3 ( 0.914 ) VG11013B VGF11013B Single Lead, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01GB 3 ( 0.914 ) VG11033 VGF11033 Grounding Set, 3 Leads, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01GA 9 ( 2.743 ) VG11033B VGF11033B Grounding Set, 3 Leads, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01GB 9 ( 2.743 ) VG11034 VGF11034 Grounding Set, 4 Leads, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01GA 12 ( 3.657 ) VG11034B VGF11034B Grounding Set, 4 Leads, 1/0 x 3’ with VG01GA 12 ( 3.657 ) ASTM Weight Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1.5 ( 0.68 ) 1.6 ( 0.73 ) 1.6 ( 0.73 ) 3.6 ( 1.63 ) 10.5 ( 4.77 ) 13.2 ( 5.99 ) 3.7 ( 1.68 ) 3.7 ( 1.68 ) 10.8 ( 4.9 ) 10.8 ( 4.9 ) 13.6 ( 6.17 ) 13.6 ( 6.17 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-19 Grounding Sets 4 Way Connector set The 4-Way Connecter Sets are made with #2 clear-jacketed, extra flexible cable, three 8-foot (2.44 m) leads from the heads to the common connection, and one 50-foot (15.25 m) lead from the common connection to the ground connection. The grounding 4-way connector set has a fixture to raise and lower the set which can be easily tied onto the pole. The 752076 grounding 4-way connector set is also supplied with 3 fiberglass handles (10078BC) and bag. The 752576 grounding 4-way connector set requires a clampstick. Sets come with bags. Other lengths and configurations available. Meets ASTM F 855 Grade 1 specifications. Maximum fault duty is 14.5 kA for 15 cycles. Cat. No. Description Max. Opening in. ( cm ) 752076 4-Way Connector Set w/ “C” Type Clamps, Bayonet 1 1/4 ( 3.2 ) 752576 4-Way Connector Set w/ “C” Type Clamps, Eye 1 1/4 ( 3.2 ) ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 1 1 32 ( 14.5 ) 39 ( 17.9 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. I-20 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets 4 Way Connector & SQUEEZE-ONS 4-way connectors are used to create a common connection between the conductor leads and the ground lead of a ground set. CB36 76630882 Cat. No. Description CONNECTORS For Ground Sets 76630882 Squeeze-on for #2 Cable 76630782 Squeeze-on for 1/0 - 4/0 Cable CB36 4-Way Set Block , Cu CA36 4-Way Set Block, Al Qty. Required Weight oz. ( g ) 1 2 1 1 4 ( 112 ) 4 ( 112 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 2 ( 0.9 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-21 Grounding Sets Industrial Ground 4-way Ground Sets The Industrial Ground Set consists of three upper ground heads, one lower head, visible trifurcation, six-foot (1.83m) leads to common connections, and a twenty foot lead from common to ground connection. All ground heads (7541B and 7541T) will accept 4”x 4”(10.2 x 10.2 cm) copper or aluminum bus configurations. Also includes a bag and a tag for installation at the main disconnect point. The 7551 includes a one-foot fiberglass handle (10012BC) for installing upper heads. 7551 NOTE: 8106C clampstick (not included) must be used to apply 7551GA grounds. Other lengths available. Conductor size is 2/0 copper. Meets ASTM F-855 Grade 3 specifications. Maximum fault duty is 27kA for 15 cycles. Lightweight Industrial Ground Sets are designed for smaller conductor size applications. Clamps used include screws with eyes (GA attachments) for use with a clampstick. #2 extra flexible copper ground cable is used throughout. The 75FGT0266 has sixfoot (1.83 m) leads to the common connection and a six-foot lead from the common connection to ground. The 7640244GA uses four-foot (1.22 m) leads throughout. Sets include a bag. Other lengths and configurations are available. Cat. No. Description INDUSTRIAL GROUND SETS 7551 Industrial Ground Set - with Bayonet 7551GA Industrial Ground Ser - with Grip-All 75FGT0266 ASTM Grade Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 1 3 35 ( 15.8 ) 35 ( 15.8 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. Cat. No. Description Clamp Used LIGHTWEIGHT INDUSTRIAL GROUND SETS 75FGT0266 Lightweight 7575FTE 7640244GA Ultra Lightweight 7640001E Fault Duty 15 Cycles ASTM Grade Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 14.5 kA 14.5 kA 1 1 15 ( 6.80 ) 13 ( 5.90 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. I-22 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Grounding Sets Ground Sets include three upper heads and are easily and safely attached to the line with the fiberglass handles. The ground heads have a maximum opening of 1-3/4” (4.4 cm) and can be applied to angle irons, flat busses as well as on-line wires. A tight, four-point contact is made with the quick adjusting screw. The handles are easily removed when necessary. The lifting fixture p r o v i d e s ease when raising and lowering the set, and eliminates hanging the entire ground set’s weight on the conductor. Other lengths and configurations available. 7661FG Parking studs provide a temporary location to attach ground clamps when raising or lowering multiple ground leads. Shrink tube for terminal connection strain relief fits #2 through 4/0 terminals and ground cable. Cat. No. Cable Size Fault Duty 15 Cycles 766FG #2 14.5 kA 7661FG 1/0 21 kA Standard Ground Set Includes 3 - Upper Heads 1 - Lower Head 1 - Leather, Lace and Lifting Ring 74 - Cable only with 8-foot leads to common connection, and 50’ from common connection to ground connection 3 - 6’6” (1.98 m) Fiberglass Handles 1 - Bag for Handles 1 Bag for Ground Set ASTM Weight ea. Grade lbs. ( kgs ) 1 2 42 ( 19.0 ) 43 ( 19.5 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. Cat. No. Description Weight oz. ( g ) PARKING STUDS 76000APS Single Stud 3 ( 84 ) SHRINK TUBE 761ST 6” (15 cm) for Shrouded Ferrules 6 ( 168 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-23 Neutral Jumper Assembly The Concentric Neutral Jumper Assembly is used for bonding purposes on non-jacketed cable. It is usually installed across a portion of cable to be cut, repaired, or spliced. The assembly is left in place until the concentric neutral is spliced. As a safety precaution, follow all of your organization’s applicable rules and/or policies pertaining to faulted cable, spiking, and grounding. 7603 Made with two ground clamps and 4 feet (1.22 m) of 1/0 clear jacketed extra flexible copper cable. The concentric neutral ground clamp is spring pressured. The assemblies have a continuous current rating of 250 amps and fault rated to ASTM Grade 1, 14 KA for 15 cycles. Other lengths are available. Bag not included. Cat. No. Description For Cable Diameter in. ( cm ) CONCENTRIC NEUTRAL JUMPER ASSEMBLY 7603 Assembly 3/4 to 2 ( 1.9 - 5.1 ) 7603GA Grip-All Assembly 3/4 to 2 ( 1.9 - 5.1 ) 7604 Assembly 2 to 4 ( 5.1 - 10.2 ) 7604GA Grip-All Assembly 2 to 4 ( 5.1 - 10.2 ) Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 12 ( 5.44 ) 12 ( 5.44 ) 12 ( 5.44 ) 12 ( 5.44 ) Parts 7603C 7603CGA 7604C 7604CGA Clamp with Wing Nut Clamp with Grip-All Clamp with Wing Nut Clamp with Grip-All 4 ( 1.81 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. I-24 Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com underground Dead Break Set & URD Assembly The components of the Underground Dead Break Ground Set provide safe and simple grounding methods on padmount transformers or any related URD equipment. These grounds can be ordered in complete sets or individual components. The jumpers are made with 6 foot (1.83 m) lengths of #2, clear-jacketed, extra flexible cable. Clamps (7640001E) supplied include an eye for a grip-all insulating stick application. The URD Grounding Assembly is used for underground personal protective grounding elbow used for grounding pad-mounted equipment, switches and transformers when performing de-energized maintenance on URD distribution systems, and draining DC capacitive charges from de-energized URD cables. 764156STGESO ES10YB615LB Cat. No. QTY Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 15 KV UNDERGROUND DEAD BREAK GROUND SET Local Loop 764156STGESO Full Assembly with Bag 21 ( 9.52 ) Assembly Includes: 764156234H 764000ST 764015GE 764015S0 B1715 3 3 3 3 1 Ground Jumper, 6’ (1.83 m) Ground Stud for Low Profile Transformer 15 kV Ground Elbow 15 kV Ground Standoff with Spring Bail Protective Bag 6 ( 2.72 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) URD GROUNDING ASSEMBLY ES10Y615LB Single, 15 kV ES1Y21015LB Set, 15 kV ES10Y625LB Single, 25 kV ES1Y21025LB Set, 25 kV ES10Y635LB Single, 35 kV ES1Y21035LB Set, 35 kV 9 ( 4.08 ) 22 ( 9.98 ) 10 ( 4.53 ) 23 ( 10.43 ) 10 ( 4.53 ) 23 ( 10.43 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 I-25 Grounded Bushing Sets & Elbow Grounding Sets 200 AMP EB100615 The single Grounded Bushing Set is a single lead made from 6 feet (1.83 m) of 1/0 cable. The bushing set consists of 3 bushing assemblies connected together with 3-foot (0.92 m) leads to a common connection, and 10 feet (3.05 m) from common connection to ground. The conductor is made of 1/0 clear jacketed copper stranded cable. The ground clamp (7640001E) can be applied with a clampstick. Sets come complete with bag; single leads do not. All sets are rated for 10 kA for 10 cycles. Other lengths and configurations are available. EB1021015 Ground Bushings with Connections (parking stands for ‘J’ boxes or padmounts) provide a safe, convenient ground for elbows and a “positive” test to ensure a de-energized elbow. The Elbow Grounding Set includes a single lead made from 6 feet (1.83 m) of 1/0 cable. This set consists of 3 elbow assemblies connected together with 3-foot (0.92 m) leads to a common connection, and 10-feet (3.05 m) from a common connection to ground. The conductor is made of 1/0 clear jacketed copper stranded cable. A ground clamp (7640001E) can be applied with a clampstick. Sets are rated for a maximum fault current of 10,000 amps for 10 cycles. Sets come complete with bag; single leads do not. Other lengths and configurations are available. Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 200 AMP GROUNDED BUSHING SETS Dead Break EB100615 Single, 15 kV EB1021015 Set, 15 kV 8 ( 3.63 ) 20 ( 9.30 ) EB1021015LB 764015SO 764150025LSO ES1021015LB Load Break EB100615LB EB1021015LB EB100625LB EB1021025LB Single, 15 kV Set, 15 kV Single, 25 kV Set, 25 kV 9 ( 4.08 ) 22 ( 9.98 ) 10 ( 4.53 ) 23 ( 10.43 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 200 AMP GROUNDED BUSHINGS WITH CONNECTIONS Dead Break 764015SO 15 kV 1 ( 0.45 ) Load Break 764150015LSO 15 kV 764150025LSO 25 kV 2 ( 0.91 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. I-26 Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 200 AMP ELBOW GROUNDING SETS Dead Break ES100615 Single, 15 kV ES1021015 Set, 15 kV 8 ( 3.63 ) 20 ( 9.30 ) Load Break ES100615LB ES1021015LB ES1LY635 ES3LY635 ES100625LB ES1021025LB Single, 15 kV Set, 15 kV Single, 35 kV Set, 35 kV Single, 25/35 kV Set, 25/35 kV 9 ( 4.08 ) 22 ( 9.98 ) 10 ( 4.53 ) 23 ( 10.43 ) 10 ( 4.53 ) 23 ( 10.43 ) Optional ground set label available upon request when ordering. Safety Line Grounding Equipment. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com ASTM Tables F 855 –Grounding 09 ASTM F855-09 Table 1 - Protective Clamp Ratings TABLE 1 Protective Ground Cable, Ferrule, Clamp and Assembly Ratings for Symmetrical Current Grounding Clamp Torque Strength, min YieldB Short Circuit PropertiesA Ultimate Rating CapacityCD, Symmetrical kA RMS, 60 Hz Withstand Rating, Symmetrical kA RMS, 60 Hz Ultimate F 855 – 09 Grade 15 30 (250 (500 ms) 30 cycles Maximum 60 15 Ferrule, Clamp and Assembly Ratings for Symmetrical TABLE 1 Protective Ground Cable, Current cycles cycles Copper Cable lbf·in. n·m Grounding Clamp Torque Strength, min 1 2 YieldB 3 4 5 6 Grade lbf·in. 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 280 280 280 330 330 330 32 32 32 37 37 37 lbf·in. Ultimate n·m 330 330 330 400 400 400 lbf·in. n·m 37 400 330 n·m cycles (250 ms) (500 ms) Size A Short Circuit Properties ms) cycles (1 s) Continuous Current Rating, A RMS, 60 Hz Copper Test Cable Size 37 14 10 #2 18 13 9 2/0 Ultimate Rating CapacityCD, Symmetrical Withstand Rating, Symmetrical 37 21 15 1/0 29 21 14 4/0 kA kA 37 27 20 2/0 37 26 18 4/0 RMS, 60 Hz RMS, 60 Hz 45 34 25 3/0 47 33 23 250 kcmil 45 43 4/0 59 30 42 29 250 kcmil 15 30 cycles 30 60 35 Maximum 15 45 54 39Copper250 kcmil or 70 49 350 kcmil cycles cycles Cable Copper Test cycles cycles 2 2/0 (500 (250 Size (500 Sizekcmil (250 45 ms) 74 ms) 54 350 kcmil or ms) 98 ms) 69 (1 s) 48 Cable550 2 4/0 200 Continuous 250 Current 300 Rating, A 350 RMS,400 60 Hz450 550 280 32 330 37 14 10 #2 18 13 9 2/0 200 Withstand and ultimate short circuit properties are based on performance with surges not exceeding 20 % asymmetry factor (see 9.1 and 12.3.4.2). 280 32 330 37 21 15 1/0 29 21 14 4/0 250 Yield shall mean no permanent deformation such that the clamp cannot be reused throughout its entire range of application. 32 330 37 27 20 2/0 37 26 18 4/0 300 C 280 Ultimate rating represents a symmetrical current which the assembly or individual components shall carry for the specified time. 37 are400 45 application 34 of Onderdonk’s 25 equation 3/0 to 98 % of nominal47circular mil33 23 by Specifications 250 kcmil 350 D 330 Ultimate values based upon area allowed B 172 and B 173. 330 37 400 45 43 30 4/0 59 42 29 250 kcmil 400 330 37 400 45 54 39 250 kcmil or 70 49 35 350 kcmil 450 TABLE 2 Ultimate Assembly Rating for High X/R Ratio 2 2/0 Reprinted, with permission, from ASTM F 855-09 Standard Specification for Temporary Protective Grounds to Be Applications Used on De-energized Electric Power Lines and Equipment 400 45100 Barr74 350 kcmil orPA Test 69complete standard 48 550 550www.astm.org Table 1,330 copyright37ASTM International, Harbor Drive,54WestHigh Conshohocken, 19428. A98copy of the may be kcmil obtained from ASTM, Asymmetrical Requirements 2 4/0 A B X/R = 30 Last Cycle Rating Withstand and ultimate short circuit properties are based on performance with surges exceeding % asymmetry factor (see 9.1 and 12.3.4.2). 1stnot Cycle Current 20 Peak Current Peak Test Duration (cycles) Grade Size Ratedcannot Current Yield shall mean no permanent deformation such that the clamp be reused throughout(kA) its entire range of application. (kA) or individual components shall carry for the specified(kA) C Ultimate rating represents a symmetrical current which the assembly time. X 2.69 D F855-09 Table 2 - equation Grounding Cablecircular Ferrule Ultimate values areASTM based upon application of Onderdonk’s to 98 % of nominal mil areaand allowedAssembly by SpecificationsRatings B 172 and B 173. A B Grade 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H 1H 2H 3H 4H 5H 6H 7H NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE Size No. 2 TABLE 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 MCM 350 MCM 15 41 Ratio Applications 23 2 Ultimate Assembly Rating for High X/R 25 65 High Asymmetrical Test Requirements 31 84 39 47 Rating Rated Current55 68 (kA) 105 X/R = 30 126 1st Cycle Current Peak 148 (kA) 183 X 2.69 37 46 58 70 Last Cycle 82 Current Peak (kA) 101 15 15 15 15 15 Test Duration15(cycles) 15 1—The above current values are based on electromechanical test values. 2—Assemblies that have been subjected to these shall not be re-used. No. with 2 41 23 15 3—For use currents exceeding 2015 % asymmetry factor. 1/0 25 65 37 15 4—See X4.7.2 for additional information. 2/0 31 84 46 15 5—Alternate testing circuits are available for laboratories that cannot achieve the above requirements. See Appendix X4 for details. 3/0 4/0 250 MCM 4 ANSI 350 Standard: MCM 39 47 55 68 105 126 148 183 58 70 82 for 101 Separable 15 15 15 Connector 15 2.2 IEEE 386 Standard Insulated SysC 37.09 Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage tems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600V Breakers Rated a Symmetrical Basis test values. NOTE 1—TheCircuit above current values are on based on electromechanical IEEE 1048 Guide for Protective Grounding of Power Lines 5 2.3 ICEA/NEMA that have Standard: been subjected to these shall not be re-used. NOTE 2—Assemblies IEEE 1246 Guide for Temporary Protective Grounding Sysuse S-19-81/NEMA with currents exceeding 20 % factor.Insulated NOTE 3—For ICEA WC 3-80 (Rasymmetry 1986) Rubber tems Used in Substations X4.7.2and forCable additional information. NOTE 4—See Wire for the Transmission and Distribution of testing circuits are available for laboratories that cannot achieve the above requirements. See Appendix X4 for details. NOTE 5—Alternate Electrical Energy 3. Terminology 2.4 IEC Standard: 6 3.1 Definitions Terms Specific to This Reprinted, with permission, fromEd. ASTM F 855-09 Standard Specification for Temporary Protective Grounds to Be Used on of De-energized Electric Power LinesStandard: and Equipment Table 2, IEC 61230 4 2, 2008, Portable Equipment for Earthing or 2.2 ASTM ANSI Standard: IEEE 386 Standard forcurrent Connector Syscopyright International, Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. A copy of the complete standard may beSeparable obtainedrating—designated fromInsulated ASTM, www.astm.org 3.1.1 continuous RMS current Earthing100 andBarr Short-Circuiting C 37.09 2.5Standard Test Procedure for AC High-Voltage tems for Power Distribution Systems Above 600V 7 which can be carried continuously under specified conditions. IEEE Standard: Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Basis IEEE3.1.2 1048 protective Guide forground Protective Grounding of Powerelectrical Lines assembly—a temporary 2.3 ICEA/NEMA Standard: 5 IEEE 1246 Guide for Temporary Groundingand Sys-the connection between a source of Protective potential energization 4 ICEA S-19-81/NEMA WC 3-80 (R Standards 1986) Institute, Rubber11Insulated Available from American National West 42nd St., 13th earth,Used ratedinfor the maximum anticipated fault current or tems Substations New York,for NY the 10036. WireFloor, and Cable Transmission and Distribution of continuous induced current, or both. 5 Available from Insulated Cable Engineers Assoc., P.O. Box P, South Yarmouth, Electrical Energy 3.1.2.1 Discussion—Throughout this specification, kc MA 02664. 3. Terminology 6 2.4 IEC6 Standard: Available from International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), 3 rue de mil = 1000 circular mils. 3.1 Definitions of Terms Specific to This Standard: Varembé, Case CH-1211,Equipment Geneva 20, Switzerland, http://www.iec.ch. IEC 61230 Ed. 2, postale 2008,131, Portable for Earthing or 7 3.1.3 protective grounding equipment—devices installed Available from Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE), 3.1.1 continuous rating—designated RMS Earthing and Short-Circuiting Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 445 Hoes Ln.,101 P.O.E.Box 1331, Piscataway, NJA08854-1331, http://www.ieee.org. temporarily on current de-energized electric power ph:630.343.3800 circuitscurrent for the I-27 2.5 IEEE Standard:7 which can be carried continuously under specified conditions. TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE GROUNDING EQUIPMENT accessories TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE GROUNDING EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES J-2 Grounding Equipment Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Ball & Socket System Ball Studs 21192 The ball Studs and the Offset nema Pad ball Studs are made from tinplated copper alloy or copper. They each have a 1” (25.4mm) diameter ball. Recommended installation torque of 300 in. lbs. The short stud is used conventionally. The long stud can also be used as the grounding point for “C” or Duck bill clamps that have a jaw width of 2.75” or less. The Offset Nema Pad Ball Stud has the standard Nema bolt hole spacing and also comes in both long and short lengths. 24082 21191 24087 7542K 21228 7542001BSF 7542905BST The ball Stud Cover, made from orange SALCOR®, allows for multiple angle application when installed using a clampstick. 7542PHS 7542125BST 21846 7542123BS 7542123BST 21236 Cat. No. Description Dimensions in. ( mm ) ASTM OAL Thread Shank Grade Thread Size - 1/2” - 13 UNC - 2A 21191 Ball Stud Short, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 4.38 ( 111 ) 2.12 ( 54 ) 1 ( 25 ) 5 7542121BS Ball Stud, Copper Alloy 4.7 ( 119 ) 2.25 ( 57 ) 1 ( 25 ) 5 21192 Ball Stud Long, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 6.13 ( 156 ) 2.12 ( 54 ) 2.75 ( 70 ) 5 7542123BST Ball Stud, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 6.78 ( 172 ) 2.5 ( 64 ) 2.875 ( 73 ) 5 7542123BS Ball Stud, Copper Alloy 6.78 ( 172 ) 2.5 ( 64 ) 2.875 ( 73 ) 5 7542125BST Ball Stud, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 9 ( 229 ) 2.12 ( 54 ) 5.5 ( 140 ) 5 0 7 ( 178 ) x 5.2 ( 132 ) 2.12 ( 54 ) 5.5 ( 140 ), 2 ( 51 ) 3 7542905BS 90 Ball Stud, Copper Alloy 7542905BST 900 Ball Stud, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 7 ( 178 ) x 5.2 ( 132 ) 2.12 ( 54 ) 5.5 ( 140 ), 2 ( 51 ) 3 Thread Size - 3/8” - 16 UNC - 2A 7542385BST Ball Stud, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 9 ( 229 ) 2.12 ( 54 ) 5.5 ( 140 ) 5 NEMA Pads and Pothead Stud 21846 90° Offset Nema Pad, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 21228 Offset NEMA Pad Short, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 24087 Offset NEMA Pad Long, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 7542PHS Pothead Stud, Spade, Brass Internal Thread - 1/2” - 13 UNC - 2A 24082 Internal Thread Ball Stud, Tin-Plated Copper Alloy 7542K 3/4” Ground Knob, Brass 7542001BSF Female Ball Stud, Brass 21236 Cover for Ball Stud Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) .53 ( .23 ) 9 ( 16 ) .81 ( .37 ) 13 ( 23 ) 13 ( 23 ) 16 ( 28 ) 20 ( 35 ) 20 ( 35 ) 16 ( 28 ) 5.75 ( 147 ) 5.14 ( 131 ) 6.9 ( 175 ) - - - 2.7 ( 69 ) 1 ( 25 ) 2.7 ( 69 ) 5 5 5 1 ( .45 ) .84 ( .38 ) 1 ( .45 ) 5.4 ( 137 ) - - 2 14 ( 25 ) 3.85 ( 98 ) 1.4 ( 36 ) - 3 ( 76 ) 1.5 ( 38 ) 1 ( 25 ) 1.5 ( 38 ) n / a .75 ( 19 ) .75 ( 19 ) 1 ( 25 ) n / a 5 3 2 n / a .54 ( .25 ) 6 ( 11 ) 14 ( 25 ) .09 ( .04 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 J-3 Grounding Clamp Hanger Studs Hanger Studs are designed to be used with all “C” and Duck Bill ground clamps. Hanger Studs are used to hold one clamp of a set while the other is being installed on the de-energized line. Hanger Studs are not designed or tested to carry current. 21754 grounding Clamp Hanger Stud can only be placed on clamps designed with a screw down strain relief system. 2427 9983 1928 2537 21754* Cat. No. Stud For Use With 1858 1928 2427 2537 2093 9983 21754* J-4 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) Hanger Hanger Double Hanger Hanger Aluminum Duck Bill 1”, 1.25”, 1.66” Aluminum “C” Clamps 1.25”, 1.5”, 2.4”, 3.5” Aluminum “C” Clamps 1.25”, 1.5”, 2.4”, 3.5” Aluminum “C” Clamps 1” .5 ( .2 ) .5 ( .2 ) .5 ( .2 ) .5 ( .2 ) Hanger Hanger Hanger 556 Bronze Duck Bill, 477 Brz. “C”Clamp Brass 1”, 1.25”, 2.4” “C”Clamps Bronze 1”, 1.25”, 2.4” “C”Clamps .5 ( .2 ) .5 ( .2 ) .5 ( .2 ) Grounding Equipment Accessories. *For use with only Plain Ferrule Clamps and Threaded Ferrule Clamps with a screw down strain relief restraint system. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Adapters & Truck Grounding Reel The “T” Handle adapter allows the user to quickly and easily change an eye screw into a “T” handle screw. 760001HDL adapters are used on any pin type ground clamps. Meets ASTM F-855 Grade 5 specifications. Maximum fault duty is 43 kA for 15 cycles. Cat. No. Weight lbs. ( kgs ) “T” HANDLE ADAPTER 760001HDL 0.5 ( 0.21 ) Cat. No. Description 7300ABC 7310G Weight lbs. ( kgs ) ADAPTERS 7300ABC 7310G 7300AET Pin to Threaded Adapter Eye Bolt Assembly Pin to Threaded Adapter 7300AET 0.5 ( 0.21 ) 0.5 ( 0.21 ) 0.5 ( 0.21 ) Truck grounding Reels are designed to provide a secure and efficient way to ground trucks and equipment when working on or near energized lines. Bolt-down design allows easy removal of reels for installation on vehicles. Heavy duty construction for rugged field use. Independently tested to 14.5 kA for 30 cycles. Reels with factory installed cable include 6-foot equal gauge and frame bonding jumper. Other end must be attached to frame of Cable Cable Fault Duty ASTM F-855 Weight Cat. No. Length Size 15 CYCLES Grade lbs. ( kgs ) TRUCK GROUNDING REEL SPRING REWIND, 760001E Clamp HSCR0240 40’ (12.2 m) #2 14.5 kA 1 39 (17.7 ) HSCR0250 50’ (15.2 m) #2 14.5 kA 1 42 (19.0 ) HSCR1040 40’ (12.2 m) 1/0 21 kA 2 48 (21.7 ) HSCR1050 50’ (15.2 m) 1/0 21 kA 2 53 (24.0 ) TRUCK GROUNDING REEL HAND REWIND, 760001E Clamp HCR0240 40’ (12.2 m) #2 14.5 kA 1 36 (16.3 ) HCR0250 50’ (15.2 m) #2 14.5 kA 1 39 (17.7 ) HCR1040 40’ (12.2 m) 1/0 21 kA 2 46 (20.8 ) HCR1050 50’ (15.2 m) 1/0 21 kA 2 51 (23.1 ) REELS WITHOUT CABLE HSCR1 Reel only, spring rewind 21 kA 2 27 (12.2 ) HCR1 Reel only, hand rewind 21 kA 2 25 (11.3 ) HC1 Reel storage only, hand rewind N/A N/A 26 (11.8 ) HCR0250 vehicle. NOTE: • Model HSCR1, with spring rewind, will store and operate with a maximum of 60 feet (18.3 m) of #2 cable and 50 feet (15.2 m) of 1/0 cable. • Reel models HCR1 and HC1 will store a maximum length of 150 feet (45.8 m) of #2 cable and 85 feet (25.9 m) of 1/0 cable. • To order factory installed cable of lengths different than shown above, give reel model number and length of cable required. Lengths should not exceed maximum operating and storage capacities. • The use of 2/0 and 4/0 cable is not recommended since the fault duty rating of these cables exceeds that of the truck grounding reel. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 J-5 Grounding Accessories Pole mounted Contact bars are designed to act as a convenient common point for electrical connections and also as a hanger for grounding sets during installation and removal. Supplied with a chain and an adjustable wheel binder that will accommodate most common pole diameters. Catalog #20880 has one 5/8-11UNC tapped hole for the permanent connection of a ground lead. The Salisbury 21840 is a lighter-weight pole mounted contact bar. 9998 21840 The Pole band is lightweight and easy to install. It is a required component of equiotential zone grounding systems. Truck grounding Kit contains 2/0 cable, 24 inches (61 cm) long, with a chassis/frame attachment on one end and a grounding stud on the other for Cat. No. 7542TGK. Brings body and chassis to the same ground potential. Other lengths are available. Meets ASTM F-855 Grade 3 specifications. The Salisbury 2103 Screw Type Temporary ground Rod is used when an adequate system ground is not available. The design incorporates a copperweld rod with bronze fittings screwed and pinned on both ends. The terminal on the handle is designed to accept cables equipped with a 5/8-11 UNC threaded ferrule. As an alternative, a “C” clamp may also be attached directly to the ground rod shaft. 760001PB 760045PB 7542TGK 2103 Cat. No. ASTM Description Grade Pole Mounted Contact Bars 9998 5 Contact Bar No Connection 40” Chain w/ Adjustable Wheel Binder 21840 5 Contact Bar No Connection 40” Chain w/ Adjustable Wheel Binder 20880 5 Contact Bar One Connection 40” Chain w/ Adjustable Wheel Binder SCREW GROUND ROD 2103 9.1 ( 4.1 ) 7 ( 3.3 ) 9.1 ( 4.1 ) 75” ( 1.9m ) long 8 ( 3.6 ) Cat. No. Description Fault Duty Grade Weight 15 Cycles lbs. ( kgs ) Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) POLE BAND TRUCK GROUNDING KIT 7542TGK Truck Grounding Kit w/ Stud 7542TGKLS Truck Grounding Kit w/o Stud 2 ( 0.91 ) 1.5 ( 0.68 ) 760001PB Aluminum Bar 760045PB Copper Bar J-6 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 27 kA 43 kA 3 5 4 ( 1.81 ) 5 ( 2.27 ) Grounding Equipment Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Conductor & Cleaning Tools Tubular brushes are preferred when rubber gloving or working on de-energized conductors. The steel bristles are internal to prevent damaging rubber gloves. The 2.5” tubular brush is used in confined areas such as between two connectors or clamps. 4110 4337 The “v” Type Wire brushes are available with epoxy-coated handle or universal attachment that can be used with hot sticks. Replacement brushes are available. 4108 4112 4113 Cat. No. 4108 4110 4111 4112 4113 4337 4111 Description in. ( mm ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) Universal Tubular 5” ( 127 ) Tubular Universal “V” Line Cleaner “V” Type handle w/ brushes “V” Type carton of 10 replacement brushes 2.5” ( 63.5 ) Tubular 1.3 ( 0.6 ) 0.4 ( 0.2 ) 1 ( 0.5 ) 1.2 ( 0.6 ) 3 ( 1.4 ) 0.2 ( 0.1 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 J-7 Ground Elbow & Accessories 200 amp & 600 amp The 200 amP ground Elbow with Connections may be used on single phase or three phase installations. Grounding sets come complete with extra flexible cable and connections. Elbows are rated for a maximum fault current of 10,000 amps for 10 cycles. All the clamps come with grip-all eyes for use with a clampstick. The 200 amP Elbow Connector Tool is designed to fit all the 15kV and 25 kV rated loadbreak and non-loadbreak elbows. The jaws are contoured to provide a positive grip and not interfere with the contact interface area, allowing the elbow to operate properly while connecting or disconnecting. The 600 amP Elbow Connector Tool is designed to fit all the 15kV and 25 kV rated loadbreak and non-loadbreak elbows. The jaws are contoured to provide a positive grip and not interfere with the contact interface area, allowing the elbow to operate properly while connecting or disconnecting. The Insulated Elbow Remover is used by inserting a hook in the loop on the back of any elbow while applying a hammering action. This tool can also be used to seal elbows when installing them. Other lengths available. Cat. No. Description 764150015LGE 9206GAS 9202HQ Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 200 AMP GROUND ELBOW WITH CONNECTIONS Dead Break 764015GE 15 kV 1 ( 0.45 ) Load Break 764150015LGE 15 kV 764150025LGE 25/35 kV Small Interface Cat. No. Description 1 ( 0.45 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 200 AMP ELBOW CONNECTOR TOOL 9202Q Quick Change Fitting 9202U Universal Fitting 9202GA Grip-All Fitting 600 AMP ELBOW CONNECTOR TOOL 9206Q Quick Change 9206U Universal 9206GA Grip-All 9206GAS With Insert Pair for 200 AMP Elbows 9202I Insert Pair J-8 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) INSULATED ELBOW REMOVER 9204HIP 4’ (1.22 m) with 9202HQ 9206HIP 6’ (1.83 m) with 9202HQ 9208HIP 8’ (2.44 m) with 9202HQ 10 ( 4.53 ) 11 ( 4.99 ) 12 ( 5.44 ) Parts 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 8 ( 0.22 ) 9202HQ Elbow Remover Head with Quick Change 9202HPQ Impact Hammer with Quick Change 12524HH Insulated Stick for 2’ (0.61 m) Remover 12548HH Insulated Stick for 4’ (1.22 m) Remover 12572HH Insulated Stick for 6’ (1.83 m) Remover Grounding Equipment Accessories. 2 ( 0.91 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Underground Grounding Studs The 1712 and 1725 grounding stud series are used for grounding when the fault duty on the 600 amp Deadbreak elbow/ “T” body exceeds the rating of a 200 amp grounding elbow, as rated by IEEE 386 @ 10kA for 10 cycles. Grounding studs consist of a 10” conductor stud with male or female threads for replacing 200 amp bushing wells and/or insulating plugs and a ground clamp bar for use with regular grounding jumper assemblies. After the cable has been proven de-energized, the stud is installed and a ground is applied. 17250003 The 1725001 grounding stud is made of 7/8” diameter copper with a 5/8-11 female thread on one end and a 1” (2.5 cm) hex drive on the other end. This stud is fitted with a tapered guide and a 3/8” diameter copper cross bar perch used for installing the ground. A socket drive is used for installation. For application, use catalog number 5900CS captured socket. 17250004 The 17250003, 17250004, and 17250005 are steel grounding plugs and studs with one 5/8” diameter perch. The perch has a sturdy lip to ensure clamp contact during faults. These models are supplied with grip-all attachments for application with insulated clampstick tools and connectors. These studs are used for grounding equipment such as non load-break connectors or power distribution connectors. 1735 The 1735 grounding stud is made of 7/8” diameter copper with a 5/8-11 female thread on one end and a 1” (2.5 cm) hex drive on the other end for application with a socket drive. The cross bar perch is 3/4” diameter copper, providing heavy duty service. This ground plug also comes equipped with a tapered guide and the yellow protective cap. 5900CS ASTM F855 Cat. No. Description Threads Material Grade Fault Duty Weight (Stud) 15 Cycles lbs. ( kgs ) UNDERGROUND GROUNDING STUDS 1725001 Copper Electrode, Female, Hex Drive, w/Guide 17250003 Steel Electrode, Male, Grip-All, w/Guide 17250004 Steel Electrode, Female, Grip-All, w/Guide 17250005 Steel Electrode, Male, Grip-All 1735 Copper Electrode, Female, Hex Drive, w/Guide 5900CS Captured Socket for 1725001 and 1735 5/8-11 (F) 5/8-11 (M) 5/8-11 (F) 3/4-10 (M) 5/8-11 (F) Cu Steel Steel Steel Cu 1 3 3 3 4 17 kA 27 kA 27 kA 27 kA 35 kA 2.2 ( 1.0 ) 2.0 ( 0.9 ) 2.0 ( 0.9 ) 1.8 ( 0.8 ) 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 J-9 Underground Tools & Ground Adapter Device Kit The Padmount Switch Hook is designed to operate the secondary switch on a padmount transformer. Also used as a standard switch hook for cutouts. Weight - 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs). The underground Spanner Wrench is designed for installing and removing the connector bushing, and reducing bushing inserts. Can be used when the conductor is deenergized, but not grounded. The tool is used one way for installation, and turned over for removal. A universal toggle and spring is used with this tool and should be ordered separately (5900Q). Weight -1 lbs. (0.45 kgs). The Plug Installing Tool is used to install or remove 600 amp reducing plugs. Weight:2 lbs. (0.91 kgs). The ground adapter device Kit enables application of personal grounds up to a 600 amp separable pre-molded component system when used with a clampstick. Cat. No. 190UGU 1720 Description PADMOUNT SWITCH HOOK 190UGQ With Quick Change 190UGU With Universal 172300 Cat. No. Description UNDERGROUND SPANNER WRENCH 1720 For 600 AMP Connector Cat. No. Description PLUG INSTALLING TOOL 172300 1/2” (1.3cm) Female Square Drive 172300Q Quick Change Cat. No. Description QTY Weight lbs. ( kgs ) GROUND ADAPTER DEVICE KIT - Non-Load Break 76174459 Each Set Includes The Following: 44C 5900Q 5900CS Ratchet Wrench with Ball and Ring 1 Universal Toggle and Spring Captured Socket with Friction Balls 9206GAS Elbow Connector Tool with Inserts 1725001 Ground Stud B1715 Protective Bag with Zipper J-10 1 1 1 3 1 15 ( 6.8 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 76174459 1 ( 0.45 ) 8 oz ( 0.22 kgs ) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) 2.5 ( 1.1 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) Grounding Equipment Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Hydraulic Cable Spike The Hydraulic Cable Spike is designed to verify underground cable, up to 1000MCM, is de-energized before cutting, repairing, splicing or replacing. The cable spike, a solid brass body with a stainless steel piercing tip, is fitted to hydraulic compression tools so that the cable can be accurately spiked from a safe distance. An anodized aluminum insert is included to position the cable precisely. The Cable Penetrating ground Clamp is designed to be used either as a tool for “spiking” jacketed cable or as a part of a grounding assembly used to bond both ends of an opened cable. The 7/8” long plated steel point is inserted into the eye screw making a low resistant one piece spear. If one point becomes blunted it may be sharpened or replaced with a new spear. Clamps are aluminum body with either smooth or serrated upper jaws. The hard aluminum serrated insert makes optimum contact with the stranded neutral shield. 24320 WARNING: ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD This tool is not insulated. Use only certified, non-conductive hoses, dielectric fluids, and proper personal protective equipment when using this unit. Failure to do so could result in severe injury or death. Improves Control, Accuracy and Safety Saves Time Remote Controlled 2607 Cat. No. Cable Length Description ft ( m ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 24320 6 ( 1.8 ) 24321 8 ( 2.4 ) 24322 10 ( 3 ) RPT1 9.5 ( 4.3 ) Spiking Tool & Grounding Assembly: Cable Spiking Tool & Insert 4388 C Clamp 2139 4/0 Cu Cable 2025 4/0 Cu Ferrules (Pair) 616 Bag US Patent # 544 7450 Replacement Piercing Tip Adapter fits the following tools: Huskie EP610H Burndy Y46 Brock 13-H 11.2 ( 5.1 ) 12.9 ( 5.86 ) 1 oz ( 28 g ) CABLE PENETRATING GROUND CLAMP - Acme Thread - Pointed Lower Jaw 2607 - Aluminum 1.5” Opening, Class B, Serrated Jaw 1.7 ( .8 ) 20867 - Aluminum 2.40” Opening, Class B, Serrated Jaw 2.2 ( 1 ) 4290 - Aluminum 2.40” Opening, Class A, Smooth Jaw 2.1 ( 1 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 J-11 Hydraulic Ground, Blade, & Cable Spike Clamps 1715EPP 17150066 Cat. No. Description Pump Cable Assembly MDL / p.s.i. Cable ASTM Weight Fault / Duty lbs. ( kgs ) Cycles / Grade HYDRAULIC GROUND SPIKE CLAMPS: Clamp Cat. No. 760001E, Spike Depth 1 5/8”, Conductor Min. 1” - Max. 3” 1715EPP Spike Point w/ Eye Screw 1715PE / 1200 1/0 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 28 ( 12.7 ) 17150060EPP Spike Point w/ Eye-T Screw 1715PE / 1200 1/0 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 28 ( 12.7 ) 17150060PFP Spike Point w/ Eye-T Screw 1715PE / 1200 1/0 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 32 ( 14.5 ) NOTE: Suffix EPP = Enerpac Pump Suffix PFP = Porter Ferguson Pump Cat. No. Pump Spike MDL / p.s.i. Depth Conductor Cable Assembly ASTM Weight Max Cable Fault / Duty lbs. ( kgs ) in. ( cm ) Cycles / Grade HYDRAULIC BLADE SPIKE CLAMPS: Spike Blade w/ Eye Screw, Clamp Cat. No. 760001E 17150063EPP 1715EP25 / 2500 3” 2 1/4 ( 5.7 ) 1/0 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 30 ( 13.6 ) 17150063PFP 1715PF25 / 2500 3” 2 1/4 ( 5.7 ) 1/0 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 34 (15.4 ) 17150066 1715P392 / 10000 6” 4 1/2 ( 10.8 ) 1/0 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 85 ( 38.6 ) NOTE: Suffix EPP = Enerpac Pump Suffix PFP = Porter Ferguson Pump J-12 Grounding Equipment Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Hand Operated Ground Spike & Hydraulic Cutter 1712GA 17150050 Cat. No. Description Cable Assembly Cable / Clamp Cat. No. ASTM Fault / Duty Cycles / Grade HAND OPERATED GROUND SPIKE: Spike Depth 1 3/4”, Conductor Min. 1” - Max. 3 1/2” 1712CS 3’ FG Hndl, Toggle /GA 1/0 Clear / 760001E 14.5kA / 15 / 1 1712Q Spike Point w/QC 1/0 Clear / 760001E 14.5kA / 15 / 1 1712U Spike Point w/U 1/0 Clear / 760001E 14.5kA / 15 / 1 1712GA Spike Point w/GA 1/0 Clear / 760001E 14.5kA / 15 / 1 Cat. No. Description Pump Cable Assembly MDL / p.s.i. Cable Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 15 ( 6.8 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) 10 ( 4.5 ) ASTM Weight Fault / Duty lbs. ( kgs ) Cycles / Grade HYDRAULIC CUTTER SPIKE: Clamp Cat. No. 760001E, Conductor Min. 0” - Max. 3 1/2” 17150050 Huskie Head N/A / N/A #2 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 23 ( 10.5 ) 17150050WPH Huskie Head 1715P392 /10,000 #2 Clear 14.5kA / 15 / 1 52 ( 23.6 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 J-13 Accessories For Underground Spike Tools Cat. No. Description Spikes, Blades and Tool Heads 1710E Spike Point Complete for 1710 1710F Spike Blade Complete for 1710 1712E Carbide Spike Point Only 1715E Spike Point Complete for 1715 1715GS Ground Shaft Complete for 1715 (Includes Shaft and Spike Point) 171550SP100A Huskie Cutter Head Only 1710E 1710F Hydraulic Pump Assemblies and Pumps 1715PE Enerpac Pump w/ Fittings, 1200 psi 1715P142 Enerpac Pump Only, 1200 psi 1715PE25 Enerpac Pump w/ Fittings, 2500 psi 1715PE14225 Enerpac Pump Only, 2500 psi 1715PE100 Enerpac Pump w/ Fittings, 10000 psi 1715P392 Enerpac Pump Only, 10000 psi 1715PE Enerpac Pump w/ Fittings, 1200 psi 1715PF Porter Ferguson Pump w/ Fittings, 1200 psi 1715SM0033 Porter Ferguson Pump Only, 1200 psi 1715PFSD Porter Ferguson Pump w/ 1/4” Fittings, 1200 psi 1715PF25 Porter Ferguson Pump w/ Fittings, 2500 psi 1715SM003325 Porter Ferguson Pump Only, 2500 psi 1715GS 1715PF Hydraulic Hose Assemblies and Hoses 1715H 30’ Non-conductive Hose w/ Fittings, 3000 psi 1715H1 30’ Hose Only, 3000 psi 1715HSD 30’ Non-conductive Hose w/ 1/4” Fittings, 3000 psi 1715HSD1 30’ Hose Only, 3000 psi 17150066H 30’ High Pressure Non-conductive Hose w/ Fittings, 10000 psi 17150066H1 30’ High Pressure Hose Only, 10000 psi 1715H Hydraulic Ram Assemblies and Rams 1715R Enerpac Ram w/ Fittings, 1 5/8” Stroke 1715RCH121 Enerpac Ram Only, 1 5/8” Stroke 1715RSD Enerpac Ram w/ 1/4” Fittings, 1 5/8” Stroke 171561RCH123 Enerpac Ram Only, 3” Stroke 17150066R Enerpac Ram w/ Fittings, 6” Stroke 1715RCH306 Enerpac Ram Only, 6” Stroke B1715 Protective Bags B1710 B1715 B17150050 1370BF1 J-14 Bag for 1710: 52” x 15” Yellow Vinyl Strap Tie Bag, 4 Tool Compartments, Outer Pocket Bag for 1712, 1715, 17150060: 20” x 14” x 5” Yellow Vinyl, Zipper, Outer Pocket, Straps Bag for 17150050, 17150063: 26” x 12” x 8” Yellow Vinyl, Zipper, Outer Pocket, Straps Storage Box for 17150066: 44” x 12” x 15” Wooden, Hinged, Latched, Forklift Stringers Grounding Equipment Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com HOT STICKS & TOOLS HOT STICKS & TOOLS FAQ Q: Are rescue sticks required to be periodically electrically tested? A: Yes, see OSHA 1910.269(j) for specific testing requirements. K-2 Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Fiberglass Hot Sticks Standard Specifications There are a variety of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) constructions used for hot sticks. Included are foam filled tubular sticks used for all products requiring solid construction. All Salisbury fiberglass sticks meet ASTM F711 Standard Specifications for FRP and tube used in live line tools and IEC 855. Foam filled hot sticks are manufactured using the pultrusion process. This method incorporate fiberglass reinforcement in a resin matrix which creates a moisture resistant laminate with excellent electrical and mechanical properties. Foam Filled Hot Stick Hot stick production is 100% electrically proof tested. Hot Stick blanks must conform with ASTM F711 requirements. Live Line Work Minimum Approach Distance Nominal Voltage kV .05 to 1 1.1 to 15 15.1 to 36 36.1 to 46 46.1 to 72.5 72.6 to 121 138 to 145 161 to 169 230 to 242 345 to 362 500 to 550 765 to 800 Exposure Distance ft.-in ( m ) Phase to Ground Phase to Phase avoid contact 2-1 ( .64 ) 2-4 ( .72 ) 2-7 ( .77 ) 3-0 ( .9 ) 3-2 ( .95 ) 3-7 ( 1.09 ) 4-0 ( 1.22 ) 5-3 ( 1.59 ) 8-6 ( 2.59 ) 11-3 ( 3.42 ) 14-11 ( 4.53 ) avoid contact 2-2 ( .66 ) 2-7 ( .77 ) 2-10 ( .85 ) 3-6 ( 1.05 ) 4-3 ( 1.29 ) 4-11 ( 1.5 ) 5-8 ( 171 ) 7-6 ( 2.27 ) 12.6 ( 3.8 ) 18-1 ( 5.5 ) 26-0 ( 7.91 ) - These distances take into consideration the highest switch surge an employee will be exposed to on any system with air as the insulating medium and the maximum voltage shown. -The clear live-line total distances shall equal or exceed the values for the indicated voltage ranges. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-3 FRP Clampsticks Tough Thermoplastic head ferrule. EZ Grip plastic hand grip. Wide opening 15/16” ( 23.8mm) stainless steel hook. Heavy duty rubber end cap. Side Opening Hook External Rod Clampsticks are constructed of closed cell foam-filled tubular fiberglass in accordance with ASTM standard F711. The hook’s operating rod, made of solid 3/8” (9.5mm) dia. fiberglass, is mounted on the exterior of the tool so that it can be easily wiped down prior to use. These Clampsticks meet ASTM F1825 Standards. Cat. No. Length Weight ea. Feet Meters lbs. kgs External Rod Clampstick 4007* 4’ 8” 1.32 4008* 5’ 8” 1.62 4009* 6’ 8” 1.93 4010* 8’ 8” 2.54 4011* 10’ 8” 3.15 4012* 12’ 8” 3.76 4013* 14’ 8” 4.37 4.2 4.6 5.2 6.2 7.0 7.7 9.4 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.5 4.3 External Rod Clampstick - Plain CAP 8106C 6’6” 1.98 5 2.27 *Add a “9864” suffix for a Switch Stick Head or a “9840” suffix for a Splined Universal Head. Clamp sticks may be ordered with these fittings attached to the end by adding the appropriate suffix to the catalog number. 9840 Splined Universal Head K-4 Hot Sticks and Tools. External Rod Clampstick www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Universal Switch Sticks One, two, and three section hot sticks have a standard splined universal head. 1.25” dia. switch sticks are supplied with a #9971 Prong. A Heavy Duty Disconnect Prong #9969 is supplied on all others. 9969 Prong 9971 Prong Cat. No. Dimensions: Dia. x Length Weight ea. lbs. kgs ONE SECTION in x ft. mm x m 4213 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 2.6 1.2 4214 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 3.4 1.5 4215 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 4.1 1.9 4216 1.25 x 10 31.7 x 3 4.9 2.2 4217 1.25 x 12 31.7 x 3.6 5.6 2.5 4218 1.25 x 14 31.7 x 4.3 6.4 2.9 4219 1.5 x 8 38.1 x 2.4 5.4 2.5 4220 1.5 x 10 38.1 x 3 6.5 3 4221 1.5 x 12 38.1 x 3.6 7.5 3.4 4222 1.5 x 14 38.1 x 4.3 8.6 3.9 4223 1.5 x 16 38.1 x 4.9 9.8 4.3 4225 1.5 x 20 38.1 x 6 11.7 5.3 TWO SECTIONS OAL Length Top Bottom lbs. kgs ft. m in. x ft. mm x m in. x ft. mm x m 4036 8 2.4 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 4.2 1.9 4037 10 3 1.25 x 5 31.7 x 1.5 1.25 x 5 31.7 x 1.5 5.2 2.2 4038 12 3.6 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 1.5 x 6 38.1 x 1.8 6.9 3.1 4039 14 4.3 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 1.5 x 8 38.1 x 2.4 7.9 3.1 4040 16 4.9 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 1.5 x 8 38.1 x 2.4 8.6 3.9 4041 18 5.5 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 1.5 x 10 38.1 x 3 9.6 4.4 4042 20 6 1.25 x 10 31.7 x 3 1.5 x 10 38.1 x 3 10.4 4.7 THREE SECTION OAL Length Top Middle / Bottom lbs. kgs ft. m in x ft. mm x m in. x ft. mm x m 4043 12 3.6 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 1.5 x 4 38.1 x 1.2 7.7 3.5 4044 15 4.6 1.25 x 5 31.7 x 1.5 1.5 x 5 38.1 x 1.5 9.1 4.1 4045 18 5.5 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 1.5 x 6 38.1 x 1.8 10.5 4.7 4046 20 6 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 1.5 x 6 38.1 x 1.8 16.5 7.5 HEAD ONLY 9840 1.25 31.7 Universal Head 0.2 0.1 9841 1.5 38.1 Universal Head 0.3 0.1 Universal Switch Stick FRP Splices with Button 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-5 Fiberglass Hot Switch Sticks Switch Sticks use closed cell foam filled tubular fiberglass made in accordance with ASTM Standard F711. Both the standard head and the heavy duty prong disconnect are made of durable high strength aluminum bronze alloy. Heavy Duty Prong Standard Prong Cat. No. Dimensions: Dia. x Length HD Std Prong in. x ft. mm x m ONE SECTION 9950 9933 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 9951 9934 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 9952 9935 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 9953 9936 1.25 x 10 31.7 x 3 9954 9937 1.25 x 12 31.7 x 3.6 9955 9938 1.25 x 14 31.7 x 4.3 9956 9939 1.5 x 8 38.1 x 2.4 9957 9940 1.5 x 10 38.1 x 3 9958 9941 1.5 x 12 38.1 x 3.6 9959 9942 1.5 x 14 38.1 x 4.3 9960 9943 1.5 x 16 38.1 x 4.9 9961 9944 1.5 x 18 38.1 x 5.5 9962 9945 1.5 x 20 38.1 x 6 TWO SECTION OAL Length Top Bottom ft. m in. x ft. mm x m in. x ft. mm x m 4024 - 8 2.4 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 1.25 x 4 31.7 x 1.2 4025 - 10 3 1.25 x 5 31.7 x 1.5 1.25 x 5 31.7 x 1.5 4026 4016 12 3.6 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 - 4017 14 4.3 1.25 x 7 31.7 x 2.1 1.25 x 7 31.7 x 2.1 4028 4018 16 4.9 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 1.5 x 8 38.1 x 2.4 4029 - 18 5.5 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 1.5 x 10 38.1 x 3 4030 - 20 6 1.25 x 10 31.7 x 3 1.5 x 10 38.1 x 3 THREE SECTION OAL Length Top Middle / Bottom in. mm in. x ft. mm x m in. x ft. mm x m 4033 - 18 5.5 1.25 x 6 31.7 x 1.8 1.5 x 6 38.1 x 1.8 4034 4035 20 2 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 2.4 1.5 x 6 38.1 x 1.8 HEAD ONLY - 9864 1.25 31.7 Universal Head 9861 - 1.5 38.1 Universal Head K-6 Hot Sticks and Tools. Weight ea. lbs. kgs 2.1 2.9 3.6 4.4 5.1 5.9 5 6 7 8.1 9.1 10.2 11.2 1 1.3 1.6 2 2.3 2.7 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.7 4.1 4.6 5.1 lbs. 3.8 4.6 5.3 6.1 kgs 1.7 2.1 2.4 2.7 8 9.5 10.3 3.6 4.3 4.6 lbs. 10.4 11.1 kgs 4.7 5 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.2 www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Fiberglass Hot Switch Stick Universal Switch Sticks & Accessories Double Ended & Tie Heads FRP Sleeve Splices are fiberglass reinforced plastic with spring loaded push buttons. They sectionize long sticks for easy storage. For splice stick assemblies other than those listed in the catalog consult the factory for quotations. 4182 Cap Splice Guard Splice guards reduce the damage to the end of spliced sticks when working with only the top sections. FRP Splices with Button Cat. No. Dimensions Weight ea. in. mm lbs. kgs FRP SLEEVE SPLICES 9898 9897 9899 SPLICE GUARD CAP 4182 1.25 to 1.25 1.5 to 1.25 1.5 to 1.5 1.25 I.D. These foam filled FRP Hot Sticks are manufactured using a pultrusion process that results in a product with extremely high electrical and mechanical qualities. Cat. No. DOUBLE ENDED UNIVERSAL 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 31.7 to 31.7 38.1 to 31.7 38.1 to 38.1 0.4 0.8 0.9 0.2 0.4 0.4 31.7 I.D. 0.2 0.1 4084 Rotary Prong 4088 Double Prong Head Dimensions: Dia. x Length Weight ea. in. x ft. mm x m lbs. kgs 1.25 x 6 1.25 x 8 1.25 x 10 1.25 x 12 1.25 x 14 31.7 x 1.8 31.7 x 2.4 31.7 x 3 31.7 x 3.6 31.7 x 4.3 3.3 4 4.8 5.5 6.3 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.5 2.8 UNIVERSAL w/ Rotary Prong or Blade 4084 Rotary Prong 1.25 x 6 4085 Rotary Prong 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 1.8 31.7 x 2.4 3.8 1.7 4.5 2 UNIVERSAL w/ Double Prong 4088 1.25 x 6 4089 1.25 x 8 31.7 x 1.8 31.7 x 2.4 3.8 1.7 4.5 2 Double Ended Universal Switch Stick 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-7 Fiberglass Hot Switch Sticks Double Ended Fiberglass Handles are manufactured in accordance with the following specifications: ASTM F711, OSHA 1910.269(j), and OSHA 1926.951(d). All handles are made from pultruded, smooth, foam-filled fiberglass. Safety yellow is the primary fiberglass color. It is recommended that handles be wiped clean with a silicote cloth before and after every use. The most commonly used combinations are shown below. Other lengths are available. Bags are not included but are available. The 8900 rain guard is a yellow molded EPDM shield held in place with a hose clamp. Rain guards fit over 1-1/4” to 1-1/2” (3.2 cm to 3.8 cm) diameter handles and provide a dry handle area if the sticks are used in the rain. Cat. No. Diameter x Overall Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) CAP & THREADED FERRULE 10078CH 1” x 6’6” ( 2.5 cm x 1.98 m ) 10096CH 1” x 8’ ( 2.5 cm x 2.44 m ) 12578CH 1 1/4” x 6’6” ( 3.2 cm x 1.98 m ) 12596CH 1 1/4” x 8’ ( 3.2 cm x 2.44 m ) 15078CH 1 1/2” x 6’6” ( 3.8 cm x 1.98 m ) 15096CH 1 1/2” x 8’ ( 3.8 cm x 2.44 m ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) Cat. No. Diameter x Overall Length Weight lbs. ( kgs TWO THREADED FERRULES 10078HH 1” x 6’6” ( 2.5 cm x 1.98 m ) 10096HH 1” x 8’ ( 2.5 cm x 2.44 m ) 12578HH 1 1/4” x 6’6” ( 3.2 cm x 1.98 m ) 12596HH 1 1/4” x 8’ ( 3.2 cm x 2.44 m ) 15078HH 1 1/2” x 6’6” ( 3.8 cm x 1.98 m ) 15096HH 1 1/2” x 8’ ( 3.8 cm x 2.44 m ) 150120HH 1 1/2” x 10’ ( 3.8 cm x 3.05 m ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) TWO INSULATED HEX FERRULES 12578HHM 1 1/4” x 6’6” ( 3.2 cm x 1.98 m ) 12596HHM 1 1/4” x 8’ ( 3.2 cm x 2.44 m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) Cap & Universal Ferrule 10078CU 12578CU 15096CU 1” x 6’6” (2.5 cm x 1.98 m) 1 1/4” x 6’6” (3.2 cm x 1.98 m) 1 1/2” x 8’ (3.8 cm x 2.44 m) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) Rain Guard w/ Hose Clamp 0.2 ( 0.1 ) rain guard 8900 K-8 Hot Sticks and Tools. Quick Change Head 12578HH 15078CH www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Toggle Handle Fiberglass Clampsticks MAKe the JOB EASIeR. Specialized Toggle Handle Increases Leverage. The toggle handle fiberglass hot switch sticks and clampsticks include a bendable handle that provides increased leverage when needed. Fiberglass Hot Switchsticks are manufactured in accordance with the following specifications: ASTM F711, OSHA 1910.269(j), and OSHA 1926.951(d). All handles are made from pultruded, smooth, foam-filled fiberglass. Safety yellow is the primary fiberglass color. It is recommended that handles be wiped clean with a silicote cloth before and after every use. All Fiberglass Clampsticks are fixed length external rod fiberglass clampsticks which maintain maximum dielectric strength. A full open side hook provides an unobstructed view of the hook. The molded, insulated head provides a larger opening. The precision cast slide gives complete control and an extra firm grip. The hook release mechanism is easy to operate and the extended length spear provides an easy method of locating the eye of hot taps that are other-wise hard to locate. All fiberglass used is tested at 50kV / 6 inches (100kV / foot) and meets the dielectric leakage requirements of ASTM F711. Other lengths available upon request. Bag not included. TOGGLE MAXIMUM TORQUE RATING: 60 FOOT POUNDS. Cat. No. Description 12578HE Weight lbs. ( kgs TOGGLE HANDLE & THREADED FERRULE 12578HE 12596HE 12548HE 1 1/4” x 6’6” ( 3.2 cm x 1.98 m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 1/4” x 8’ ( 3.2 cm x 2.44 m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 1/4” x 4’ ( 3.2 cm x 1.22 m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) Toggle Handle & Universal Ferrule 12578UE 12596UE 12548UE 1 1/4” x 6’6” (3.2 cm x 1.98 m) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 1/4” x 8’ (3.2 cm x 2.44 m) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 1/4” x 4’ (3.2 cm x 1.22 m) 4 ( 1.81 ) Toggle Handle & Insulated Hex Ferrule 12578HEM 12596HEM 1 1/4” x 6’6” (3.2 cm x 1.98 m) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 1/4” x 8’ (3.2 cm x 2.44 m) 4 ( 1.81 ) Toggle Handle & clampstick 8104E 8106E 8108E 8110E 4’6” (1.37m) OAL Toggle Handle Fiberglass Clampstick 4.5 (2.04) 6’6” (1.98m) OAL Toggle Handle Fiberglass Clampstick 5 (2.27) 8’6” (2.59m) OAL Toggle Handle Fiberglass Clampstick 6.5 (2.95) 10’6” (3.2m) OAL Toggle Handle Fiberglass Clampstick 7 (3.18) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-9 Specialty Hot Switch Sticks The mechanical Hand Stick serves both as a hand and as pliers so that any serve-up or type of tie can be made or removed from the line. Very little effort is required to serve a wire taut and as perfectly as when hand and pliers are used. It is possible to roll the wire into place around the conductor, making a tight connection easily, instead of jerking and pulling. The Wire Clamp Stick has two fiberglass handles: the operating handle is 1” (2.5 cm) in diameter and the stationary handle is 1 1/4” (3.2 cm) in diameter. The wire clamp stick is used to hold tie wires in place, hold jumper wires while taps are being made or removed, and to hold wires when cutting and removing. 1CQ Use the alligator Stick to install and remove single sheave or double blocks in the top of gin poles and to install circuit breakers, line hooks and strain breakers on live lines. With the alligator stick, you can remove arm slings on cross arms, and hook blocks in arm slings and come-alongs when changing dead ends. Cat. No. Description Handle Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) MECHANICAL HAND STICK, Fiberglass handle diameter: 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) 1FGQ Quick Change 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1FGU Universal 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 101FGQ Quick Change 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 101FGU Universal 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 2CQ Head Only 1CQ 1CU Mechanical Hand w/ Quick Change Mechanical Hand w/ Universal 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) Cat. No. Description Handle Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) WIRE CLAMP STICK 2FGQ Quick Change 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 2FGU Universal 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 201FGQ Quick Change 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 201FGU Universal 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 201CFGQ Top Hook and Quick Change 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 9 ( 4.08 ) 9 ( 4.08 ) 9 ( 4.08 ) Head Only 2CQ 2CU Wire with Quick Change Wire with Universal Cat. No. Description Handle Length ALLIGATOR STICK, Fiberglass handle diameter: 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) 4FGQ Quick Change 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 4FGU Universal 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 408FGQ Quick Change 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 408FGU Universal 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 4DQ Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 7 ( 3.18 ) 7 ( 3.18 ) Head Only 4DQ 4DU K-10 Alligator with Quick Change Alligator with Universal Hot Sticks and Tools. 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Specialty Hot Switch Sticks The Pigtail Stick is designed to lift and guide live lines, and maintains clearances while working on poles. The pigtail stick is used to change pin type insulators and ridge pin insulators when the conductor is light enough for one person to lift. Units come standard with 7/8” (2.2 cm) hook; also available with 1-1/2” (3.8 cm) and 2” (5.1 cm) hooks. Other lengths available. Bag not included. Fiberglass handle diameter: 1-1/2” (3.8 cm). 5C4Q The Stranded Wire Holding Stick has two 1” (2.5 cm) diameter fiberglass handles, holds conductors or wires during operations. The 121 Series has 3/4” (1.9 cm) wide jaws that open to 9/16” (1.4 cm), and the 122 Series, has 2” (5.1 cm) wide jaws that open to 1-1/2” (3.8 cm). Other lengths available. Bag not included. The Cable Handler has a 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) fiberglass handle. Used to handle, lift, or move energized cables. Other lengths available. Cat. No. Description Handle Length PIGTAIL STICK 5FGQ Quick Change 5FGU Universal 501FGQ Quick Change 501FGU Universal 5C3U 5C2Q Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 7 ( 3.18 ) 7 ( 3.18 ) 7/8” ( 2.2cm ) 7/8” ( 2.2cm ) 1 1/2” ( 3.8cm ) 1 1/2” ( 3.8cm ) 2” ( 5.1cm ) 2” ( 5.1cm ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 121CQ Head Only 5C2Q 5C2U 5C3Q 5C3U 5C4Q 5C4U Pigtail w/ Quick Change Pigtail w/ Universal Pigtail w/ Quick Change Pigtail w/ Universal Pigtail w/ Quick Change Pigtail w/ Universal Cat. No. Description Handle Length STRANDED WIRE HOLDING STICK 121FGQ Quick Change 1211FGQ Quick Change 1226FGQ Quick Change 1228FGQ Quick Change Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 5020H 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 6’6” ( 1.98 m ) 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 8 ( 3.63 ) 8 ( 3.63 ) Head Only 121CQ 122CQ Stranded Wire w/ Quick Change Stranded Wire w/ Quick Change Cat. No. Description Length CABLE HANDLER 50206 Handle and head 6’6” ( 1.98m ) 50208 Handle and head 8’ ( 2.44 m ) 5020H Head only 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-11 Sectionalizer Kit & Insulating Link Sticks The Sectionalizer Kit temporarily disconnects and isolates a section of line without interrupting service to the balance of the circuit. The entire operation of installation and removal of the sectionalizers can be performed with live line tools. Particularly useful when circuits are interrupted as a result of conductor, insulation or pole failures. Service can be restored by cutting in sectionalizers to isolate the section of line that is in trouble. 1370A Consists of 1-3/4” foam-filled fiberglass connected to a manually operated take-up device. The strain of the line is taken by means of the take-up device using the hook (Cat. No. 1370H), which fastens on the end of the socket wrench (Cat. No. 596FG or equal). The conductor is then cut and cleared. Cat. No. Description 1370HR Weight lbs. ( kgs ) SECTIONALIZER KIT 1370SL Set includes: 3 of 1370A, 1 of 1370H, 1 of 1370FB 100 ( 45.3 ) PARTS 1370A 1370H 1370HR 1370V 1370FB One Sectionalizer Only, 25 kV, 36” (0.91 m) Hook with 1/2” Drive Hold Down Hook with Ring Wire Holder, 9/16” (1.43 cm) max. size wire Box w/ Inserts 44” x 12” x 16” (112 x 31 x 41 cm) 1370H 12 ( 0.91 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 60 ( 27.22 ) The Insulating link Sticks are designed to isolate rope, hoists, and blocks being used between energized conductors and a pulling device.Also provide dielectric properties if strap hoist becomes contaminated through field use.Cat. Nos.2512, 2518, and 2524 are made with solid fiberglass. All insulating link sticks are proof tested and marked with WLL prior to shipment. Other lengths and configurations available.All bags hold 3 link sticks.Bags not included. 5012 5012EH Fiberglass used meets the requirements of ASTM F711. Cat. No. Overall Length Length Between Fiberglass WLL in. ( cm ) Ferrules Diameter lbs. ( kgs ) in. ( cm ) in. ( cm ) INSULATING LINK STICKS 50012EH 22 ( 55.9 ) 50012EP 22 ( 55.9 ) 5012EH 22 ( 55.9 ) 5012 22 ( 55.9 ) 5012R 22 ( 55.9 ) 5112 24 ( 61.0 ) 2512 28 ( 71.1 ) K-12 12 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 30.5 ) 12 ( 30.5 ) 1 ( 2.5 ) 1 ( 2.5 ) 1 1/4 ( 3.2 ) 1 1/4 ( 3.2 ) 1 1/4 ( 3.2 ) 1 1/2 ( 3.8 ) 1 ( 2.5 ) Hot Sticks and Tools. 2,500 ( 1,134 ) 2,500 ( 1,134 ) 2,500 ( 1,134 ) 1,500 ( 682 ) 1,500 ( 682 ) 2,500 ( 1,134 ) 10,000 ( 4,536 ) Weight Cat. No. lbs. ( kgs ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) B522 B522 B522 B522 Bag Bag Bag Bag B522 Bag B522 Bag B522 Bag Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Ferrules & Accessories Use the Silicote Cloth to wipe dust and dirt from fiberglass insulating handles. Cloth is specially treated with Silicone which leaves a thin coating on the insulating handles. Grease, insulation marks, and other foreign matter should be cleaned from handles with fiberglass handle cleaner before using the silicote cloth. Regular use of the silicote cloth will add to the life and safety of insulating handles. Packaged Kits include all material required with directions in resealable, plastic bag. to replace insulated stick ferrules. Please specify size. Each kit includes: Handle Cleaner is formulated to clean and condition one ferrule, one rivet, one disc fiberglass handles. Removes moisture and other contaminates for handle, sandpaper, a two-part such as dirt, tar, and grease without harming finish and adhesive and instructions. leaves a thin water-repellent coating. Universal and 5/8”-11 threaded hex ferrules are available for 1” (2.5 cm), 1-1/4” (3.2 cm), and 1-1/2” (3.8 cm) diameter fiberglass handles. Ferrules include a disc and rivet. Cat. No. Description Size Weight oz ( g ) HEXAGONAL FERRULES 5/8”-11 - Zinc 1” ( 2.5 cm ) 5/8”-11 - Zinc 1 1/4” ( 3.2 cm ) Insulated Hex Ferrule w/ Brass Threaded Insert 5/8”-11 1 1/4” ( 3.2 cm ) 5/8”-11 - Zinc 1 1/2” ( 3.8 cm ) 44DFG 4EFG 4EFGM 5EFG 44DFG UNIVERSAL FERRULES Aluminum with Thumb Screw Aluminum with Thumb Screw Zinc/Bronze with Thumb Screw 4EFG 44UFG 3400 5EFGU 1” ( 2.5 cm ) 1 1/4” ( 3.2 cm ) 1 1/2” ( 3.8 cm ) 4 ( 124 ) 5 ( 156 ) 5 ( 156 ) 12 ( 373 ) 4 ( 124 ) 5 ( 156 ) 1 lbs. (450 g) RIVETS RH1881375 For 1” Ferrules RH1881625 For 1-1/4” Ferrules 4EFGM 3/16” x 13/8” ( 5 x 34 mm ) 1 ( 31 ) 3/16” x 15/8” ( 5 x 41 mm ) 1 ( 31 ) 3/16” x 2” ( 5 x 51 mm ) 2 ( 62 ) RH1882000 For 1-1/2” Ferrules Cat. No. Handle Diameter 5EFG Weight oz ( g ) HEXAGONAL FERRULE KITS 44EK001 4EK001 5EK001 1” ( 2.5 cm ) 1 1/4” ( 3.2 cm ) 1 1/2” ( 3.8 cm ) 4 ( 124 ) 4 ( 124 ) 4 ( 124 ) 1” ( 2.5 cm ) 1 1/4” ( 3.2 cm ) 1 1/2” ( 3.8 cm ) 4 ( 124 ) 4 ( 124 ) 4 ( 124 ) UNIVERSAL FERRULE KITS 44UK001 4UK001 5UK001 44UFG C150 C100 C125 Cat. No. Description CAPS C100 C125 C150 1” ( 2.5 cm ) Cap 1 1/4” ( 3.2 cm ) Cap 1-1/2” ( 3.8 cm ) Cap Cat. No. Description HANDLE CLEANERS 2000SC Silicote Cloth 2001 Towelette 2002 1-Gal Bottle 2003 16 fl oz Spray Bottle Weight oz ( g ) 4 ( 124 ) 1 ( 31 ) 9 lbs. (4 kgs) 19 ( .53 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-13 Storage for Hot Sticks & Tools SalCOR® Tool Holders secure tools to trailers, compartments and tool rooms. 12 per package. Cat. No. 1192 Description lbs. ( kgs ) 1.25 ( 32mm ) I.D. Tool Holder 3.5 ( 1.6 ) 1192 Cat. No. Hot Stick bags are constructed of heavy vinyl with double stitched seams. Flaps snap closed. 6” (152mm) wide and designed to hold sticks up to 4” (102mm) shorter than bag length shown on chart. Length Feet meters Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) Hot Stick Bags 4297 5 1.5 4298 6 1.8 4299 6’ 4” 1.9 4300 7 2 4301 8’4” 2.5 4302 9 2.7 4303 10’4” 3 4” I.D. Tubular PVC Storage Kit 4155 7 2.13 4156 9 2.74 6” I.D. Tubular PVC Storage Kit 4167 6 1.82 4168 7 2.13 4169 9 2.74 Hot Stick Bag Tubular PvC Storage Containers provide weather tight storage. Kit includes two mounting brackets and four steel bolts with each 6” (152mm) I.D. or 4.1” (104mm) tube. Sized for tools 12” (305mm) shorter than tube. Four mounting bolts 3/8” x 1.5” (9.5 x 38mm) are supplied with each container. Kit may be ordered without tubing, or with mounting brackets only. Cat. No. .7 ( .3 ) .8 ( .3) .9( .4 ) 1 ( .4 ) 1.1 ( .5 ) 1.2 ( .5 ) 1.4 ( .6 ) 17 ( 7.7 ) 20 ( 9 ) 20 ( 9 ) 22 ( 10 ) 26 ( 11.7 ) Description/Dimensions in. ( mm ) lbs. ( kgs ) 9822 Kit for 6” ( 152 ) I.D. 6.6” ( 168 ) O.D. tube 8 ( 3.5 ) 9823 Kit for 4.1” ( 104 ) I.D. 4.5” ( 114 ) O.D. tube 6 ( 2.7 ) C4007 I.D. 4” ( 102 ) 7’ ( 2.13m ) 19 ( 8.62 ) C4009 I.D. 4” ( 102 ) 9’ ( 2.75m ) 22 ( 9.98 ) C4011 I.D. 4” ( 102 ) 11’ ( 3.35m ) 26 ( 11.79 ) C4013 I.D. 4” ( 102 )13’ ( 3.96m ) 29 ( 13.15 ) C4017 I.D. 4” ( 102 ) 17’ ( 5.18m ) 36 ( 16.33 ) C4020 I.D. 4” ( 102 ) 20’ ( 6.08m ) 40 ( 18.15 ) 4155 CONTAINER KITS C4000 Kit w/o Lock I.D. 4” ( 102 ) C4000L Kit w/ Lock I.D. 4” ( 102 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 9 ( 4.08 ) 5.75” (146mm) or 8” (203mm) width K-14 Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Rescue Hook, Static Discharge Stick Salisbury Insulated Rescue Hook is an invaluable tool for any workplace used to withdraw an injured worker out of a hazardous area. Confined spaces, in vaults, or just near electrical cabinets and switch gear are some of the places where this tool is a must. Featuring a foam filled, fiberglass reinforced handle for superior electrical insulation and a coated heat treated body hook with an 18” opening. The stick is available in the standard lengths of 6 and 8-foot lengths. Other lengths are available as a special order. Contact us with your requirements. Handle meets the requirements of ASTM F711. The Static discharge Stick is designed to safely remove the static charge after de-energizing. This tool is pre-assembled and includes a copper “U” hook, 3’6’’ closed cell foam filled tubular fiberglass stick and 6’ of copper grounding cable attached to a Salisbury 1814 bronze flat jaw serrated grade 3 clamp. Also available in a 1’ length stick. WaRnIng: Discharge sticks are not grounding tools as described by OSHA 1910.269 and carry no fault duty rating. Static Discharge Stick w/ Universal Attachment Insulated Rescue Hook Static Discharge Stick Cat. No. Dimensions Weight ea. in. mm lbs. kgs INSULATED RESCUE HOOK 24400 Rescue Hook 3’ (0.9 m) length 3.4 ( 1.5 ) 24401 Rescue Hook 6’ (1.8 m) length 4.5 (2) 24403 Rescue Hook 8’ (2.4 m) length 5.5 ( 2.5 ) STATIC DISCHARGE STICK 20817 Static Discharge Stick OAL 3’8” (1.08m) length 8 ( 3.6 ) 22629 Static Discharge Stick w/ Universal Attachment 1’ (0.3m) length .38 ( 0.17 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-15 Static Discharge Sticks a discharge Hook is used to drain capacitive voltage. The probe is first used to make contact, then the hook can be used to make direct contact bypassing the fuse. The fuse gives added protection in case initial contact is accidentally made on energized equipment. Fuse is rated at 8 kV maximum, 6 amperes continuous. A discharge Hook is a special discharging device used to deenergize capacitors and other voltage retaining components before maintenance work is performed. Mounting clip (Cat. No. 1925MC) is included. Standard handle length is 2 feet (0.61 m). Other cable and handle lengths are available. Resistive discharge Hooks/Probes with resistors help eliminate initial surge current. Second hook bypasses resistors for residual discharge. Resistive discharge hooks and probes use #6 flexible copper, clear-jacketed cable, a hand guard, hook or probe, and a 1” (2.5 cm) diameter fiberglass insulating handle. The handle complies with ASTM F-711. All come with a clear PVC cover to protect resistors from damage from bumps and knocks. Not all resistors fit all hooks. Please note resistor’s outside diameter and length. Mounting clip (Cat. No. 1925MC) is included. Other lengths and configurations are available. FOR DISCHARGE ONLY. DO NOT USE AS LIVE LINE TOOL OR GROUNDING DEVICE. 1930535415Q Cat. No. Description Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) FUSED DISCHARGE HOOK 1930535415Q Fused Discharge Hook 10 ( 4.53 ) DISCHARGE HOOK Ground Lead Length 1925 5’ ( 1.52 m ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 19257 7’ ( 2.13 m ) 2.5 ( 1.13 ) 19258 8’ ( 2.44 m ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 192510 10’ ( 3.05 m ) 4.5 ( 2.04 ) 192520 20’ ( 6.10 m ) 5 ( 2.27 ) RESISTIVE DISCHARGE HOOK/PROBES Handle Length Ground Lead Length 19250005 23” ( 0.58 m ) 5’ ( 1.52 m ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 192500655 7’ ( 2.13 m ) 10’ ( 3.05 m ) 4.5 ( 2.04 ) 19250007 5’ ( 1.52 m ) 7’ ( 2.13 m ) 4 ( 1.81 ) ACCESSORIES 1925SSMC Mounting Clip, Stainless Steel 3 oz ( 84 g ) 1925MC Mounting Clip 3 oz ( 84 g ) 1925DMC Mounting Clip with Hardware 4 oz ( 112 g ) K-16 Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Tools Tool Heads are used in live line applications. This equipment should be mounted on suitable handles to ensure proper distance from live conductors. Below are the choices of end fitings available. All tools have one of these three fittings. QUICK CHANGE END FITTING Has a 5/8”-11 threaded stud that threads into the top of a hexagonal ferrule. A hexagonal collar slides down and over the hexagonal ferrule making a strong, positive connection. A plastic safety clip is used to lock the quick change end fitting to an insulating handle. Safety Clip for Quick Change Locks a quick change tool head to handle. 320E .1 oz (3 g) Gives the user the option to position and secure an universal tool head at several angles. It also allows meters to be attached to universal handles. Universal fittings can be installed on universal sticks by using the 2500 shotgun adapter. For use with the clamp stick. The hook from the clamp stick is hooked through the eye hole of the eye screw, then drawn into the clamp stick and secured. 3401Q Changes QC to U 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 2500 3401TS Thumb Screw Only 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 3402Q 3 oz (93 g) GRIP ALL or EYE SCREW END FITTING Convertible Adapter Convertible Adapter Convertible Adapter Convertible Adapter 5/8” - 11 Internal Thread 3403 Changes QC to U UNIVERSAL END FITTING Changes QC to GA 8 oz (224 g) Shotgun Adaptor Convertible Adapter 3402U Changes GA to U .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) 6 oz (168 g) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-17 Tools Cotter Key Installer 3500 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Cotter Key Remover 11 Remover 12 oz (0.38 kgs) 1101 Spring Loaded Remover 12 oz (0.38 kgs) Switch Disconnect w/ Hammer Head 1900U .19 lbs. (.08 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Screwdriver Ratchet Wrench 4115 1/2” ( 12.7 mm ) sq. drive .5 lbs ( .22 kgs ) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change GA Adapter w/ Square Drive & SpringLoaded Socket Locating Drift Wrench Attachment 3402L5934 1/2” (1.3 cm) Square Drive 3/4” (1.9 cm) Socket 2 lbs (0.91 kgs) Flex Head Socket Wrench 4114 1.2 lbs ( .5 kgs ) Quick Change Handle Splice Joint 3301 2 lbs (0.91 kgs) Screwdriver 8 oz (0.23 kgs) Hammer 13 Use where aligning or hardware fitting is difficult. 8A 2 lbs. (.91 kgs) 165 9 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 2 lbs. (0.91 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Toggle & Spring Handle Splice Joint & Spring Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change The 1/2” (1.3 cm) square drive converts handles into a socket stick. 5900 2 lbs. (0.91 kgs) Splices two handles together creating a flexible handle. 3302 2 lbs (0.91 kgs) Bayonet Ferrule Installs/removes ground heads with bayonet studs. 98B 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change K-18 Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Tools Hanging Hook Attaches to all fiberglass handles. 190HC 3 oz. (84 kgs) Adjustable Insulator Fork 8300 2 lbs. (0.91 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Clamp Stick Head Universal System Tool Blanket Pin UST 1 lb. ( .45 kgs ) Insulator Fork Inspection Mirror 9834 Clamp Stick Head 1.4 lbs ( .6 kgs ) Used in handling ball and socket insulators. 8301 2 lbs. (0.91 kgs) 9900 5” (12.7 cm) dia. 8 oz. (224 g) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Pin Holder for Clevis-Type Insulators 2900 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Line Hose Applicator 2” x 18” (5.1 x 45.7 cm) jaws 1680 4 lbs (1.81 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Extension Offset Switch Hook Safely removes fuses from outdoor disconnects. 190001 Steel 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 190002 Aluminum/Bronze 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Dead End Automatic Sleeve Applicator Dia. 1/4” to 1 1/2” (6.4 to 38 mm) 16 2 lbs. (0.91 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Wire Grip Grips conductor, has hole for block or line hook. WWL for grip is 1,000 lbs (454 kgs) at a 4:1 ratio. 3600 Opening min.5/16” max.7/8” 2 lbs (0.91 kgs) (7.9mm, 2.2cm) 3601 Opening min.1/2” max.1-1/2” 3 lbs. (1.36 kgs) (1.3cm, 3.8cm) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-19 Tools Pig Tail 5C2 7/8” (2.2cm) opening 1 lbs. (.45 kgs) 5C3 1-1/2” (3.8cm) opening 2 lbs. (.91 kgs) 5C4 2” (5.1cm) opening 2 lbs. (.91 kgs) Tree / Wire Hook 4236 .36 lbs. ( .2kgs ) Pig Tail Disconnect 9878 .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Switch Hook 190 Light Duty Cutout Prong Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change 9971 Prong Disconnect Rotary Prong Tie Head 9970 Alligator 4D Alligator 8 oz. (0.25 kgs) .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 4099 Pointed Disconnect 9839 .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) Heavy Duty Disconnect Head 9969 .6 lbs ( .3 kgs ) Chuck Blank .6 lbs ( .27 kgs ) .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) Inside Depth: 1/2” x 1 1/2” ( 13 x 38mm ) 9838 .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) Double Prong Tie Head 4101 .5 lbs ( .22 kgs ) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change Mechanical Hand 1C 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change K-20 Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Tools 4108 4109 Tubular Line Cleaner 1.3 lbs ( .6 kgs ) Replacement Brush .5 lbs ( .22 kgs ) 4111 “V” Line Cleaner 1.3 lbs ( .6 kgs ) 4113 Replacement Brushes (10) 3 lbs ( 1.4 kgs ) 152 “V” Brush 1.5 lbs. (0.68 kgs) Add suffix “Q” for Quick Change, “GA” for Grip All 152B Replacement Brush 3 ozs. (0.09 kgs) pic coming 1521 Semi-Tube Brush 1.5 lbs. (0.68 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change, “GA” for Grip All 1521B Replacement Brush 12 ozs. (0.37 kgs) 4103 Handle for Pruning Saw .5 lbs ( .22 kgs ) 1521003 Semi-Tube Side Brush 1.5 lbs. (0.68 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change, “GA” for Grip All 1520010GAH Brush w/ Handle & Cover 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 7991 Pruning Saw w/ 14” (35.6 cm) 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 7991WS Saw Sheath .5 lbs. (0.22 kgs) 4104 Pruning Saw w/ 18”(457mm) blade .5 lbs ( .22 kgs ) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change 4102 Fixed Blade Tie Head .5 lbs ( .22 kgs ) 4106 Curved Blade Skinning Knife .4 lbs ( .2 kgs ) 4107 Replacement Blade .1 lbs ( .05 kgs ) 12 12S 4100 Rotary Blade Tie Head .7 lbs ( .3 kgs ) Stripping Knife 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Sheath 4 oz. (0.12 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change, “GA” for Grip All Mounted on 12” ( 30.6cm ) fiberglass pole 4105 Tree Pruner - Universal 25’ ( 7.62m ) of line 4 lbs. (1.81 kgs) 7992FGQ T ree Pruner - Quick Change 12’ ( 3.06m ) of line 4 lbs. (1.81 kgs) Wire Gauges 860002 Aluminum Fits:#4 to 397.5 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 860004 ACSR/Aluminum Fits: #4 to .556 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) 860005 Copper Fits: #8 to 4/0 1 lbs. (0.45 kgs) Test Point Cap Seal Cleaner 1520006 1lbs. (0.45 kgs) Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change, “GA” for Grip All Add suffix “U” for Universal, “Q” for Quick Change 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-21 Armor Rod Tools, Jumper heads & penta sockets Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) ARMOR ROD TOOLS 124 Armor Rod Applicators 1241 Formed Wire Tools 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 1241Q Add suffix “Q” for quick change, “U” for universal, “HDQ” for heavy duty w/ quick change, “HDU” for heavy duty w/ universal. 124Q The Jumper Heads have a maximum opening of 19/16” (4.0 cm) and are designed with builtin universal joints in order to accommodate installation lines at an angle. The jumper heads have a quick action tightening screw for fast closing. Threaded adapters are used to accept 5/8-11 threaded non-shrouded ferrules. A hose clamp is included for connection strain relief. 98SADGA Cat. No. Description Max. Opening JUMPER HEADS WITH THREADED ADAPTERS 98SADGA Grip All Wide Jaw 1-9/16” Use the Penta Socket to tighten or loosen special 3/4” (19 mm) penta head sockets. Comes with a “T” handle. Can be used with any 1/2” (13 mm) drive wrench. Continuous Duty Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 600 amps 3 ( 1.36 ) 590001 590002 590001S Cat. No. Description 593412PHT Weight lbs. ( kgs ) PENTA SOCKET 590001S 590001 590002 59P34916SD 5900017/16T 593412PHT K-22 3/4” (19 mm) Penta head Socket Only “T” Wrench with 3/4” (19 mm) Penta head Socket Speed Wrench with 3/4” (19 mm) Penta head Socket Penta Wrench, 3/4” (11 mm), 9/16” (14 mm), and Screw Driver “T” Wrench with 3/4” (11 mm) Penta head Socket and 7/16” depth “T” Wrench with 3/4” (11 mm) and 1/2” (13 mm) Penta head Sockets Hot Sticks and Tools. 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Fuse Puller Tools The standard Fuse Puller heads (Cat.No. 92Q) have plastic jaws that fit fuses from 3/4” (1.9 cm) to 2” (5.1 cm) diameter. Heads are pivotally mounted to permit adjustment to any angle. To tighten the jaws, just rotate the handle. The insert jaws (Cat. No. 190NLF) for the 1-3/16” (2.1 cm) diameter liquid filled fuse are held on the fuse puller with springs. The attachment on the end of each fuse puller is Cat. No. 190Q, quick change switch hook. Other lengths available. Bag not included. Fiberglass handle diameter: 1-1/4” (3.2cm). 190Q 92Q 190NLF 9209Q Cat. No. Description Handle Length FUSE PULLER TOOL 196FGQ Quick Change 196FGU Universal 198FGQ Quick Change 198FGU Universal 6’6” ( 1.98 m ) 6’6” ( 1.98 m ) 8’ ( 2.43 m ) 8’ ( 2.43 m ) Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) 6 ( 2.72 ) Parts 92Q 92U 190Q 190NLF Head Only, Quick Change Head Only, Universal Switch Hook, Quick Change Insert Jaws for 13/16” (2.1 cm) diameter S & C Liquid Fuse Cat. No. Description FUSE PULLER HEADS 9209Q Liquid Fuse, Quick Change 9209U Liquid Fuse, Universal, Head Only 9209GA Liquid Fuse, Grip All 92225001Q Quick Change 92225001U Universal 92225001GA Grip All 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) Maximum Diameter Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 13/16” ( 2.1 cm ) 13/16” ( 2.1 cm ) 13/16” ( 2.1 cm ) 2 1/4” ( 5.7 cm ) 2 1/4” ( 5.7 cm ) 2 1/4” ( 5.7 cm ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 92225001Q 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-23 Connector Tool Heads & Parallel Groove Clamp The Parallel groove Clamp Tool accommodates cap-screw type parallel groove clamps (one, two, and three bolt types). The parallel groove tool head clamps can be installed from almost any angle by use of the universal ball clamp. The handles are fiberglass, with the operating handle having a diameter of 1” (2.5 cm) and the stationary handle 1-1/4” (3.2 cm). Bag not included. Other lengths available. 1800SS 1800CQ The vise Type Connector Tool installs and removes all sizes of single bolt vise type connectors on energized lines. With this tool it is possible to install connectors on a line as efficiently as when done by hand. The handles are fiberglass. The operating handle is 1” (2.5 cm) in diameter and the stationary handle is 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) in diameter. Bag not included. Other lengths available. Order operating sticks separate. Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) PARALLEL GROOVE CLAMP TOOL HEAD 1800CQ Quick Change Head 1800CU Universal Head 1800CQS Quick Change Head with Top Hook 3 ( 1.96 ) 3 ( 1.96 ) 3 ( 1.96 ) PARALLEL GROOVE CLAMP TOOL SOCKET 1800SS 9/16” (1.4 cm) 1800SM 3/4” (1.9 cm) 1800SL 15/16” (2.4 cm) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) CONNECTOR TOOL VISE TYPE HEAD 72CQ Quick Change Head Only 72CU Universal Head Only 3 ( 1.96 ) 3 ( 1.96 ) CONNECTOR TOOL VISE TYPE 72S3/8 3/8” ( 0.95 cm ) 72S9/16 9/16” ( 1.4 cm ) 72S3/4 3/4” ( 1.9 cm ) K-24 72CQ Hot Sticks and Tools. 2 oz. ( 45 g ) 2 oz. ( 45 g ) 2 oz. ( 45 g ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Hand Tools All Insulated adjustable Wrenches have a spring to prevent the jaws from accidentally moving while in use. These wrenches have a 12” (30.5 cm) wrench head and are supplied with a 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) diameter fiberglass handle. Insulated Ratchet Wrench comes with a 1-1/2” (3.2 cm) fiberglass handle. Standard 1/2” (1.3 cm) square drive. The Insulated Ratchet Wrench for Clamp Top has an 1-1/4” (3.2 cm) diameter fiberglass handle with eye on end for use with a clamp top tool (Cat. Nos. 44CQ or 44CU). The Toggle Handle is used to convert any double threaded ferrule stick to a toggle handle for torquing requirements. 1258HEQ 44CFG Cat. No. Handle Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) INSULATED ADJUSTABLE WRENCH 1160 12” (30.5 cm) 1161 18” (45.7 cm) 1162 24” (61.0 cm) 1 (0.45 ) 2 (0.91 ) 3 (1.36 ) INSULATED RATCHET WRENCH 4412 12” (30.5 cm) 4418 18” (45.7 cm) 4436 36” (91.5 cm) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 (1.36 ) 4.5 ( 2.0 ) INSULATED RATCHET WRENCH FOR CLAMP TOP 44CFG 8” (20.3 cm) 2 ( 0.91 ) 1161 TOGGLE HANDLE 1258HEQ Quick Change - 8” (20.3 cm) 1 ( 0.45 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-25 Cutters live line lever Cutters are compound shear cutter made from a heat-treated alloy steel. The stationary handle is 1-1/2” (3.8 cm) in diameter and the operating handle is 1” (2.5 cm) in diameter. For cutting tie wires, jumper taps and conductors up to 2/0. Larger wires should be cut with ACSR lever cutters. Bags available. Not for use on ACSR. The all aluminum & Soft Copper Cutter cutting head is adapted to fiberglass handles for live line work on underground and overhead conductors. For use on aluminum up to 750 kcmil and copper to 500 kcmil. Bags available. Not for use on ACSR or steeL. aCSR Cutters with Permanent Heads cut ACSR up to 396 kcmil. The cutting head is permanently attached.Bags available. 3008FG The Soft Cable Cutter with Removable Head is lightweight, rugged, and strong. The two-handed cutter head gives clean, shearing cuts. Bags available. Not for use on ACSR or steeL. K-26 Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) LIVE LINE LEVER CUTTERS 3004FG 4’ (1.22 m) 3006FG 6’ (1.83 m) 3008FG 8’ (2.44 m) 11 (4.99 ) 11 (4.99 ) 11 (4.99 ) ALL ALUMINUM & SOFT COPPER CUTTERS 670 24” (61.0 cm) 671 30” (76.2 cm) 672 36” (91.4 cm) 5 (2.27 ) 6 (2.72 ) 7 (3.18 ) ACSR CUTTERS WITH PERMANENT HEADS 67124ACFG 24” (61.0 cm) 28” (71.1 cm) 67130ACFG 30” (76.2 cm) 34” (86.4 cm) 67136ACFG 36” (91.4 cm) 40” (102.0 cm) 5 (2.27 ) 5 (2.27 ) 6 (2.72 ) Cat. No. Maximum Cable Size Copper Power Aluminum Power Communication Handle Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) SOFT CABLE CUTTER WITH REMOVABLE HEAD 670001 500 kcmil 750 kcmil 1 3/8” (3.5 cm) 6700011 750 kcmil 1200 kcmil 1 3/4” (4.5 cm) 671001 500 kcmil 750 kcmil 1 3/8” (3.5 cm) 6710011 750 kcmil 1200 kcmil 1 3/4” (4.5 cm) 24” (61.0 cm) 24” (61.0 cm) 30” (76.2 cm) 30” (76.2 cm) 5 (2.27 ) 6 (2.72 ) 5 (2.27 ) 7 (3.18 ) Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Transformer Gin Assembly & Tool Frame Transformer gin assemblies are designed to lift transformers, cross arms and other items used in pole construction. Assembly consists of a pole with ferrules, top fitting, center fitting, base fitting and protective bag for the pole. Has a balanced or *unbalanced safe working load limit of 2,500 lbs. (1,134 kgs), at a minimum of 18” apart. The working load limit (WLL) is the total load on the gin assembly including load to be lifted, pull on fall line and friction. Rope and block assembly not included. 112 WARNING: Tagging loads wORKING LOAD LIMIT subJect Gin to side LoadinG that wiLL reduce WLL. The Tool Frame is a convenient place to hang tools when they are not in use, has swivel eye allowing the frame to rotate. The Rope-Snibbing bracket attaches to the pole and provides a safe place to tie lines or hook blocks when handling loads. 100TR 8200S 8200 Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) TRANSFORMER GIN ASSEMBLY 112 Transformer Gin Assembly 89 (40.36 ) 2,500 LBS TRANSFORMER GIN ASSEMBLY 100T Tool Frame 100TR Tool Frame with Rope and Snap 1 (0.45 ) 2 (0.91 ) ROPE-SNUBBING BRACKET 8200 Pole Type Bracket with Rings, Chain Length: 51” (1.30 m) 8200S Pole Type Bracket without Rings Chain Length: 51” (1.30 m) 10 (4.55 ) 10 (4.55 ) WLL 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-27 Cross Arm Gin & Transformer Gin Assemblies Cross arm gins are used on cross arms when only one conductor needs to be raised. Use the arm gin to change insulators; apply an armor rod to a conductor; raise a conductor from a lower position to the cross arm, or lower the conductor. The 2-1/2” (6.4 cm) diameter fiberglass pole has two eyes at the top in which to hook the block line and tie back line. The base fits a 4-3/4” x 5-7/8” (12.1 x 14.9 cm) cross arm. Included shims are needed for smaller arms. 7004 The Transformer gin assembly is made from steel.Can be installed on the pole by one lineman with the single alloy chain. The assembly can also be installed over a cross arm.Blocks can be installed in the eye or from the shackle provided. Rope guides for the fall line are located on both sides of the gin assembly. The gin assembly has a safe working load limit of 2,000 lbs. (907 kgs). The safe working load limit is the total load on the gin assembly including load to be lifted, pull on fall line and friction. WARNING: Tagging loads will subject gin to side LoadinG that wiLL reduce the WLL. The Heavy duty Transformer gin assembly designed for easy installation on the pole with a 5/16” high test chain and tightening handle. The gin can also be installed over a cross arm. The assembly has a safe working load limit of 5,000 lbs. (2,268 kgs). The safe working load limit is the total load on the gin assembly including load to be lifted, pull on fall line and friction. WARNING: Tagging loads will subject gin to side LoadinG that wiLL reduce the WLL. 133 1200SL K-28 Cat. No. Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) WLL lbs. CROSS ARM GIN 7003 3’ (0.91 m) 7004 4’ (1.22 m) 7005 5’ (1.52 m) 12 ( 5.44 ) 12 ( 5.44 ) 13 ( 5.90 ) 600 ( 272 ) 600 ( 272 ) 600 ( 272 ) TRANSFORMER GIN ASSEMBLY 133 25 ( 11.34 ) 2,000 HEAVY DUTY TRANSFORMER GIN ASSEMBLY 1200SL 39 ( 17.73 ) 5,000 Hot Sticks and Tools. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Ground Rod Drivers & Framing Jack ground Rod drivers are 60” (1.52 m) long and drives 5/8” (1.6 cm) ground rods deep by concentrating impact directly to the rod. Light-weight and easy-to-use. Drives 1/2” (1.3 cm) ground rods with less effort than conventional methods. Discs surrounding the handle protect hands from walls, shrubbery, and the sliding parts. Measures 26” (66 cm) long with a 14” (35.6 cm) stroke. 1350 adapters for 5/8” (1.6 cm) and 3/4” (1.9 cm) ground rods are available. The Framing Jack is designed to lift the largest poles with ease and safety. The framing jack slips under a pole lying flat on the ground and raises it without danger of it toppling over. Measures 15” (38.1 cm) long. WLL at 2:1 - 3,000 lbs. (1357 kgs) 1350001 1350034A 640001 6400B Cat. No. Description Length GROUND ROD DRIVERS 1350 Ground Rod Driver 60” (1.52 m) 1350001 Ground Rod Driver 26” (0.66 m) ADAPTERS 1350058A For 5/8” (1.6 cm) Ground Rods 1350034A For 3/4” (1.9 cm) Ground Rods FRAMING JACK 640001 Framing Jack with Ratchet Wrench 6400B Ratchet Wrench Only Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 45 (20.40 ) 15 (6.80 ) 1/2 (0.21 ) 1/2 (0.21 ) 58 (26.38 ) 1 (0.45 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-29 Temporary Side Arms & Transfer Arms The Temporary Transfer arm is used to change crossarms, insulators, or poles on short spans up to and including 15 kV phase to phase. The mast (Cat. No. 1306M) is 2-1/2” in diameter by 6 feet (1.82 m) long. The horizontal arm (Cat. No. 1340WHF8) is 2-1/2” in diameter by 8 feet (2.44 m) long. The arm has a balanced load rating of 600 lbs. (272 kgs); unbalanced at 150 lbs. (68 kgs). These units are mounted to the pole using chain binders (Cat. No. 1304D) and are rated for 15 kV without insulators and 35 kV with insulators. Cat. No. Weight lbs. ( kgs ) Cat. No. TEMPORARY TRANSFER ARMS With Insulators 13068I 65 ( 29.48 ) Without Insulators 13068 65 ( 29.48 ) Insulators 1309GIB Weight lbs. ( kgs ) WIRE HANGER With Insulators 1340WHI 1300WHI 4 ( 1.81 ) Without Insulators 1300WH 3 ( 1.36 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 156024 1304D The Temporary Side arm - Pole mounted holds energized conductors during replacement of poles and repair or replacement of insulators. It is made of 2-1/2” (6.3 cm) diameter foam-filled fiberglass with removable and adjustable wire holders. Each arm has a strap hoist or chain binder. Specify length of arm and number of wire holders needed. Side arms without insulators are rated for 15 kV; with insulators, 35 kV. Eight foot side arm includes arm support. WLL: 4 FT (1.22 M) - 300 LBS. (136 Kgs) Cat. No. Number of Arm Wire Holders Length Weight lbs. ( kgs ) TEMPORARY SIDE ARM - POLE MOUNTED Nylon Strap Binder with Insulators 156024NI 2 4’ (1.22 m) 17 ( 7.71 ) Nylon Strap Binder without Insulators 156024N 2 4’ (1.22 m) 16 ( 7.26 ) Cat. No. 13068I Weight lbs. ( kgs ) WIRE HANGER With Insulators 1309DI 3 ( 1.36 ) Without Insulators 1309D 2.5 ( 1.13 ) 154466 The 6 foot (1.83 m) side-mounted Temporary Side arm - Cross arm mounted has 2 wire holders and is used as a temporary conductor holder while replacing or repairing existing conductors or insulators. Made from 21/2” diameter foam- filled fiberglass. Both wire holders are adjustable and removable. Units without insulators are rated for 15 kV and 35 kV with insulators. WLL: 300 LBS. (136 Kgs) OR 150 LBS. (68 KGs) PER WIRE HOLDER. K-30 Hot Sticks and Tools. Cat. No. For Cross Arm Size Weight lbs. ( kgs ) TEMPORARY SIDE ARM - CROSS ARM MOUNTED With Insulators 154466I 4 1/4” x 63/4” (10.3 x 17.1 cm) 23 ( 10.43 ) 15466I 6” x 6” (15.2 x 15.2 cm) 23 ( 10.43 ) Without Insulators 154466 4 1/4” x 63/4” (10.3 x 17.1 cm) 20 ( 9.07 ) 154666 6” x 6” (15.2 x 15.2 cm) 20 ( 9.07 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Fiberglass Hot Clampsticks Repair Parts List External Rod Ref. No. 1 2 3 4* 5* 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Cat. No. Description 20178 Guide Assembly 20260 Roll Pin .125” Dia. x .5” Lg. ( 3.2 x 13mm ) 20174 Ferrule 20265-1 Operating Rod 20381 Operating Rod Guide 20250 Handguard Sleeve 20114 Hot Stick Blank 1.25” Dia. (32mm) 20262 Roll Pin .125 Dia. x .56 Lg. ( 3.2 x 14mm ) 20251 Operating Rod Connector 20258 Hex Socket Set Screw .375-16 x 1.25 20257 Flat Head Screw 10-32 x 1.125 Lg. ( 254-813 x 29 ) 20253 Adjustment Block 20254 Compression Spring 20139 Button 20263 Roll Pin .125 Dia. x .75 Lg. ( 3.2 x 19 ) 20445 10-32 Hex Jam Nut 20443 Hex Head Machine Screw 10-32 x 1.25 20140 Trigger 20255 Torsion Spring 20141 Handgrip 20142 Rack for Handgrip 20257 Flat Head Screw 10-32 x 1.125 Lg. ( 254-813 x 29 ) 20252 Handgrip Sleeve 1959 End Cap 20176 Jaw Hook 20332 Roll Pin .25 Dia. x .47 Lg. ( 6 x 12 ) 20470 Hook Spring 20177 Hook Holder Assembly No. 4317 Description Hook Assembly Consist of Parts 28, 29, 30, 31 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 K-31 INSULATORS INSULATORS NEW Improved 23613 Dead End/Suspension Insulator Salisbury’s Improved 23613 Dead End/Suspension Insulator has aluminum end fittings. These new end fittings create a lightweight product that is easier to handle and provides a 15,000 pound ultimate tensile strength. The new aluminum end fittings withstands corrosion better than the previous galvanized steel SI series insulators, adding to the life of the insulator. 100% proof testing ensures trouble-free installation. The insulator was tested in accordance with ANSI C29 and IEC1109. See page J-4 for more information. L-2 Insulators. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com SALVAR® & Silicone Insulators SalvaR® & Silicone Composite Insulators combine the technologies of fiberglass reinforced rod, metal fittings and our extensive knowledge of elastomeric insulation to produce a high quality composite insulator. Since 1980 thousands of SALVAR® and Silicone Insulators have been installed by utilities worldwide in a variety of environments. Continued outstanding performance is proof of their superior quality and design. design: Two designs are used to manufacture SALVAR® and Silicone Insulators: Unibody and Modular. Unibody Design insulators are one-piece injection molded directly to the rod and sealed to the end fittings with a bead of silicone to give the insulator high dielectric strength and protect it from all environmental conditions. This design is used for standard distribution dead end/suspension insulators. Fiberglass Rod: A high quality fiberglass reinforced rod is the core of every insulator with ultimate mechanical strength at least twice the maximum working load. End Fittings: Standard distribution dead/end suspension units are supplied with clevis and tongue fittings meeting ANSI C29-2 specifications. Ball, socket, and eye fittings are also available. All are made of hot dipped galvanized high strength carbon steel and have an ultimate tensile strength rating of 15,000 pounds. All end fittings on dead/ end suspension insulators are attached by compression. Every insulator is proof tested to verify the crimp. Unibody insulators have end fittings sealed with silicone to eliminate any possibility of moisture or contamination from reaching the fiberglass rod. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 L-3 SI Series Silicone Insulator & New Aluminum Option 15kV to 35kV Dead End/Suspension, Tongue & Clevis The SI Series of Silicone Insulators features a silicone formulation weathershed material. Salisbury combined the excellent hydrophobic and electrical qualities of silicone with an optimum weathershed design and corrosion resistant fiberglass rod to produce a state-of-theart insulator which meets or exceeds industry requirements. The insulators were tested in accordance with ANSI C29 and IEC1109. End fittings are hot dipped galvanized high strength carbon steel, providing a 15,000 pound ultimate tensile strength. 100% proof testing ensures trouble-free installation. RuS accepted. Unibody insulators have end fittings sealed with silicone to eliminate any possibility of moisture or contamination from reaching the fiberglass rod. NEW Salisbury’s Improved 23613 dead End/ Suspension Insulator has aluminum end fittings. These new end fittings create a lightweight product that is easier to handle and provides a 15,000 pound ultimate tensile strength. The new aluminum end fittings withstands corrosion better than the previous galvanized steel SI series insulators, adding to the life of the insulator. 100% proof testing ensures trouble-free installation. This insulator includes the same silicone weathershed material as th SI Series. 23613 The insulator was tested in accordance with ANSI C29 and IEC1109. Class No. of Weathersheds Length-in ( m ) Dia. of Weathersheds-in ( mm ) Leakage Distance-in ( m ) Dry Arc Distance-in ( m ) L-4 9501U-SI 9502U-SI 23613 9503U-SI DS-15 4 13.5 ( .34 ) 3.8 ( 97 ) 17.1 ( .44 ) 8.4 ( .22 ) DS-28 6 17.5 ( .45 ) 3.8 ( 97 ) 26( .66 ) 12.13 ( .31 ) DS-28 6 17.5 ( .45 ) 3.8 ( 97 ) 26( .66 ) 12.13 ( .31 ) DS-35 8 21.3 ( .54 ) 3.8 ( 97 ) 35.1 ( .89 ) 16 ( .41 ) Flash Over Voltage Critical Impulse, Pos Critical Impulse, Neg Dry, 60 Hz Wet, 60Hz 173 250 97 67 217 310 145 115 217 310 145 115 258 340 168 137 Radio Influence Test, kV Ground Max RIV-1000kHz µV 15 1 25 1 25 1 25 1uV Ultimate Strength lbs. FRP Rod Dia.-in ( mm ) 15,000 .73 ( 18.63 ) 15,000 .73 ( 18.63 ) Typ. Appl-kV, Ø-Ø Net Weight ea.-lbs. ( kgs ) 15 2.6 ( 1.20 ) 27 3.1 ( 1.39 ) Insulators. 15,000 15,000 .73 ( 18.63 ) .73 ( 18.63 ) 27 2.2 ( .99 ) 35 3.5 ( 1.57 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com The 9502L-EP Silicone Insulator 27kV The 9502l-EP Silicone Insulator combines two essential characteristics: PERFORmanCE - The 9502L-EP is the only composite insulator manufactured as a replacement for two 10” (254mm) porcelain disks. Installation is limited to horizontal dead-end applications only. InnOvaTIOn - Unlike any other insulator on the market, the unique shed design of the 9502L-EP minimizes the material content without compromising electrical or dimensional requirements. End fittings are hot dipped galvanized high strength carbon steel. Must be used as a dead end insulator only. RuS accepted. No. of Weathersheds Length-in ( m ) Dia. of Weathersheds-in ( mm ) Leakage Distance-in ( m ) Electrical Critical Impulse Ratings Dry, 60 Hz kV Wet, 60 Hz Radio Test--kV Ground Influence Max RIV--1000Hz µV Typ. Appl--kV, Ø-Ø Ultimate Strength-SML- lbs / kN Net Weight ea.-lbs ( kgs ) 9502L-EP 5 11.5 (. 29 ) 5 ( 127 ) 22 ( .56 ) 189 116 92 20 1 27 15000 / 70 2.8 ( 1.3 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 L-5 VOLTAGE DETECTORS VOLTAGE DETECTORS FAQ Q: Are there any precautions, besides wearing the proper safety equipment, when using voltage detectors? A: Do not assume conductors that have been tested de-energized will stay de-energized. Always install proper grounding devices before working. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. M-2 Voltage Detectors. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Voltage Detectors Self Testing Audio / Visual THE SALISBURY ADVANTAGE Salisbury’s Self-Testing voltage detectors allow testing to be continuous and automatic. An intermittent flash and beep confirms the detector is functioning properly. Self-Testing voltage detectors are used to verify live or de-energized conductors. These testers may be used with rubber insulating gloves or hot sticks using the splined universal end fitting. Testers indicate the presence of voltage with an extra bright LED light and a distinctive audible signal. It is recommended that the tester be moved closer to the conductor until a warning is indicated, or it touches the conductor, apparatus, or elbow test point. Each tester requires three “C” batteries (included). WARNING Do not assume conductors that have been tested de-energized will stay de-energized. Always install proper grounding devices before working. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. Cat. No. Dimensions in. ( mm ) Settings phase to phase Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 4544 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) Off / 240V / 4.2kV / 15kV/25kV/35kV/69kV/115kV/230kV 15oz. ( .43 ) 4644 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) Off / 240V / 4.2kV /35kV/69kV/115kV/230kV/345kV/500kV 15oz. ( .43 ) 4744 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) Off / Test-240V / Battery / URD:15kV/25kV/35kV 15oz. ( .43 ) Overhead: 4.2kV / 15kV/25kV/35kV/46kV/69kV 4745 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) Off / Test-240V / Battery / URD:4.8kV/7.2kV/16kV 15oz. ( .43 ) Overhead: 2.4/4.2kV / 4.8/8.3kV / 8.0/13.8-7.2/12.5kV / 14.4/25-16/27.6kV / 44kV COMPLETE KIT 4556 1-4544 Tester 240V to 230kV, 1-21517 Case, 1-2500 Shotgun Adapter 4667 1-4644 Tester 240V to 500kV, 1-21517 Case, 1-2500 Shotgun Adapter 4769 1-4744 Tester 240V to 69kV, 1-21517 Case, 1-2500 Shotgun Adapter 2 ( .91 ) 2 ( .91 ) 2 ( .91 ) 2500 21517 12 x 8 x 4.5 ( 305 x 203 x 114 ) .4 ( .2 ) 1 ( .45 ) Shotgun Adapter Storage Case 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 M-3 Voltage Detectors Audio / Visual voltage detectors are used to verify live or de-energized conductors. These testers may be used with rubber insulating gloves or hot sticks using the splined universal end fitting. Testers indicate the presence of voltage with an extra bright LED light and a distinctive audible signal. It is recommended that the tester be moved closer to conductor until warning is indicated, or it touches conductor, apparatus, or test point. Test the unit on a nearby energized conductor. Each tester requires three “C” batteries (included). 21517 2500 The 4445 voltage detector Tester provides the most convenient and reliable means of verifying operation of Salisbury Voltage Detectors. The tester features instant push-button operation and requires a standard 9-volt battery (included). It’s portable and lightweight. To operate, push the button and move the tester toward the voltage detector being verified. The tester generates an electric field that activates the detector verifying the audible and visual signals are operational. 4445 Test Procedures WARNING Test Procedures To assure unit is in operable condition switch tester into “Test-240V” position. The tester may now be tested in several different ways. Do not assume conductors that have been tested de-energized will stay de-energized. Always install proper grounding devices before working. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. 1. Place head as marked against live wire outlet or equivalent above 110V A.C. 2. Rub the head as marked on cloth or clothing to obtain static charge. Unit will only indicate intermittently. Cat. No. Dimensions in. ( mm ) Settings phase to phase 4244 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) 4344 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) 4444 11 x 3.5 ( 279.4 x 89 ) M-4 Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) Off / 240V / 4.2kV / 15kV/25kV/35kV/69kV/115kV/230kV 15oz. ( .43 ) Off / 240V / 4.2kV /35kV/69kV/115kV/230kV/345kV/500kV 15oz. ( .43 ) Off / Test-240V / Battery / URD:15kV/25kV/35kV 15oz. ( .43 ) Overhead: 4.2kV / 15kV/25kV/35kV/46kV/69kV COMPLETE KIT 4356 1-4244 Tester 240V to 230kV, 1-21517 Case, 1-2500 Shotgun Adapter 4367 1-4344 Tester 240V to 500kV, 1-21517 Case, 1-2500 Shotgun Adapter 4469 1-4444 Tester 240V to 69kV, 1-21517 Case, 1-2500 Shotgun Adapter 2 ( .91 ) 2 ( .91 ) 2 ( .91 ) 2500 21517 12 x 8 x 4.5 ( 305 x 203 x 114 ) 4445 .4 ( .2 ) 1 ( .45 ) 1 ( .45 ) Voltage Detectors. Shotgun Adapter Storage Case Voltage Detector Tester www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Miller FALL PROTECTION ® Miller FALL PROTECTION ® N-2 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Miller® Fall protection Innovative Products and Services for the utilities Industry. The Miller® brand of fall protection products has been meeting market demands for fall protection equipment for over 60 years. We have built a reputation for delivering superior quality products with exceptional customer service, enabling our customers to prevent accidents and injuries, while maintaining on-the-job effi ciencies. Today, we take particular pride in bringing to the market innovative solutions that not only enhance safety and productivity, but increase user acceptance and lower overall cost. PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM KEy SysTEm COmpOnEnTs Three key components of the Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) must be in place and properly used to provide maximum worker protection. Individually these components will not provide protection from a fall. However, when used properly and in conjunction with each other, they form a Personal Fall Arrest System that becomes vitally important for safety on the job site. Anchorage: Commonly referred to as a tie-off point Anchorage Connector: Used to join the connecting device to the anchorage The personal protective equipment worn by the worker The critical link which joins the body wear to the anchorage /anchorage connector [Ex: shock-absorbing lanyard, (shown), or selfretracting lifeline] 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-3 Linemen’s equipment belts, lanyards & ladder Miller linemen’s belts: Full-Floating belts. Full-floating belts allow for lateral movement of the D-saddle with D-rings during use. As a lineman changes position on a pole, the D-rings easily adjust to the movement. As a result, the pole strap rubs against the pole less frequently and receives less wear. Any load or pull does not bind tools to the tool loops. all belts feature: • Side positioning D-rings • Tape thong • Leather tool loops • Accessory snap • Support belt rings • Accessory ring SAL88N-1 SAL88N linemen’s belt Sizing The degree of comfort a lineman receives from a belt depends on the construction of the belt and the location of the D-rings. For best fi t, order by D-size. The D-size is the distance between the heels of the D-rings. When wearing a belt, the D-rings should be located 1 inch (25 mm) in front of the hip bones. To determine proper D-size, measure across the back from hip bone to hip bone and add 2 inches (51 mm). This measurement is the D-size. SAL8449-1 SAL8449 Linemen’s Belt Sizing Chart D-Size D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26 D27 D28 D29 D30 Min. 32-in. 33-in. 34-in. 35-in. 36-in. 38-in. 40-in. 42-in. 44-in. 46-in. 47-in. 48-in. 49-in. (mm) ( 838 ) ( 813 ) Max. 42-in. (mm) ( 1,067 ) Cat. No. ( 864 ) ( 889 ) ( 914 ) ( 965 ) ( 1,016 ) ( 1,067 ) ( 1,118 ) ( 1,168 ) ( 1,194 ) ( 1,219 ) ( 1,245 ) 43-in. 44-in. 45-in. 46-in. 48-in. 50-in. 52-in. 54-in. 56-in. 57-in. 58-in. 59-in. ( 1,092 ) ( 1,118 ) ( 1,143 ) ( 1,168 ) ( 1,219 ) ( 1,270 ) ( 1,321 ) ( 1,372 ) Width Description ( 1,422 ) ( 1,448 ) ( 1,473 ) ( 1,499 ) Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) SAL88N 9-in. (229 mm) Leather back-saver body pad with a D-saddle & 5.6 ( 2.5) 1-3/4-in. (44 mm) waist strap SAL844 9 5-in. (127 mm) “Black Beauty” leather, cushioned body pad with 4.5 ( 2.0 ) 1-3/4-in. (44 mm) leather D-saddle & waist strap SAL88N-1 9-in. (229 mm) Leather back-saver body pad with a D-saddle, 5.6 ( 2.5 ) 1-3/4-in. (44 mm) waist strap & scaffolding D-ring SAL8449-1 5-in. (127 mm) “Black Beauty” leather, cushioned body pad with 4.5 ( 2.0 ) 1-3/4-in. (44 mm) leather D-saddle, waist strap & scaffolding D-ring SKU numbers are listed without a size. You must add the appropriate size to the end of the SKU by referencing the Linemen’s Belt Sizing Chart. For models SAL88N and SAL88N-1, you must add a forward slash plus size (Ex: SAL88N/D18, SAL88N-1/D25). For models SAL8449 and SAL8449-1, you must add a forward slash plus size plus BK (Ex: SAL8449/D27BK, SAL8449-1/D24BK). N-4 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com lanyard, ladder & bucket kit Miller bandit™ Tool lanyards. Prevent tools from dropping that can cause serious injuries on the job site. Lanyard conveniently attaches to the user’s belt. Tools are attached with the carabiner or by cinching the cord around tool. Miller aerial lift Rescue ladder. The Miller Aerial Lift Self-Rescue Ladder is a portable 15-ft. (4.6 m) web ladder designed and intended to assist with selfrescue for applications such as aerial lifts, bucket trucks, and elevated work surfaces. SAL9077X/12 In the event of a fall, the user releases the ladder by pulling on the drawstring and then climbs back to the work surface. Miller aerial bucket Kit The Miller Aerial Bucket Kit offers a complete personal fall arrest system for bucket truck applications. The kit includes: • DuraFlex® Utility Harness (SALE752/UGN) • Manyard® II Shock-Absorbing Lanyard (SAL233M/6FTGN) • Aerial Lift Boom Strap (SAL6404/50INYL) SAL9058/15FT SAL8112L/UGN Cat. No. Description SAL9077X/12 Consists of a box of 12 Bandit Tool Lanyards SAL9058/15FT 15-ft. (4.6 m) Self-rescue ladder SAL8112L/UGN Includes full-body harness, shock-absorbing lanyard & aerial lift boom strap 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-5 StopFall™ Fall Restraint System The Miller StopFall System provides a user-friendly and reliable work positioning and fall arrest system for climbing wooden poles. The StopFall System is specifi cally designed with a 75-in. (1,905 mm) pole strap (maximum length) and features a 21-in. (533 mm) security strap with unique gaffs that “bite” into wooden poles. Meets CSA Standard Z259.14-99 for Type A and Type AB. ■ The polyester pole strap comprises: • An integral steel reinforcement band, which prevents “hourglassing” and maintains shape • A rugged neoprene wear pad for increased service life • Double-locking snap hooks and length adjuster assembly • Two-piece spring assembly to prevent a continual electric path • Stainless steel dome stops to prevent the security strap from inadvertently sliding off the end of the wear pad ■ Specially-designed security strap: • Corrosion-resistant, stainless steel hardware • Spring-loaded gaffs that provide instant grip on wooden poles • Nylon rollers permit free movement of the gaffs and minimize abrasion on the strap • A disconnect and length adjuster with a “parking” feature for when the security strap is not in use SAL7600A/YL/GP-1 Cat. No. Description SAL7600A/YL/GP-1 StopFall System fi ts wood pole sizes 25-in. - 50-in. (635 mm - 1270 mm) circumference with friction buckle adjustment and attached Gaff Pullers (SAL7600GP-1) with leather screw-attachment straps SAL7600B/YL/GP-1 StopFall System fi ts wood pole sizes 25-in. - 50-in. (635 mm - 1270 mm) circumference with tongue buckle adjustment and attached Gaff Pullers (SAL7600GP-1) with leather screw-attachment straps SAL7600GP-1 GAFF PULLER ACCESSORY – For use on existing StopFall units Gaff Pullers with leather attachments N-6 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Positioning & Restraint Lanyards NF Series Safety Strap A 1-3/4-in. (44 mm) wide, 100% nylon safety strap offers a friction buckle to adjust the length of the strap quickly and easily. SAL6NFLS/6FTYL YR Series Safety Strap Strong safety strap, made of a six-ply neoprene, remains fl exible in all types of weather conditions. Tongue buckle adjuster included for quick, safe adjustment. adjustable Rope lanyard Designed for work positioning while transitioning around obstacles. SAL6YRLS/6FTBR SALARL-100-Z7/8FT Cat. No. Length SAL6NFLS/6FTYL SAL6YRLS/6FTBR SALARL-100-Z7/8FT NF Series Safety Strap 6-ft. (1.8 m) YR Series Safety Strap 6-ft. (1.8 m) Adjustable Rope Lanyard 8-ft. (2.4 m) All Have Locking Snap Hooks – 3/4-in. (19 mm) gate opening. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-7 Miller Revolution™ Arc-Rated Harness GUARDS AGAINST ARC-FLASH & ARC-BLAST EXPOSURE The Miller Revolution arc-Rated Harness is designed to protect workers from falls caused by electric arc-fl ash and arc-blast exposure when working at heights or in confi ned space applications near energized electrical sources. Rated to 400 lbs. (181.4 kg) Capacity. Meets ASTM F887-05 Arc Flash Standards. Kevlar®/Nomex® Miller dualT ech™ Webbing Patent-pending 10,000 lb. tensile strength webbing is engineered with permanent fi re retardant (FR) properties. The webbing offers the durability and FR properties of Kevlar on the outer side, with softer FR Nomex on the inside of the webbing for greater comfort. The webbing assures arc protection and durability that eclipses any nylon webbing. Leather insulators under all metal hardware offer additional protection for the worker. Kevlar Web loop back Pad allows for a “metalless” connection when used with a Kevlar shockabsorbing lanyard with a choke-off loop. Bright Red Pad Stitching for easy identifi cation as an arcrated product. SALRKNAR-QC/UBK leather utility bag Specialty tool bag features multiple compartments and durable, oil-tanned leather construction. Designed to attach directly to the Miller Revolution harness by simply snapping on or off. Cat. No. Description SALRIA-T11/1 SALRIA-T11/1 Leather Utility Bag Cat. No. Size SALRKNAR-QC/UBK U Leg Strap Rescue Special Features. Buckles Loops Quick-Connect No Leather insulators / web back D-ring26 SKU number listed is for Universal (Lg./XL) size. Harness is also available in small/medium, XXL and XXXL, by replacing the “U” in the SKU number with “S/M”, “XXL” or “XXXL” (Ex: SALRKNAR-QC/XXLBK). Kevlar® is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. N-8 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com arc-rated harness, lanyard & strap Heavy-duty arc-Rated Harness • Rugged black Kevlar® webbing for harsh welding environments • Meets ASTM F887 Arc-Test requirements and is rated for arc exposure • Quick-connect buckles on the chest strap for easy/fast donning • Leather insulators • Web back D-ring SAL650KQC/UBK Cat. No. Back Front Side Chest Strap Shoulder Strap Leg Strap Sub-Pelvic Special Size D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckle Buckles Buckles Strap Features SAL650KQC/UBK U Yes Option No Quick-Connect Friction Quick-Connect Yes Pull-up adjustment SKU number listed is for Universal (Lg./XL) size. Harness is also available in small/medium, XXL and XXXL, by replacing the “U” in the SKU number with “S/M”, “XXL” or “XXXL” (Ex: SAL650KQC/XXLBK). For front D-ring vest-style option, add “FD” to the harness SKU number (Ex: SAL650KQCFD/UBK). arc-Rated Shock-absorbing lanyards • Meets stringent ASTM F887-05 arc-flash standards • Designed to protect workers from electric arc-flash and arc-blast exposure • Available with Kevlar choke-off loop for a “metal-less” connection SAL933K/6FTBK Cat. No. Material Style Harness Anchorage Standard Connection Connection Length SAL933K/6FTBK Kevlar webbing Lanyard w/SofStop shock absorber Choke-off loop Locking snap hook 6-ft. (1.8 m) Meets all applicable OSHA, ANSI A10.32 and CSA requirements. Note: Locking Snap Hook – 3/4-in. (19 mm) gate opening. arc-Rated Cross-arm anchorage Strap • Features Kevlar webbing with 2-in. (51 mm) D-ring and choke-off loop. Cat. No. Material Style SAL8185K/6FTBK Kevlar webbing *Kevlar is a registered trademark of E.I. DuPont. Length Cross-arm strap 6-ft. (1.8 m) SAL8185K/6FTBK 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-9 DuraFlex® Utility Harnesses Miller duraFlex utility Harnesses are uniquely designed with minimal hardware above the waist to reduce electrical conductivity. In addition, all harness materials are independently thermal-arc tested to ensure superior performance. Patented Miller DuraFlex Harnesses feature speciallyformulated elastomer webbing that stretches to maximize comfort, improve safety and increase productivity. Rated to 400 lbs. (181.4 kg) Capacity. Web loop lanyard attachment • Reduces the chance of electric shock near high-voltage sources • Minimizes harness weight for added comfort SALE752/UGN Chest Strap with Protective Pads • Holds shoulder straps in place • Pads keep chest strap in place and protect user from potential shock and injury adjustable belt loops • Allow for attachment of linemen’s belts • Adjustable to fit most manufacturer models Self-Rescue Positioning loops (SalE753/ugN only) • For use with bucket escape systems • Provides a positioning attachment point Cat. No. Size Back D-Ring SALE753/UGN Front Side Chest Strap Leg Strap Sub-Pelvic Special D-Ring D-Rings Buckle Buckles Strap Features SALE752/UGN U Web Loop* No No Mating Mating Yes Chest strap adjustment / protective pads / adjustable belt loops SALE753/UGN U Web Loop* No No Mating Mating Yes Chest strap adjustment / protective pads / adjustable belt loops / self-rescue positioning loops *In Canada, utility harnesses include a back D-ring extension in place of the web loop to meet CSA requirements. SKU numbers listed are for Universal (Lg./XL) size. Harnesses are also available in small/medium, XXL and XXXL, by replacing the “U” in the SKU number with “S/M”, “XXL” or “XXXL” (Ex: SALE752/XXLGN). N-10 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Non-Stretch Utility Harness Traditional non-stretch full-body harness in lightweight, durable, yellow polyester webbing. Rated to 400-lbs. (181.4 kg) capacity. Accommodates linemen’s belts Web loop lanyard attachment • Reduces the chance of electric shock near high-voltage sources • Minimizes harness weight for added comfort SAL752/UYK Cat. No. Size Back D-Ring Front Side Chest Strap Leg Strap Sub-Pelvic Special D-Ring D-Rings Buckle Buckles Strap Features SAL752/UYK U Web Loop No No Mating Mating Yes Adjustable linemen’s belt attachment SKU number listed is for Universal (Lg./XL) size. Harness is also available in small/medium, XXL and XXXL, by replacing the “U” in the SKU number with “S/M”, “XXL” or “XXXL” (Ex: SAL752/XXLYK). 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-11 Relief Step™ Safety Device & Manyard® Lanyards The Miller Relief Step Safety device alleviates the effects of orthostatic intolerance, also known as suspension trauma. • OSHA states that potentially fatal suspension trauma can occur within minutes while waiting for rescue after a fall • Average fall rescue time is 15 minutes • When used, the Relief Step Safety Device provides support and enhances blood circulation until rescue – permitting the ability to move and flex leg muscles • Small and lightweight; the Relief Step Safety Device attaches to any brand full-body harness • Utilizing two (2) Relief Steps (one for each leg/foot) assures greater comfort until rescue is completed • Low profile design eliminates hindrances or hang-ups SAL9099X/12 Cat. No. Description SAL9099X/12 Consists of a box of 12 Relief Step Safety Devices Miller Manyard® Shock-absorbing lanyards • Specially-woven shock-absorbing inner core smoothly expands to reduce fall arrest forces • After a fall occurs, a warning flag is released • Meets ANSI Z359 requirements SAL233TWLS-Z7/6FTGN SAL233TWRS-Z7/6FTGN Cat. No. Material SAL233TWLS-Z7/6FTGN SAL233TWRS-Z7/6FTGN Number Harness Anchorage Standard of Legs Connection Connection Length Green web Green web One One Web choke-off loop Web choke-off loop Locking snap hook 6-ft. (1.8 m) Locking rebar hook 6-ft. (1.8 m) Note: Locking snap hook – 3/4-in. (19 mm) gate opening. Locking rebar hook – 2-1/2-in. (64 mm) gate opening. Meets all applicable OSHA, ANSI and CSA requirements. N-12 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com TurboLite™ Personal Fall Limiter Never need a shock-absorbing lanyard again! The cost-effective and competitively priced Miller TurboLite Personal Fall Limiter will make shock-absorbing lanyards obsolete on the job site. Workers will no longer need to “switch-out” equipment to maintain a safe fall distance. • Extremely compact and lightweight provides 6-ft. (1.8 m) working capacity lifeline; unit attaches directly to the harness back D-ring for greater mobility and versatility • Engineered webbing for greater abrasion resistance and long service life • High-strength, impact-resistant nylon housing for maximum durability • Built-in swivel prevents lifeline from twisting • Rated for up to a 400 lb. (181.4 kg) user • No annual factory recertifi cation required • Meets ANSI Z359 requirements Cat. No. SALMFL-1-Z7/6FT SALMFL-1-Z7/6FT Description and Lanyard Unit Connector End Connector TurboLite with steel twist-lock carabiner Locking snap hook Note: Locking snap hook – 3/4-in. (19 mm) gate opening. Meets all applicable OSHA, ANSI A10.32, ANSI Z359 and CSA requirements. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-13 Retractable Lanyard, Anchor Connectors & Beam The Side Winder Retractable Web lanyard is a positioning device designed to allow linesmen to bypass obstructions safely in pole climbing applications. The length is easily adjustable up to 8-ft. (2 m) and includes a carabiner and attachment bracket for installation on linemen‘s belts. Cat. No. Description Weight SAL8327SW/8FTYL Compact, retractable lanyard 3.7 lbs. (1.7 kg) with up to 8-ft. (2 m) of polyester webbing Stainless steel Wire Hook anchor connects to various approved anchorages including railings, small I-beams, angle iron and scaffolding. Simply squeeze the springloaded hook and slip the large opening over the approved structure. 400-lbs. (181.4 kg) maximum capacity. Cat. No. SAL470/ Description Wire Hook Anchor Miller Permanent anchorage Connector. D-Bolt Anchor for up to 4-in. (102 mm) working thickness includes a 5/8-in. (16 mm) diameter bolt with lockwasher and nut. Cat. No. SAL416/ Description Permanent Anchor Connector aerial lift boom Strap. Made of 2-in. (51 mm) nylon webbing. Includes a sliding D-ring for proper placement on booms and an adjustable buckle that easily tightens into position. Cat. No. SAL8327SW/8FTYL Extension Pole & Hook anchor. The 20-ft. (6 m) fi berglass pole and spring-loaded hook is ideal for use with climbing ladders and towers. Installs fall arrest systems up to 20-ft. (6 m) from ground level to angle iron, piping and related structures. 400lbs. (181.4 kg) maximum capacity. Cat. No. SAL475/ Description Pole & Hook Anchor Steel Twist-lock Carabiner. Meets ANSI Z359. 400-lbs. (181.4 kg) maximum capacity. Cat. No. SAL17D-1/ SAL18D-1/ Description 1” (25mm) Carabiner 2” (51mm) Carabiner Description SAL6404/50INYL Aerial Boom Strap The Miller Fixed beam anchor connects horizontally to a wide range of I- and H-beam fl anges from 4-in. (102 mm) to 12-in. (305 mm) wide and up to 1-1/4-in. (32 mm) thick. This unit is designed to be tightened horizontally or vertically, fi rmly gripping the beam or column to provide a temporary or permanent anchorage attachment. Cat. No. Description SAL8815-12/ N-14 Lightweight, fi xed beam anchor stainless steel & high-strength aluminum Miller® Fall Protection. SAL8815-12/ Fits Flange Sizes 4-in. to 12-in. (102 mm to 305 mm) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com DuraHoist™ Portable Confined Space Systems Miller DuraHoist Portable Confined Space Systems provide safe, lightweight and portable solutions for a variety of confined space applications, including confi ned space entry, rescue, positioning and personnel/material handling. • Lightweight, high-strength aluminum construction for easy handling and long service life • No tools required for assembly • Modular design allows the use of components in various configurations and applications, lowering cost of ownership and providing effective safety solutions Floor Mount Sleeve is a fi xed base for the One-piece Adjustable Mast (SALDH-3/). Mounts to horizontal concrete or steel structures. Wall Mount Sleeve is a fi xed base for the One-piece Adjustable Mast (SALDH-3/). Mounts to vertical concrete or steel structures. Compact design creates minimal intrusion into work space. SALDH-4/ SALDH-2/ SALDH-3/ SALDH-19-MILLER SALDH-7ZP/ SALDH-8ZP/ Cat. No. Description SALDH-2/ SALDH-3/ SALDH-4/ SALDH-19-MILLER SALDH-7ZP/ SALDH-8ZP/ Weight Four-piece system without ManHandler® hoist/winch 91 lbs. (41.3 kg) One-piece Adjustable Mast: 12-in. (305 mm) to 29-in. (737 mm) offset 29 lbs. (13.2 kg) Three-piece Portable Base, lightweight, powder-coated aluminum. 61 lbs. (27.7 kg) Features adjustable aluminum screws and a built-in level indicator for easy set-up on uneven surfaces. No tools required for assembly. Complete bracket assembly for mounting a Miller ManHandler 3.1 lbs. (1.4 kg) hoist/winch or a Miller MightEvac® SRL to the DuraHoist Portable Confi ned Space System Zinc-plated, mild steel 13 lbs. (5.9 kg) Zinc-plated, mild steel 12 lbs. (5.4 kg) Meets all applicable OSHA and ANSI requirements. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-15 DuraHoist™ Portable Fall Arrest Post The duraHoist Portable Fall arrest Post provides three independent swivel tie-off points for fall arrest anchorage. Three-stage/four-position telescoping design and aluminum construction for easy transportation and set-up. The leveling screws allow the system to be plumbed to vertical for proper working stability on inclines up to 15 degrees. Adjustable from 32.75-in (832 mm) to 57.25-in. (1,454 mm). Fixed anchor Plate for the Portable Fall Arrest Post. Designed to be permanently welded to existing structures in locations of frequent work, or where the use of a portable base is impractical. Rescue/Material Handling davit arm attaches quickly and easily to the Portable Fall Arrest Post for rescue and material handling applications. Lightweight aluminum construction makes the Davit Arm easy to transport and set-up. SALDH-AP-1/ Complete adapter Plate w/bracket assembly is used to mount a ManHandler Hoist/Winch or a MightEvac SRL to the Rescue/Material Handling Davit Arm. SALDH-AP-4/ SALDH-AP-11/ Cat. No. Description SALDH-AP-1/ SALDH-AP-4/ SALDH-AP-9/ SALDH-AP-3/ SALDH-AP-11/ Weight Portable Fall Arrest Post 38 lbs. (17.2 kg) Fixed anchor plate with tie-off anchor 11.8 lbs. (5.4 kg) Portable I-beam anchor base 56 lbs. (25.4 kg) Rescue/Material Handling Davit Arm 20.5 lbs. (9.3 kg) Complete Adapter Plate w/Bracket Assembly 2.7 lbs. (1.2 kg) Meets all applicable OSHA and ANSI requirements. N-16 Miller® Fall Protection. SALDH-AP-3/ www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Rescue System & Retrieval Hoist The Miller Confined Space and Rescue System includes: • 7-ft. (2 m) lightweight aluminum tripod and MightEvac mounting bracket • Miller MightEvac Unit w/ 50-ft. (15 m) of 3/16-in. (4.8 mm) galvanized wire rope • ManHandler Hoist/Winch with 65-ft. (20 m) of 3/16-in. (4.8 mm) galvanized wire rope • Pulley, carabiner and two heavy-duty equipment bags • Meets ANSI Z359 requirements SALMR50GCM-Z7/50FT Cat. No. Description SALMR50GCM-Z7/50FT Miller Confined Space & Rescue System Meets all applicable OSHA, ANSI and CSA requirements. For stainless steel wire rope, change the “G” to an “S” in the corresponding model number (Ex: SALMR50GCM-Z7/50FT becomes SALMR50SCM-Z7/50FT). The Miller MightEvac® Self-Retracting lifeline w/ Emergency Retrieval Hoist combines the superior performance and reliability of the best-selling MightyLite™ Self-Retracting Lifeline Series with a quickactivating retrieval mechanism for emergency evacuation. • No annual factory recertifi cation required* • 20% lighter than competitive models • Corrosion-resistant stainless steel/aluminum housing and internal components • Promotes quick and easy rescue with a 4:1 mechanical advantage (average speed of 25 ft. [7.6 m] per minute) *Does not apply to Canada due to CSA Z259.2.298 requirements. Must be inspected by a Miller authorized service center if involved in a fall or if fails user visual or functional inspection. Cat. No. SALMR50GB-Z7/50FT SALMR40KB/40FT SALMR50GB-Z7/50FT • Convenient, heavy-duty carrying handle • 310 lb. (140.6 kg) working capacity; rated to 400 lbs. (181.4 kg) working capacity when using a SofStop shock absorber (SAL928LS/18INBK) • For emergency evacuation only • SALMR50GB-Z7/50FT meets ANSI Z359 Description Miller MightEvac w/50-ft. (15 m) of 3/16-in. (4.8 mm) galvanized wire rope, mounting bracket & carabiner Miller MightEvac w/40-ft. (12 m) of 3/16-in. (4.8 mm) polyester Spectra® rope, mounting bracket & carabiner Weight 39 lbs. (17.7 kg) 37 lbs. (16.8 kg) Meets all applicable OSHA, ANSI and CSA requirements. Spectra is a registered trademark. 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 N-17 Miller ManHandler® Hoist The Miller ManHandler Hoist is the perfect solution for a range of applications including confi ned space entry, rescue, positioning and personnel/material handling. • Compact, durable steel construction • Smooth, controlled winding action • Effortless lifting and lowering with a 5:1 gear ratio • Built-in mounting bracket • Anti-backlash crank handle braking system prevents freewheeling • 400 lbs. (181.4 kg) working capacity • Meets ANSI Z359 requirements SAL8442-Z7/65FT Cat. No. Description Weight SAL8442-Z7/65FT ANSI Z359-2007 Compliant ManHandler personnel-rated hoist w/65-ft. (20 m) of 3/16-in. (4.8 mm) galvanized steel cable 40.1 lbs. (18.2 kg) Meets all applicable OSHA, ANSI and CSA requirements. N-18 Miller® Fall Protection. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES ALSO AVAILABLE Salisbury offers an entire line of Arc Flash Protective Clothing and Equipment ranging from 8 cal/cm2 to 100 cal/cm2. Ask your local Salisbury representative for a copy of our Arc Flash Protection Catalog or download it from our website at salisburybyhoneywell.com. Salisbury also offers Salisbury Insulated Tools and Tool Kits. These tools are all tested to 10,000 VAC for use up to 1,000 VAC. These tools meet or exceed ASTM F1505-01 and IEC 900 Standards for Insulated Hand Tools and will help you to be compliant with OSHA 1910.333 (c)(2), and NFPA 70E 2009. Ask your local Salisbury representative for more information or visit our website at salisburybyhoneywell.com. X-2 Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Canvas Buckets and Bags 40 50 Salisbury Tool buckets are constructed of extra-heavy-duty canvas duck and reinforced with a one-piece formed leather bottom with a 3” (76mm) cuff for rugged service and long life. The standard tool buckets, 30 and 40, are both collapsible for easy storage and feature a poly braid rope handle. The 30 features a 6” x 8” interior pocket. The oval tool bucket, 50, designed to attach to aerial baskets, features 6 inner tool pockets and two plastic hanging hooks. Salisbury Tool bags are useful for carrying and storing all sorts of equipment and tools. Constructed for long life and rugged service from one piece of #8 natural canvas fastened to a steel frame. The vinyl coated nylon bottom is cemented and double stitched to the bag and protected with steel studs and a reinforcing 3.5” (89mm) cuff. Handles are made from a heavy polypropylene webbing and straps are made of top grain harness leather. line Hose and blanket bags are convenient for raising and lowering bulky items up and down a pole, as well as for storage. Constructed of #6 duck, sewn with nylon thread, and reinforced with a heavy rubber bottom. Features a top ring to hold the bag open and a strong 1/2” (12.7mm) poly braid rope handle, reinforced with polymer. 8” (178mm) diameter bags are used for conventional style line hose, while the 12” (305mm) diameter bags were designed for Class 4 extended lip line hose. 30 Cat. No. Dimensions Weight ea. in. ( mm ) lbs. ( kgs ) Standard Tool Buckets 30* 12 x 16 ( 305 x 406 ) 3.2 ( 1.45 ) 40* 8 x 14 ( 203 x 356 ) 2 ( .91 ) Oval Tool Bucket 50C* 7x14x10 ( 1715x356x254 ) 2.5 ( 1.14 ) PH55 yellow vinyl hooks for #50 .5 ( .23 ) Standard Tool Bags- 5.5” (140mm) wide 616 16 x 13.5 ( 406 x 343 ) 3.3 ( 1.5 ) 618 18 x 15.5 ( 457 x 394 ) 3.8 ( 1.73 ) 620 20 x 15.5 ( 508 x 394 ) 4.2 ( 1.91 ) 622 22 x 15.5 ( 559 x 394 ) 4.3 ( 1.95 ) 624 24 x 15.5 ( 610 x 394 ) 4.5 ( 2.04 ) Extra Wide Tool Bags-9.5” (241mm) wide 2419B 24 x 19 ( 610 x 483 ) 4.1 ( 1.86 ) Line Hose Bags 48* 8 x 48 ( 178 x 1219 ) 2.8 ( 1.27 ) 60* 8 x 60 ( 178 x 1524 ) 3.0 ( 1.36 ) 66* 8 x 66 ( 178 x 1676 ) 3.3 ( 1.5 ) 72* 8 x 72 ( 178 x 1829 ) 3.5 ( 1.59 ) 1248* 12 x 48 ( 305 x 1219 ) 3.8 ( 1.73 ) 1266* 12 x 66 ( 305 x 1676 ) 5.3 ( 2.41 ) Blanket Bag 1230 12 x 30 ( 305 x 762 ) 3.2 ( 1.45 ) *add suffix “S” if optional iron swivel snap is desired 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 X-3 Accessories Compound Pots are made of hard rubber that is nonconductive and breakage resistant. The applicator brush and compound are held in one unit that can be hung from aerial devices or fit into cross arm holes. Offered in single and double compartment styles. Cable bandages provide temporary insulation for bare conductors and splices. A single thickness of the orange SALCOR® Bandage can withstand 15kV on puncture test. The black neoprene bandage is intended to provide fast and complete temporary cover for cable splicers. Insulating Saddles are ideal for temporary or emergency line work such as stringing light conductors over short spans. The large 3” (76mm) upper saddle opening will hold bare or insulated conductors in either an upright or inverted position. The IS10 has a voltage rating of 15kV. When necessary to leave energized conductors or jumpers in the saddle for extended periods, it is recommended that they be encased in orange SALCOR® RibGrip® line hose. Molded of hard rubber and furnished with two nylon holding pins supplied with steel loops for easy hot-stick application. A 12” (305mm) orange plastic shoe is affixed to the crossarm opening to help prevent flashover during inclement weather. Designed to fit crossarms with dimensions up to 3.75” x 5” (95mm x 127 mm). PJB1 44OS IS10 Cat. No. Description in. ( mm ) COMPOUND POT SINGLE COMPARTMENT PJB1 1pt. w/ bristle brush 4.5” x 3.5” ( 114 x 89 ) PJB2 1 pt. w/ wire brush 4.5” x 3.5 ( 114 x 114 ) CABLE BANDAGES 44OS Orange SALCOR 4’ ( 1.2m ) w/ strap 414PG Pure Gum Rubber 14’ ( 4.3m ) w/o strap 414BN Black Neoprene 14’ ( 4.3m ) w/o strap Insulating Saddle IS10 11.25 x 4.75 ( 286 x 121 ) ISP Replacement Pin X-4 Accessories. ISP Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1.5 ( .681 ) 1.5 ( .681 ) 1 ( .5 ) 1 ( .5 ) 1 ( .5 ) 4 ( 1.8 ) .25 ( .1 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Special Equipment bElT HOOK/bREaK-aWay is nonconductive yellow nylon hand-line belt hook that will bend or break if suddenly pulled. H7 Climber guards are manufactured by the dipping process using the same formulation of rubber as our lineman’s insulating gloves and sleeves. Climber Guards are furnished un-slit to accommodate any length, regular or adjustable climbers. Sold in pairs only. 21187 Cat. No. Description / Dimensions in. ( mm ) BELT HOOK / BREAK-AWAY H7 Break-Away Belt Hook Climber Guards 21187 sold in pairs Weight ea. lbs. ( kgs ) 1 oz. ( .03 ) .5 ( .23 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 X-5 Hand Lines, Hand Line Assemblies & Line Hooks Premium all-purpose Hand line is a light weight and durable threestrand laid rope. Filament polyester yarns are “jacket-wrapped” over mono-filament polypro center yarns, providing excellent abrasion resistance and gripping properties with moderate elongation. When used properly, polydac is perfect for capstans, block and tacklework, and many other rough applications. Other lengths available. 42 149H Hand line assemblies with Polydac Rope is used for lifting objects to the lineman on the pole. Other lengths are available. Hooks are used for snatch and hand line blocks. Steel line Hooks designed to hug the conductor when strain is applied to rope after splicing rope into the eye. Hooks will not damage conductor or fall off, and are easily applied and removed. 40H Cat. No. Diameter Length Approx. Tensile Weight / Reel Strength in. cm ft. m lbs. kgs lbs. kgs 40HPP POLYPROPYLENE AND POLYESTER (POLYDAC) ROPE 5000E600 1/2 1.3 600 182.9 5,400 2,449 40 18.1 6250E600 5/8 1.6 600 182.9 7,200 3,266 56 25.4 40CH Cat. No. Description Total Rope For Pole Length Height ft. m lbs. kgs HAND LINE ASSEMBLIES WITH POLYDAC ROPE 1491250 Standard Hand Line, Fixed Sling 1492250 Standard Hand Line, Adjustable Sling 1492375 Standard Hand Line, Adjustable Sling 1494250 Alternate Hook Assembly, Adjustable Sling 1494375 Alternate Hook Assembly, Adjustable Sling 100 100 150 100 150 30.5 30.5 45.8 30.5 45.8 50 50 75 50 75 Weight lbs. kgs 15.2 15.2 22.9 15.2 22.9 11 11 13 11 13 4.99 4.99 5.90 4.99 5.90 2 1 1 0.91 0.45 0.45 40SHB 27 PARTS 42 149H 149S Hand Line Block (only) Hook for Hand Line (only) Swivel Snaps (only) Cat. No. Description Opening Size in. ( cm ) HOOKS 40H 40HPP 40CH 40SHB Pointed Hook Pointed Hook Blunt Hook Swivel Hook WLL lbs. ( kgs ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 27A Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 27S LINE HOOKS 27 27A 27S X-6 Small Medium Large 7/8” (2.2 cm) 1-1/2” (3.8 cm) 2” (5.1 cm) Accessories. 1,000 (454 ) 1,325 (601 ) 1,650 (748 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) www.salisburybyhoneywell.com BLOCKS blocks are made of high strength aluminum alloy except for Cat. No. 42PS which is made of high impact plastic. The hand line block has a 5/8” (1.6 cm) diameter rope maximum. “S” denotes side opening block. Other hooks are available. 40 Wood Shell blocks are used with polypropylene or synthetic rope. The 4” blocks have a 1/2” (1.3 cm) diameter rope maximum; the 5” blocks a 5/8” (1.6 cm) maximum; and the 6” blocks a 3/4” (1.9 cm) maximum. Single blocks are fitted with a swivel hook; double and triple block with a loose, flat hook. Swivel hooks are not recommended on double or triple blocks. The double and triple blocks are fitted with a special live line pin so they can easily be handled with an alligator stick (Cat. No. 4FGQ). Cat. No. Description BLOCKS 40 42A 42S 42SA 42PS Aluminum Hand Line Block Aluminum Hand Line Block with Pointed Hook Aluminum Snatch Block Aluminum Snatch Block with Pointed Hook Insulated Plastic Block 42S Weight lbs. ( kgs ) WLL lbs. ( kgs ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) WOOD SHELL BLOCKS - SINGLE BLOCK WITH SWIVEL HOOK & BECKET 4” ( 10.2 cm ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 5” ( 12.7 cm ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 1,200 ( 544 ) 6” ( 15.2 cm ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 1,800 ( 816 ) 904 905 906 WOOD SHELL BLOCKS - DOUBLE BLOCK WITH FLAT HOOK & BECKET 284 4” ( 10.2 cm ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 285 5” ( 12.7 cm ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 286 6” ( 15.2 cm ) 7 ( 3.17 ) 1,400 ( 635 ) 1,800 ( 816 ) 2,500 ( 1,134 ) WOOD SHELL BLOCKS - DOUBLE BLOCK WITH FLAT HOOK, BECKET & SWIVEL 4” ( 10.2 cm ) 3 ( 1.36 ) 1,400 ( 635 ) 5” ( 12.7 cm ) 5 ( 2.27 ) 1,800 ( 816 ) 284A 285A 286A 6” ( 15.2 cm ) 8 ( 3.63 ) 2,500 ( 1,134 ) WOOD SHELL BLOCKS - TRIPLE BLOCK WITH FLAT HOOK, BECKET & SWIVEL 4” ( 10.2 cm ) 4 ( 1.81 ) 1,800 ( 816 ) 5” ( 12.7 cm ) 7 ( 3.17 ) 2,400 ( 1,089 ) 6” ( 15.2 cm ) 11 ( 4.99 ) 3,200 ( 1,451 ) 284A3 285A3 286A3 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 X-7 Blocks & Safety Hooks nylon blocks are light-weight and self-lubricating. The nylon blocks will handle 1/2” (1.3 cm) diameter rope and smaller. WARNING: DO NOT EXCEED THE WORKING LOAD LIMIT. 4003SH Cat. No. Description NYLON BLOCKS 3101E Single Block with Swivel Hook & Becket 3101W Single Block with Flat Hook & Becket 3102W Double Block with Flat Hook & Becket 3103W Triple Block with Flat Hook & Becket Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) WLL lbs. ( kgs ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 2 ( 0.91 ) 500 ( 227 ) 500 ( 227 ) 1,000 ( 454 ) 1,200 ( 544 ) WLL lbs. ( kgs ) Weight lbs. ( kgs ) 2,000 ( 907 ) 6.2 ( 2.8 ) Safety Hook 4003SH X-8 Conductor Lifting Hook Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com Arm Slings 26E Fabricated arm Slings are used as an allpurpose sling for non-energized and live line work, the fabricated arm sling is made to fit snugly over the arm by using the filler plates (included) to adjust the opening. Weight - 6 lbs. (2.7 kgs). double arm Slings are made for dead ending. Adjustable to cross arms 4” to 5” (10.2 to 12.7 cm) wide and 5” to 6” (12.7 to 15.2 cm) high, the double arm sling can be installed with insulating sticks.Weight - 15 lbs. (6.8 kgs). 26K 266 Cat. No. Opening Size in. ( cm ) WLL lbs. ( kgs ) FABRICATED ARM SLINGS 26E 4 x 6 ( 10.2 x 15.2 ) 26G 5 x 6 ( 12.7 x 15.2 ) 2,000 ( 907 ) 2,000 ( 907 ) 26K 26H 6 x 6 ( 15.2 x 15.2 ) 6 1/8 x 8 ( 15.6 x 20.3 ) DOUBLE ARM SLING 266 With 2 Steel Snatch Blocks 2,000 ( 907 ) 2,000 ( 907 ) 750 ( 340 ) 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 X-9 Pole Adapter Kit & Pole Draw Bar The Pole adapter Kit is a mounting bracket that safely attaches a saw to the pole. The saw pivots on a plate which is attached to the side of the saw. The pole adapter has a chain tightening base, and a safety stop to halt the swing of the saw after the cut has been made. Use this adapter kit while cutting off sections of a pole when the pole has to be removed. Chain saw not included. 3115 The Pole draw bar attaches to the pole by placing the end stop of the bar against the end of the pole. Secure the bar to the pole with the two chain and screw binders affixed to the bar. The pole draw bar is supplied with lifting handles on each side and a safety loop through which a chain is attached. The oval hole is large enough to fit all hitches. (Check local vehicle safety chain regulations.) 9300 - SAFE TOWING CAPACITY: 10,000 LBS. (4,530 Kgs). 9301 - SAFE TOWING CAPACITY: 15,000 LBS. (6,804 Kgs). 3115ES 9301 9300 Cat. No. Type of Saw Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) POLE ADAPTER KIT 3115 Stihl / Homelite Full Adapter Kit 3115ES Stihl / Homelite XL Swivel Plate w/ Stand-Off 14 ( 6.35 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) Cat. No. Description Weight lbs. ( kgs ) Pole Draw Bar (complete) 60 (27.21 ) Heavy Duty Pole Draw Bar 78 (35.37 ) Chain, Screw and Snap Toggle Handle and Nut Pointed Screw 4 ( 1.81 ) 1 ( 0.45 ) 3 oz. ( 84 g) POLE DRAW BAR 9300 9301 Replacement Parts 9300C 9300E 9300M X-10 Accessories. www.salisburybyhoneywell.com National Disaster Response Program After Hours Emergency Customer Service Do you know what to do in times of disaster? Do you know who to contact in case of emergency? You can count on Salisbury, to be there when you need it most. Salisbury understands your safety needs. But, Salisbury also understands that your safety needs don’t always happen between 9am and 5pm. This is why Salisbury has developed the National Disaster Response Emergency Contact. Salisbury’s National Disaster Response will be able to help your emergency safety product orders and customer service needs. While facing national disasters and weather related catastrophes, Salisbury will be there. NATIONAL DISASTER RESPONSE PROGRAM : After Hours Emergency Customer Service You can now contact Salisbury after regular business hours during severe emergencies using our new NATIONAL DISASTER RESPONSE Contact Line. This new contact line allows product ordering, even after-hours and weekends. A National Disaster Response Team is ready to fulfill your emergency order requirements around the clock during national and international severe weather or natural disasters such as Winter Ice Storms, Tornadoes, Tropical Storms, Hurricanes and Earthquakes. Our team is ready to fulfill emergency orders of Personal Protective Equipment and Linemen Utility Products required to (1) Restore electrical power and utilities to U.S. and Global regions as a result of natural disaster and (2) provide Personal Protective Equipment to the Industrial or Utility work force resulting from natural disaster. National Disaster Response emergency contact for after-hour and weekend emergencies as defined above. 866-957-7515 National Disaster Response After-Hours Emergency Contact Department in Bolingbrook, IL during regular business hours: 877-406-4501 Monday - Friday 7:30AM-5:00 PM Central Standard Time 101 E. Crossroads Pkwy., Ste. A Bolingbrook, IL 60440 toll free ph (USA):877.406.4501 toll free fax (USA):866.824.4922 ph:630.343.3800 X-11 u t i l i t y SALISBURY p r o d u c t s SALISBURY SALISBURY utility products facebook.com/SalisburybyHoneywell twitter.com/Salisbury1855 101 e crossroads parkway suite a bolingbrook IL 60440 USA toll free ph. (usa) 877.406.4501 toll free fax (usa) 866.824.4922 630-343-3800 AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR salisbur ybyhoneywell.com ISO 9001:2008 Registered 2012 Salisbury by honeywell © 2011 Honeywell International Inc. All Rights Reserved. 10M Printed in USA 2011 part# FULLUTILITY v.090811 Your single source for personal electrical-safety protection
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2011:09:09 14:10:28-05:00 Creator : Adobe InDesign CS3 (5.0.4) Trapped : False Modify Date : 2014:04:28 20:15:44Z Producer : 3-Heights(TM) PDF Producer 4.4.4.0 (http://www.pdf-tools.com) Page Count : 224 Has XFA : NoEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools